aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/xorg-server/hw/dmx
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/hw/dmx')
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c2254
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c1202
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c424
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c1970
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c1110
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c842
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c10
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c26
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c506
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c694
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c1048
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c386
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c2030
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml5555
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c7220
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c1064
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c754
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c2024
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c1076
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c222
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c1164
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c1078
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h456
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c2622
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c284
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c1980
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c888
27 files changed, 19440 insertions, 19449 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
index a1afe76cf..b201fb8a7 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
@@ -1,1127 +1,1127 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A
- * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so
- * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and
- * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.
- *
- * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c
- *
- * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
- * document for details about the protocol. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-
-#include "dmxextension.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>
-#include "protocol-versions.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;
-extern int PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
-
-extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);
-
-static unsigned char DMXCode;
-
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXDispatch);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXQueryVersion);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXSync);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddInput);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveInput);
-
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXDispatch);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXQueryVersion);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXSync);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddInput);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveInput);
-
-static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- return !noPanoramiXExtension;
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the extension. */
-void DMXExtensionInit(void)
-{
- ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
-
- if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,
- ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,
- NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))
- DMXCode = extEntry->base;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXScreenWindowWidth: attr->screenWindowWidth = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowHeight: attr->screenWindowHeight = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowWidth: attr->rootWindowWidth = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowHeight: attr->rootWindowHeight = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowXoffset: attr->rootWindowXoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowYoffset: attr->rootWindowYoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowXorigin: attr->rootWindowXorigin = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowYorigin: attr->rootWindowYorigin = value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXDesktopWidth: attr->width = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXInputType: attr->inputType = value; break;
- case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value; break;
- case DMXInputSendsCore: attr->sendsCore = !!value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.majorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;
- rep.minorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;
- rep.patchVersion = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);
- swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);
- swapl(&rep.patchVersion, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXSyncReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
-
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = 0;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;
- REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int i;
-
- if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,
- DixReadAccess)))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
- }
- goto doreply;
- }
-#endif
-
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
- doreply:
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = 0;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.screenCount = dmxGetNumScreens();
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int length;
- int paddedLength;
- DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
- if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0
- || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;
-
- if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))
- return BadValue;
-
- rep.logicalScreen = attr.logicalScreen;
- rep.screenWindowWidth = attr.screenWindowWidth;
- rep.screenWindowHeight = attr.screenWindowHeight;
- rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;
- rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;
- rep.rootWindowWidth = attr.rootWindowWidth;
- rep.rootWindowHeight = attr.rootWindowHeight;
- rep.rootWindowXoffset = attr.rootWindowXoffset;
- rep.rootWindowYoffset = attr.rootWindowYoffset;
- rep.rootWindowXorigin = attr.rootWindowXorigin;
- rep.rootWindowYorigin = attr.rootWindowYorigin;
-
- length = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))
- + paddedLength);
- rep.displayNameLength = length;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&rep.logicalScreen, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
- xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
- unsigned int mask = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- CARD32 *screen_list;
- CARD32 *mask_list;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs;
- int errorScreen = 0;
- unsigned int len;
- int ones = 0;
-
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));
- if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)
- return BadLength;
-
- screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- mask_list = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];
- value_list = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);
- if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)
- return BadLength;
-
- if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
- if (!(attribs = xalloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {
- int count;
-
- if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];
- dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);
- count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);
- value_list += count;
- }
-
-#if PANORAMIX
- status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,
- screen_list,
- attribs,
- &errorScreen);
-#endif
-
- xfree(attribs);
-
- if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
- noxinerama:
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.errorScreen = errorScreen;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.errorScreen, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- xDMXAddScreenReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
- int count;
- char *name;
- int len;
- int paddedLength;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
- return BadLength;
-
- memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
- dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
- if (!(name = xalloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
- return BadAlloc;
- memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
- name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
- attr.displayName = name;
-
- status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
-
- xfree(name);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
- xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
- status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,
- CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,
- xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int i;
- int count = 0;
- DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-
- if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, window, XRT_WINDOW,
- DixReadAccess)))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
- if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {
- screens[count] = attr.screen;
- windows[count] = attr.window;
- pos[count] = attr.pos;
- vis[count] = attr.vis;
- ++count; /* Only count existing windows */
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,
- CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,
- pos, vis);
-#endif
-
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);
- *screens = attr.screen;
- *windows = attr.window;
- *pos = attr.pos;
- *vis = attr.vis;
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;
- int i, n;
- CARD32 *screens;
- CARD32 *windows;
- xRectangle *pos, *vis;
- int count = dmxMaxNumScreens();
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
- if (!(screens = xalloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!(windows = xalloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {
- xfree(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (!(pos = xalloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {
- xfree(windows);
- xfree(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (!(vis = xalloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {
- xfree(pos);
- xfree(windows);
- xfree(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,
- pos, vis)) < 0) {
- xfree(vis);
- xfree(pos);
- xfree(windows);
- xfree(screens);
- return BadWindow;
- }
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = count * 6;
- rep.screenCount = count;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
- swapl(&screens[i], n);
- swapl(&windows[i], n);
-
- swaps(&pos[i].x, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].y, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].width, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].height, n);
-
- swaps(&vis[i].x, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].y, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].width, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].height, n);
- }
- }
-
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (count) {
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos), (char *)pos);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis), (char *)vis);
- }
-
- xfree(vis);
- xfree(pos);
- xfree(windows);
- xfree(screens);
-
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
-
- rep.width = attr.width;
- rep.height = attr.height;
- rep.shiftX = attr.shiftX;
- rep.shiftY = attr.shiftY;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.width, n);
- swapl(&rep.height, n);
- swapl(&rep.shiftX, n);
- swapl(&rep.shiftY, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
- int len;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
- return BadLength;
-
- if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-
- dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
- dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
-#if PANORAMIX
- status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);
-#endif
- if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
- noxinerama:
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.inputCount = dmxGetInputCount();
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.inputCount, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int length;
- int paddedLength;
- DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
- if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;
- rep.inputType = attr.inputType;
- rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;
- rep.physicalId = attr.physicalId;
- rep.isCore = attr.isCore;
- rep.sendsCore = attr.sendsCore;
- rep.detached = attr.detached;
-
- length = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);
- rep.nameLength = length;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.inputType, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
- swapl(&rep.nameLength, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
- xDMXAddInputReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
- int count;
- char *name;
- int len;
- int paddedLength;
- int id = -1;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
- return BadLength;
-
- memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- count = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
- if (!(name = xalloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
- return BadAlloc;
- memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
- name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
- attr.name = name;
-
- status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);
-
- xfree(name);
-
- if (status) return status;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.physicalId = id;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
- xDMXRemoveInputReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
- status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);
-
- if (status) return status;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);
- return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data) {
- case X_DMXQueryVersion: return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
- case X_DMXSync: return ProcDMXSync(client);
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
- return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddScreen: return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
- case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
- return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputCount: return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddInput: return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveInput: return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-
- case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
- return BadImplementation;
-
- default: return BadRequest;
- }
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
- return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
- return ProcDMXSync(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
- swaps(&stuff->window, n);
- return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->screenCount, n);
- swapl(&stuff->maskCount, n);
- SwapRestL(stuff);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- int paddedLength;
- REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
- return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
- return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->window, n);
- return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
- return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- SwapRestL(stuff);
- return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
- return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->deviceId, n);
- return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- int paddedLength;
- REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
- swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
- return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalId, n);
- return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data) {
- case X_DMXQueryVersion: return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
- case X_DMXSync: return SProcDMXSync(client);
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
- return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddScreen: return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
- case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:
- return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
- return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputCount: return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddInput: return SProcDMXAddInput(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveInput: return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-
- case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
- return BadImplementation;
-
- default: return BadRequest;
- }
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A
+ * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so
+ * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and
+ * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.
+ *
+ * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c
+ *
+ * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
+ * document for details about the protocol. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;
+extern int PanoramiXNumScreens;
+#endif
+
+extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);
+
+static unsigned char DMXCode;
+
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXDispatch);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXQueryVersion);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXSync);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenCount);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddScreen);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveScreen);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputCount);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddInput);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveInput);
+
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXDispatch);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXQueryVersion);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXSync);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenCount);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddScreen);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveScreen);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputCount);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddInput);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveInput);
+
+static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ return !noPanoramiXExtension;
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Initialize the extension. */
+void DMXExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+ if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,
+ ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,
+ NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))
+ DMXCode = extEntry->base;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXScreenWindowWidth: attr->screenWindowWidth = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowHeight: attr->screenWindowHeight = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowWidth: attr->rootWindowWidth = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowHeight: attr->rootWindowHeight = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowXoffset: attr->rootWindowXoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowYoffset: attr->rootWindowYoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowXorigin: attr->rootWindowXorigin = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowYorigin: attr->rootWindowYorigin = value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXDesktopWidth: attr->width = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXInputType: attr->inputType = value; break;
+ case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value; break;
+ case DMXInputSendsCore: attr->sendsCore = !!value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.majorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;
+ rep.patchVersion = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);
+ swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);
+ swapl(&rep.patchVersion, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXSyncReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
+
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = 0;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,
+ DixReadAccess)))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
+ }
+ goto doreply;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
+ doreply:
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = 0;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.screenCount = dmxGetNumScreens();
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int length;
+ int paddedLength;
+ DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+
+ if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0
+ || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;
+
+ if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ rep.logicalScreen = attr.logicalScreen;
+ rep.screenWindowWidth = attr.screenWindowWidth;
+ rep.screenWindowHeight = attr.screenWindowHeight;
+ rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;
+ rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowWidth = attr.rootWindowWidth;
+ rep.rootWindowHeight = attr.rootWindowHeight;
+ rep.rootWindowXoffset = attr.rootWindowXoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowYoffset = attr.rootWindowYoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowXorigin = attr.rootWindowXorigin;
+ rep.rootWindowYorigin = attr.rootWindowYorigin;
+
+ length = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))
+ + paddedLength);
+ rep.displayNameLength = length;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.displayNameLength, n);
+ swapl(&rep.logicalScreen, n);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth, n);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight, n);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset, n);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin, n);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+ xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
+ unsigned int mask = 0;
+ unsigned int i;
+ CARD32 *screen_list;
+ CARD32 *mask_list;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs;
+ int errorScreen = 0;
+ unsigned int len;
+ int ones = 0;
+
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));
+ if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ mask_list = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];
+ value_list = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);
+ if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
+
+ if (!(attribs = malloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {
+ int count;
+
+ if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];
+ dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);
+ count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);
+ value_list += count;
+ }
+
+#if PANORAMIX
+ status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,
+ screen_list,
+ attribs,
+ &errorScreen);
+#endif
+
+ free(attribs);
+
+ if (status == BadValue) return status;
+
+ noxinerama:
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.errorScreen = errorScreen;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ swapl(&rep.errorScreen, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ xDMXAddScreenReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = 0;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
+ int count;
+ char *name;
+ int len;
+ int paddedLength;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
+ dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+ if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
+ name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
+ attr.displayName = name;
+
+ status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
+
+ free(name);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+ xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+
+ status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,
+ CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,
+ xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int i;
+ int count = 0;
+ DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
+
+ if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, window, XRT_WINDOW,
+ DixReadAccess)))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+ if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {
+ screens[count] = attr.screen;
+ windows[count] = attr.window;
+ pos[count] = attr.pos;
+ vis[count] = attr.vis;
+ ++count; /* Only count existing windows */
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,
+ CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,
+ pos, vis);
+#endif
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);
+ *screens = attr.screen;
+ *windows = attr.window;
+ *pos = attr.pos;
+ *vis = attr.vis;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;
+#endif
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;
+ int i, n;
+ CARD32 *screens;
+ CARD32 *windows;
+ xRectangle *pos, *vis;
+ int count = dmxMaxNumScreens();
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+
+ if (!(screens = malloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!(windows = malloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (!(pos = malloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (!(vis = malloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,
+ pos, vis)) < 0) {
+ free(vis);
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadWindow;
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = count * 6;
+ rep.screenCount = count;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ swapl(&screens[i], n);
+ swapl(&windows[i], n);
+
+ swaps(&pos[i].x, n);
+ swaps(&pos[i].y, n);
+ swaps(&pos[i].width, n);
+ swaps(&pos[i].height, n);
+
+ swaps(&vis[i].x, n);
+ swaps(&vis[i].y, n);
+ swaps(&vis[i].width, n);
+ swaps(&vis[i].height, n);
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (count) {
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos), (char *)pos);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis), (char *)vis);
+ }
+
+ free(vis);
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;
+ int n;
+ DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
+
+ rep.width = attr.width;
+ rep.height = attr.height;
+ rep.shiftX = attr.shiftX;
+ rep.shiftY = attr.shiftY;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.width, n);
+ swapl(&rep.height, n);
+ swapl(&rep.shiftX, n);
+ swapl(&rep.shiftY, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
+ int len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
+
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+
+ dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
+ dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+#if PANORAMIX
+ status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);
+#endif
+ if (status == BadValue) return status;
+
+ noxinerama:
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.inputCount = dmxGetInputCount();
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.inputCount, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int length;
+ int paddedLength;
+ DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+
+ if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;
+ rep.inputType = attr.inputType;
+ rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;
+ rep.physicalId = attr.physicalId;
+ rep.isCore = attr.isCore;
+ rep.sendsCore = attr.sendsCore;
+ rep.detached = attr.detached;
+
+ length = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);
+ rep.nameLength = length;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.inputType, n);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
+ swapl(&rep.nameLength, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ xDMXAddInputReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = 0;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
+ int count;
+ char *name;
+ int len;
+ int paddedLength;
+ int id = -1;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ count = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+ if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
+ name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
+ attr.name = name;
+
+ status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);
+
+ free(name);
+
+ if (status) return status;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.physicalId = id;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+ xDMXRemoveInputReply rep;
+ int n;
+ int status = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+
+ status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);
+
+ if (status) return status;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.status, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data) {
+ case X_DMXQueryVersion: return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_DMXSync: return ProcDMXSync(client);
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
+ return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddScreen: return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
+ return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputCount: return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddInput: return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveInput: return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+
+ case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ default: return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+ return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
+ return ProcDMXSync(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->window, n);
+ return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->screenCount, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->maskCount, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ int paddedLength;
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
+ return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
+ return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->window, n);
+ return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->deviceId, n);
+ return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ int paddedLength;
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
+ return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalId, n);
+ return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data) {
+ case X_DMXQueryVersion: return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_DMXSync: return SProcDMXSync(client);
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddScreen: return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputCount: return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddInput: return SProcDMXAddInput(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveInput: return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+
+ case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ default: return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
index ec33468be..50a23e30f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
@@ -1,601 +1,601 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include <GL/glx.h>
-#include <GL/glxproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/extutil.h>
-
-#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
-
-__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy, int screen, int *nconfigs)
-{
- xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req;
- xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
- __GLXvisualConfig *config, *configs;
- GLint i, j, nvisuals, nprops;
- INT32 *props, *p;
- int majorOpcode, dummy;
- int num_good_visuals;
-
- if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, "GLX", &majorOpcode, &dummy, &dummy)) {
- return(NULL);
- }
-
- /* Send the glXGetVisualConfigs request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXGetVisualConfigs,req);
- req->reqType = majorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXGetVisualConfigs;
- req->screen = screen;
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
- /* Something is busted. Punt. */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- nvisuals = (int)reply.numVisuals;
- if (!nvisuals) {
- /* This screen does not support GL rendering */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Check number of properties per visual */
- nprops = (int)reply.numProps;
- if (nprops < __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS) {
- /* Huh? Not in protocol defined limits. Punt */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
- props = (INT32*) Xmalloc(nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
- if (!props) {
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
- config = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
- Xmalloc(nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
- if (!config) {
- Xfree(props);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
- memset(config, 0, nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
- configs = config;
- num_good_visuals = 0;
-
- /* Convert config structure into our format */
- for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
-
- /* Read config structure */
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)props, (nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
-
- /* fill in default values */
- config->visualRating = GLX_NONE_EXT;
- config->transparentPixel = GLX_NONE_EXT;
-
- /* Copy in the first set of properties */
- config->vid = props[0];
- config->class = props[1];
-
- config->rgba = (Bool) props[2];
-
- config->redSize = props[3];
- config->greenSize = props[4];
- config->blueSize = props[5];
- config->alphaSize = props[6];
-
- config->accumRedSize = props[7];
- config->accumGreenSize = props[8];
- config->accumBlueSize = props[9];
- config->accumAlphaSize = props[10];
-
- config->doubleBuffer = (Bool) props[11];
- config->stereo = (Bool) props[12];
-
- config->bufferSize = props[13];
- config->depthSize = props[14];
- config->stencilSize = props[15];
-
- config->auxBuffers = props[16];
- config->level = props[17];
-
- /* Process remaining properties */
- p = &props[18];
- for (j=__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS; j<nprops; j+=2) {
- int property = *p++;
- int value = *p++;
-
- switch (property) {
- case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
- config->multiSampleSize = value;
- break;
- case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
- config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
- break;
-
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT:
- config->transparentPixel = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT:
- config->transparentIndex = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT:
- config->transparentRed = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT:
- config->transparentGreen = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT:
- config->transparentBlue = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT:
- config->transparentAlpha = value;
- break;
-
- case GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT:
- config->visualRating = value;
- break;
-
- /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
- case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
- config->visualSelectGroup = value;
- break;
-
- default :
- /* Ignore properties we don't recognize */
- break;
- }
- } /* for j */
-
- /*
- // filter out overlay visuals (dmx does not support overlays)
- */
- if (config->level == 0) {
- config++;
- num_good_visuals++;
- }
-
- } /* for i */
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
- nvisuals = num_good_visuals;
-
- config = configs;
- for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
- /* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
- {
- XVisualInfo *vis, template;
- int n;
-
- template.screen = screen;
- template.visualid = config->vid;
- vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
- &template, &n);
-
- if (vis != NULL) {
- config->redMask = vis->red_mask;
- config->greenMask = vis->green_mask;
- config->blueMask = vis->blue_mask;
- config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
- free(vis);
- }
- }
- config++;
- } /* for i */
-
- XFree(props);
- SyncHandle();
-
- *nconfigs = nvisuals;
- return( configs );
-}
-
-
-__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy, int glxMajorOpcode, int *nconfigs)
-{
- xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req;
- xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
- __GLXFBConfig *config, *fbconfigs;
- GLint i, j, numFBConfigs, numAttribs;
- INT32 *attrs, *p;
- int screen = DefaultScreen( dpy );
- int numValidConfigs = 0;
-
- /* Send the glXGetFBConfigs request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXGetFBConfigs, req);
- req->reqType = glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXGetFBConfigs;
- req->screen = screen;
-
- *nconfigs = 0;
-
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
- /* Something is busted. Punt. */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- numFBConfigs = (int)reply.numFBConfigs;
- if (!numFBConfigs) {
- /* This screen does not support GL rendering */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- numAttribs = (int)reply.numAttribs;
- if (!numAttribs) {
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- attrs = (INT32*) Xmalloc(2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
- if (!attrs) {
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
- config = (__GLXFBConfig*)
- Xmalloc(numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
- if (!config) {
- Xfree(attrs);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return NULL;
- }
- memset(config, 0, numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
- fbconfigs = config;
-
- /* Convert attribute list into our format */
- for (i=0; i<numFBConfigs; i++) {
-
- /* Fill in default properties */
- config->transparentType = GLX_NONE_EXT;
- config->visualCaveat = GLX_NONE_EXT;
- config->minRed = 0.;
- config->maxRed = 1.;
- config->minGreen = 0.;
- config->maxGreen = 1.;
- config->minBlue = 0.;
- config->maxBlue = 1.;
- config->minAlpha = 0.;
- config->maxAlpha = 1.;
-
- /* Read attribute list */
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)attrs, (2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
-
- p = attrs;
- for (j=0; j<numAttribs; j++) {
- int attribute = *p++;
- int value = *p++;
-
- switch (attribute) {
- /* core attributes */
- case GLX_FBCONFIG_ID:
- config->id = value;
- break;
- case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:
- config->indexBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_LEVEL:
- config->level = value;
- break;
- case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:
- config->doubleBufferMode = value;
- break;
- case GLX_STEREO:
- config->stereoMode = value;
- break;
- case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:
- config->maxAuxBuffers = value;
- break;
- case GLX_RED_SIZE:
- config->redBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:
- config->greenBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:
- config->blueBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:
- config->alphaBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:
- config->depthBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:
- config->stencilBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:
- config->accumRedBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:
- config->accumGreenBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:
- config->accumBlueBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:
- config->accumAlphaBits = value;
- break;
- case GLX_RENDER_TYPE:
- config->renderType = value;
- break;
- case GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE:
- config->drawableType = value;
- break;
- case GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE:
- config->visualType = value;
- break;
- case GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
- config->visualCaveat = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE:
- config->transparentType = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE:
- config->transparentIndex = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE:
- config->transparentRed = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE:
- config->transparentGreen = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE:
- config->transparentBlue = value;
- break;
- case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE:
- config->transparentAlpha = value;
- break;
- case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH:
- config->maxPbufferWidth = value;
- break;
- case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT:
- config->maxPbufferHeight = value;
- break;
- case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS:
- config->maxPbufferPixels = value;
- break;
- case GLX_VISUAL_ID:
- config->associatedVisualId = value;
- break;
-
- /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
- case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
- config->visualSelectGroup = value;
- break;
-
- /* SGIS_multisample attributes */
- case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
- config->multiSampleSize = value;
- break;
- case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
- config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
- break;
-
- /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
- case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX:
- config->optimalPbufferWidth = value;
- break;
- case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX:
- config->optimalPbufferHeight = value;
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Ignore attributes we don't recognize */
- break;
- }
- } /* for j */
-
- /* Fill in derived values */
- config->screen = screen;
-
- config->rgbMode = config->renderType & GLX_RGBA_BIT;
- config->colorIndexMode = !config->rgbMode;
-
- config->haveAccumBuffer =
- config->accumRedBits > 0 ||
- config->accumGreenBits > 0 ||
- config->accumBlueBits > 0;
- /* Can't have alpha without color */
-
- config->haveDepthBuffer = config->depthBits > 0;
- config->haveStencilBuffer = config->stencilBits > 0;
-
- /* overlay visuals are not valid for now */
- if (!config->level) {
- config++;
- numValidConfigs++;
- }
-
- } /* for i */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
- config = fbconfigs;
- for (i=0; i<numValidConfigs; i++) {
-
- /* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
- if (config->associatedVisualId != 0) {
- XVisualInfo *vis, template;
- int n;
-
- template.screen = screen;
- template.visualid = config->associatedVisualId;
- vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
- &template, &n);
-
- if (vis != NULL) {
- config->redMask = (GLuint)vis->red_mask;
- config->greenMask = (GLuint)vis->green_mask;
- config->blueMask = (GLuint)vis->blue_mask;
- config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
- free(vis);
- }
- }
-
- config++;
- } /* for i */
-
- XFree(attrs);
- SyncHandle();
-
- *nconfigs = numValidConfigs;
- return fbconfigs;
-}
-
-__GLXvisualConfig *
-GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, int nfbconfigs,
- XVisualInfo *visuals, int nvisuals,
- __GLXvisualConfig *glxConfigs, int nGlxConfigs,
- int *nconfigs)
-{
- __GLXvisualConfig *configs = NULL;
- int i;
-
- if (!fbconfigs || !nfbconfigs || !nconfigs) return(NULL);
- *nconfigs = 0;
-
- /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
- configs = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
- Xmalloc(nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
- if (!configs) {
- return NULL;
- }
- memset(configs, 0, nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-
- for (i=0; i<nfbconfigs; i++) {
- __GLXFBConfig *fbcfg = &fbconfigs[i];
-
- if (fbcfg->associatedVisualId > 0) {
- __GLXvisualConfig *cfg = configs + (*nconfigs);
- int j;
- XVisualInfo *vinfo = NULL;
-
- for (j=0; j<nvisuals; j++) {
- if (visuals[j].visualid == fbcfg->associatedVisualId) {
- vinfo = &visuals[j];
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!vinfo) continue;
-
- /* skip 16 bit colormap visuals */
- if (vinfo->depth == 16 &&
- vinfo->class != TrueColor &&
- vinfo->class != DirectColor ) {
- continue;
- }
-
- (*nconfigs)++;
-
- /*
- * if the same visualid exists in the glx configs,
- * copy the glx attributes from the glx config
- */
- for (j=0; j<nGlxConfigs; j++) {
- if (glxConfigs[j].vid == vinfo->visualid)
- break;
- }
- if (j < nGlxConfigs) {
- memcpy(cfg, &glxConfigs[j], sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig) );
- continue;
- }
-
- /*
- * make glx attributes from the FB config attributes
- */
- cfg->vid = fbcfg->associatedVisualId;
- cfg->class = vinfo->class;
- cfg->rgba = !(fbcfg->renderType & GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT_SGIX);
- cfg->redSize = fbcfg->redBits;
- cfg->greenSize = fbcfg->greenBits;
- cfg->blueSize = fbcfg->blueBits;
- cfg->alphaSize = fbcfg->alphaBits;
- cfg->redMask = fbcfg->redMask;
- cfg->greenMask = fbcfg->greenMask;
- cfg->blueMask = fbcfg->blueMask;
- cfg->alphaMask = fbcfg->alphaMask;
- cfg->accumRedSize = fbcfg->accumRedBits;
- cfg->accumGreenSize = fbcfg->accumGreenBits;
- cfg->accumBlueSize = fbcfg->accumBlueBits;
- cfg->accumAlphaSize = fbcfg->accumAlphaBits;
- cfg->doubleBuffer = fbcfg->doubleBufferMode;
- cfg->stereo = fbcfg->stereoMode;
- if (vinfo->class == TrueColor || vinfo->class == DirectColor) {
- cfg->bufferSize = (fbcfg->rgbMode ? (fbcfg->redBits +
- fbcfg->greenBits +
- fbcfg->blueBits +
- fbcfg->alphaBits)
- : fbcfg->indexBits );
- }
- else {
- cfg->bufferSize = vinfo->depth;
- }
- cfg->depthSize = fbcfg->depthBits;
- cfg->stencilSize = fbcfg->stencilBits;
- cfg->auxBuffers = fbcfg->maxAuxBuffers;
- cfg->level = fbcfg->level;
- cfg->visualRating = fbcfg->visualCaveat;
- cfg->transparentPixel = fbcfg->transparentType;
- cfg->transparentRed = fbcfg->transparentRed;
- cfg->transparentGreen = fbcfg->transparentGreen;
- cfg->transparentBlue = fbcfg->transparentBlue;
- cfg->transparentAlpha = fbcfg->transparentAlpha;
- cfg->transparentIndex = fbcfg->transparentIndex;
- cfg->multiSampleSize = fbcfg->multiSampleSize;
- cfg->nMultiSampleBuffers = fbcfg->nMultiSampleBuffers;
- cfg->visualSelectGroup = fbcfg->visualSelectGroup;
- }
- }
-
- return( configs );
-}
-
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include <GL/glx.h>
+#include <GL/glxproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/extutil.h>
+
+#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
+
+__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy, int screen, int *nconfigs)
+{
+ xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req;
+ xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *config, *configs;
+ GLint i, j, nvisuals, nprops;
+ INT32 *props, *p;
+ int majorOpcode, dummy;
+ int num_good_visuals;
+
+ if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, "GLX", &majorOpcode, &dummy, &dummy)) {
+ return(NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Send the glXGetVisualConfigs request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXGetVisualConfigs,req);
+ req->reqType = majorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXGetVisualConfigs;
+ req->screen = screen;
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
+ /* Something is busted. Punt. */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ nvisuals = (int)reply.numVisuals;
+ if (!nvisuals) {
+ /* This screen does not support GL rendering */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Check number of properties per visual */
+ nprops = (int)reply.numProps;
+ if (nprops < __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS) {
+ /* Huh? Not in protocol defined limits. Punt */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ props = (INT32*) Xmalloc(nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
+ if (!props) {
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
+ config = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
+ Xmalloc(nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+ if (!config) {
+ free(props);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ memset(config, 0, nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+ configs = config;
+ num_good_visuals = 0;
+
+ /* Convert config structure into our format */
+ for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
+
+ /* Read config structure */
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)props, (nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
+
+ /* fill in default values */
+ config->visualRating = GLX_NONE_EXT;
+ config->transparentPixel = GLX_NONE_EXT;
+
+ /* Copy in the first set of properties */
+ config->vid = props[0];
+ config->class = props[1];
+
+ config->rgba = (Bool) props[2];
+
+ config->redSize = props[3];
+ config->greenSize = props[4];
+ config->blueSize = props[5];
+ config->alphaSize = props[6];
+
+ config->accumRedSize = props[7];
+ config->accumGreenSize = props[8];
+ config->accumBlueSize = props[9];
+ config->accumAlphaSize = props[10];
+
+ config->doubleBuffer = (Bool) props[11];
+ config->stereo = (Bool) props[12];
+
+ config->bufferSize = props[13];
+ config->depthSize = props[14];
+ config->stencilSize = props[15];
+
+ config->auxBuffers = props[16];
+ config->level = props[17];
+
+ /* Process remaining properties */
+ p = &props[18];
+ for (j=__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS; j<nprops; j+=2) {
+ int property = *p++;
+ int value = *p++;
+
+ switch (property) {
+ case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
+ config->multiSampleSize = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
+ config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT:
+ config->transparentPixel = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT:
+ config->transparentIndex = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT:
+ config->transparentRed = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT:
+ config->transparentGreen = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT:
+ config->transparentBlue = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT:
+ config->transparentAlpha = value;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT:
+ config->visualRating = value;
+ break;
+
+ /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
+ case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
+ config->visualSelectGroup = value;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Ignore properties we don't recognize */
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* for j */
+
+ /*
+ // filter out overlay visuals (dmx does not support overlays)
+ */
+ if (config->level == 0) {
+ config++;
+ num_good_visuals++;
+ }
+
+ } /* for i */
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+
+ nvisuals = num_good_visuals;
+
+ config = configs;
+ for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
+ /* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
+ {
+ XVisualInfo *vis, template;
+ int n;
+
+ template.screen = screen;
+ template.visualid = config->vid;
+ vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
+ &template, &n);
+
+ if (vis != NULL) {
+ config->redMask = vis->red_mask;
+ config->greenMask = vis->green_mask;
+ config->blueMask = vis->blue_mask;
+ config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
+ free(vis);
+ }
+ }
+ config++;
+ } /* for i */
+
+ XFree(props);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ *nconfigs = nvisuals;
+ return( configs );
+}
+
+
+__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy, int glxMajorOpcode, int *nconfigs)
+{
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req;
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
+ __GLXFBConfig *config, *fbconfigs;
+ GLint i, j, numFBConfigs, numAttribs;
+ INT32 *attrs, *p;
+ int screen = DefaultScreen( dpy );
+ int numValidConfigs = 0;
+
+ /* Send the glXGetFBConfigs request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXGetFBConfigs, req);
+ req->reqType = glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXGetFBConfigs;
+ req->screen = screen;
+
+ *nconfigs = 0;
+
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
+ /* Something is busted. Punt. */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ numFBConfigs = (int)reply.numFBConfigs;
+ if (!numFBConfigs) {
+ /* This screen does not support GL rendering */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ numAttribs = (int)reply.numAttribs;
+ if (!numAttribs) {
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ attrs = (INT32*) Xmalloc(2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
+ if (!attrs) {
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
+ config = (__GLXFBConfig*)
+ Xmalloc(numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
+ if (!config) {
+ free(attrs);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ memset(config, 0, numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
+ fbconfigs = config;
+
+ /* Convert attribute list into our format */
+ for (i=0; i<numFBConfigs; i++) {
+
+ /* Fill in default properties */
+ config->transparentType = GLX_NONE_EXT;
+ config->visualCaveat = GLX_NONE_EXT;
+ config->minRed = 0.;
+ config->maxRed = 1.;
+ config->minGreen = 0.;
+ config->maxGreen = 1.;
+ config->minBlue = 0.;
+ config->maxBlue = 1.;
+ config->minAlpha = 0.;
+ config->maxAlpha = 1.;
+
+ /* Read attribute list */
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)attrs, (2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
+
+ p = attrs;
+ for (j=0; j<numAttribs; j++) {
+ int attribute = *p++;
+ int value = *p++;
+
+ switch (attribute) {
+ /* core attributes */
+ case GLX_FBCONFIG_ID:
+ config->id = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:
+ config->indexBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_LEVEL:
+ config->level = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:
+ config->doubleBufferMode = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_STEREO:
+ config->stereoMode = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:
+ config->maxAuxBuffers = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_RED_SIZE:
+ config->redBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:
+ config->greenBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:
+ config->blueBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:
+ config->alphaBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:
+ config->depthBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:
+ config->stencilBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:
+ config->accumRedBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:
+ config->accumGreenBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:
+ config->accumBlueBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:
+ config->accumAlphaBits = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_RENDER_TYPE:
+ config->renderType = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE:
+ config->drawableType = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE:
+ config->visualType = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
+ config->visualCaveat = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE:
+ config->transparentType = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE:
+ config->transparentIndex = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE:
+ config->transparentRed = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE:
+ config->transparentGreen = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE:
+ config->transparentBlue = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE:
+ config->transparentAlpha = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH:
+ config->maxPbufferWidth = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT:
+ config->maxPbufferHeight = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS:
+ config->maxPbufferPixels = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_VISUAL_ID:
+ config->associatedVisualId = value;
+ break;
+
+ /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
+ case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
+ config->visualSelectGroup = value;
+ break;
+
+ /* SGIS_multisample attributes */
+ case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
+ config->multiSampleSize = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
+ config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
+ break;
+
+ /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
+ case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX:
+ config->optimalPbufferWidth = value;
+ break;
+ case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX:
+ config->optimalPbufferHeight = value;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* Ignore attributes we don't recognize */
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* for j */
+
+ /* Fill in derived values */
+ config->screen = screen;
+
+ config->rgbMode = config->renderType & GLX_RGBA_BIT;
+ config->colorIndexMode = !config->rgbMode;
+
+ config->haveAccumBuffer =
+ config->accumRedBits > 0 ||
+ config->accumGreenBits > 0 ||
+ config->accumBlueBits > 0;
+ /* Can't have alpha without color */
+
+ config->haveDepthBuffer = config->depthBits > 0;
+ config->haveStencilBuffer = config->stencilBits > 0;
+
+ /* overlay visuals are not valid for now */
+ if (!config->level) {
+ config++;
+ numValidConfigs++;
+ }
+
+ } /* for i */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+
+ config = fbconfigs;
+ for (i=0; i<numValidConfigs; i++) {
+
+ /* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
+ if (config->associatedVisualId != 0) {
+ XVisualInfo *vis, template;
+ int n;
+
+ template.screen = screen;
+ template.visualid = config->associatedVisualId;
+ vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
+ &template, &n);
+
+ if (vis != NULL) {
+ config->redMask = (GLuint)vis->red_mask;
+ config->greenMask = (GLuint)vis->green_mask;
+ config->blueMask = (GLuint)vis->blue_mask;
+ config->alphaMask = 0; /* XXX */
+ free(vis);
+ }
+ }
+
+ config++;
+ } /* for i */
+
+ XFree(attrs);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ *nconfigs = numValidConfigs;
+ return fbconfigs;
+}
+
+__GLXvisualConfig *
+GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, int nfbconfigs,
+ XVisualInfo *visuals, int nvisuals,
+ __GLXvisualConfig *glxConfigs, int nGlxConfigs,
+ int *nconfigs)
+{
+ __GLXvisualConfig *configs = NULL;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!fbconfigs || !nfbconfigs || !nconfigs) return(NULL);
+ *nconfigs = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
+ configs = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
+ Xmalloc(nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+ if (!configs) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ memset(configs, 0, nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+
+ for (i=0; i<nfbconfigs; i++) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *fbcfg = &fbconfigs[i];
+
+ if (fbcfg->associatedVisualId > 0) {
+ __GLXvisualConfig *cfg = configs + (*nconfigs);
+ int j;
+ XVisualInfo *vinfo = NULL;
+
+ for (j=0; j<nvisuals; j++) {
+ if (visuals[j].visualid == fbcfg->associatedVisualId) {
+ vinfo = &visuals[j];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!vinfo) continue;
+
+ /* skip 16 bit colormap visuals */
+ if (vinfo->depth == 16 &&
+ vinfo->class != TrueColor &&
+ vinfo->class != DirectColor ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ (*nconfigs)++;
+
+ /*
+ * if the same visualid exists in the glx configs,
+ * copy the glx attributes from the glx config
+ */
+ for (j=0; j<nGlxConfigs; j++) {
+ if (glxConfigs[j].vid == vinfo->visualid)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (j < nGlxConfigs) {
+ memcpy(cfg, &glxConfigs[j], sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig) );
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * make glx attributes from the FB config attributes
+ */
+ cfg->vid = fbcfg->associatedVisualId;
+ cfg->class = vinfo->class;
+ cfg->rgba = !(fbcfg->renderType & GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT_SGIX);
+ cfg->redSize = fbcfg->redBits;
+ cfg->greenSize = fbcfg->greenBits;
+ cfg->blueSize = fbcfg->blueBits;
+ cfg->alphaSize = fbcfg->alphaBits;
+ cfg->redMask = fbcfg->redMask;
+ cfg->greenMask = fbcfg->greenMask;
+ cfg->blueMask = fbcfg->blueMask;
+ cfg->alphaMask = fbcfg->alphaMask;
+ cfg->accumRedSize = fbcfg->accumRedBits;
+ cfg->accumGreenSize = fbcfg->accumGreenBits;
+ cfg->accumBlueSize = fbcfg->accumBlueBits;
+ cfg->accumAlphaSize = fbcfg->accumAlphaBits;
+ cfg->doubleBuffer = fbcfg->doubleBufferMode;
+ cfg->stereo = fbcfg->stereoMode;
+ if (vinfo->class == TrueColor || vinfo->class == DirectColor) {
+ cfg->bufferSize = (fbcfg->rgbMode ? (fbcfg->redBits +
+ fbcfg->greenBits +
+ fbcfg->blueBits +
+ fbcfg->alphaBits)
+ : fbcfg->indexBits );
+ }
+ else {
+ cfg->bufferSize = vinfo->depth;
+ }
+ cfg->depthSize = fbcfg->depthBits;
+ cfg->stencilSize = fbcfg->stencilBits;
+ cfg->auxBuffers = fbcfg->maxAuxBuffers;
+ cfg->level = fbcfg->level;
+ cfg->visualRating = fbcfg->visualCaveat;
+ cfg->transparentPixel = fbcfg->transparentType;
+ cfg->transparentRed = fbcfg->transparentRed;
+ cfg->transparentGreen = fbcfg->transparentGreen;
+ cfg->transparentBlue = fbcfg->transparentBlue;
+ cfg->transparentAlpha = fbcfg->transparentAlpha;
+ cfg->transparentIndex = fbcfg->transparentIndex;
+ cfg->multiSampleSize = fbcfg->multiSampleSize;
+ cfg->nMultiSampleBuffers = fbcfg->nMultiSampleBuffers;
+ cfg->visualSelectGroup = fbcfg->visualSelectGroup;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return( configs );
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
index 4aa586aff..5a56afda2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
@@ -1,212 +1,212 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * Colormap support. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxvisual.h"
-
-#include "micmap.h"
-
-static Bool dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
-
- pCmapPriv = (dmxColormapPrivPtr)xalloc(sizeof(*pCmapPriv));
- if (!pCmapPriv)
- return FALSE;
- pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
-
- DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, pCmapPriv);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
- VisualPtr pVisual = pColormap->pVisual;
- Visual *visual = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, pVisual);
-
- if (visual) {
- pCmapPriv->cmap = XCreateColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- visual,
- (pVisual->class & DynamicClass ?
- AllocAll : AllocNone));
- return (pCmapPriv->cmap != 0);
- }
- else {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "dmxBECreateColormap: No visual found\n");
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/** Create colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- * screen. */
-Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-
- if (!dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(pColormap))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- if (!dmxBECreateColormap(pColormap))
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if (pScreen->CreateColormap)
- ret = pScreen->CreateColormap(pColormap);
- DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
- if (pCmapPriv->cmap) {
- XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
- pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- * screen. */
-void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- dmxBEFreeColormap(pColormap);
- xfree(pCmapPriv);
- DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, NULL);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if (pScreen->DestroyColormap)
- pScreen->DestroyColormap(pColormap);
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Install colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- * screen. */
-void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if (pScreen->InstallColormap)
- pScreen->InstallColormap(pColormap);
- DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- XInstallColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-}
-
-/** Store colors in \a pColormap on back-end server associated with \a
- * pColormap's screen. */
-void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay && (pColormap->pVisual->class & DynamicClass)) {
- XColor *color = xalloc(sizeof(*color) * ndef);
- int i;
-
- if (color) {
- for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
- color[i].pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
- color[i].red = pdef[i].red;
- color[i].blue = pdef[i].blue;
- color[i].green = pdef[i].green;
- color[i].flags = pdef[i].flags;
- color[i].pad = pdef[i].pad;
- }
- XStoreColors(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, color, ndef);
- xfree(color);
- } else { /* xalloc failed, so fallback */
- XColor c;
- for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
- c.pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
- c.red = pdef[i].red;
- c.blue = pdef[i].blue;
- c.green = pdef[i].green;
- c.flags = pdef[i].flags;
- c.pad = pdef[i].pad;
- XStoreColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, &c);
- }
- }
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if (pScreen->StoreColors)
- pScreen->StoreColors(pColormap, ndef, pdef);
- DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Create the DMX server's default colormap. */
-Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- return miCreateDefColormap(pScreen);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * Colormap support. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxvisual.h"
+
+#include "micmap.h"
+
+static Bool dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
+
+ pCmapPriv = (dmxColormapPrivPtr)malloc(sizeof(*pCmapPriv));
+ if (!pCmapPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+ pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
+
+ DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, pCmapPriv);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Create \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
+ VisualPtr pVisual = pColormap->pVisual;
+ Visual *visual = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, pVisual);
+
+ if (visual) {
+ pCmapPriv->cmap = XCreateColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ visual,
+ (pVisual->class & DynamicClass ?
+ AllocAll : AllocNone));
+ return (pCmapPriv->cmap != 0);
+ }
+ else {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "dmxBECreateColormap: No visual found\n");
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Create colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
+ * screen. */
+Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+ if (!dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(pColormap))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ if (!dmxBECreateColormap(pColormap))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if (pScreen->CreateColormap)
+ ret = pScreen->CreateColormap(pColormap);
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Destroy \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
+
+ if (pCmapPriv->cmap) {
+ XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
+ pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/** Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
+ * screen. */
+void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ dmxBEFreeColormap(pColormap);
+ free(pCmapPriv);
+ DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, NULL);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if (pScreen->DestroyColormap)
+ pScreen->DestroyColormap(pColormap);
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+}
+
+/** Install colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
+ * screen. */
+void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if (pScreen->InstallColormap)
+ pScreen->InstallColormap(pColormap);
+ DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ XInstallColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Store colors in \a pColormap on back-end server associated with \a
+ * pColormap's screen. */
+void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pColormap->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay && (pColormap->pVisual->class & DynamicClass)) {
+ XColor *color = malloc(sizeof(*color) * ndef);
+ int i;
+
+ if (color) {
+ for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
+ color[i].pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
+ color[i].red = pdef[i].red;
+ color[i].blue = pdef[i].blue;
+ color[i].green = pdef[i].green;
+ color[i].flags = pdef[i].flags;
+ color[i].pad = pdef[i].pad;
+ }
+ XStoreColors(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, color, ndef);
+ free(color);
+ } else { /* xalloc failed, so fallback */
+ XColor c;
+ for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
+ c.pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
+ c.red = pdef[i].red;
+ c.blue = pdef[i].blue;
+ c.green = pdef[i].green;
+ c.flags = pdef[i].flags;
+ c.pad = pdef[i].pad;
+ XStoreColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, &c);
+ }
+ }
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if (pScreen->StoreColors)
+ pScreen->StoreColors(pColormap, ndef, pdef);
+ DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+}
+
+/** Create the DMX server's default colormap. */
+Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ return miCreateDefColormap(pScreen);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
index 37e66d758..2d0243343 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
@@ -1,985 +1,985 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the
- * code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and
- * computes screen overlap.
- *
- * "This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent
- * (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)." --David Dawes.
- *
- * "This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here."
- * --Rik Faith
- *
- * The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the
- * CursorOffScreen function. The edge list computation was complex
- * (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared
- * with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function. The new
- * implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and
- * maintainability over efficiency. For the common (non-edge) case, the
- * dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens.
- * When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched,
- * and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will
- * be returned. If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a
- * performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be
- * reimplemented. An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new
- * algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens). Since edges is usually 1-3 and
- * dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off
- * may be compelling.
- *
- * The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and
- * is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits)
- * screens. Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of
- * backend displays, this limitation was removed. The new
- * implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency,
- * using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a
- * bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main
- * routine. Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called
- * only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term
- * maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxinput.h"
-
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixevents.h" /* For GetSpriteCursor() */
-#include "inputstr.h" /* for inputInfo.pointer */
-
-#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG
-#define DMXDBG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define DMXDBG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d)
-#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e)
-#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
-#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
-#else
-#define DMXDBG0(f)
-#define DMXDBG1(f,a)
-#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)
-#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)
-#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)
-#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)
-#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
-#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
-#endif
-
-static int dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 1;
-
-/** Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped
- back-end displays. See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors. */
-void dmxCursorNoMulti(void)
-{
- dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 0;
-}
-
-static Bool dmxCursorOffScreen(ScreenPtr *ppScreen, int *x, int *y)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- int i;
- int localX = *x;
- int localY = *y;
- int globalX;
- int globalY;
-
- if (screenInfo.numScreens == 1)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* On current screen? */
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
- if (localX >= 0
- && localX < dmxScreen->rootWidth
- && localY >= 0
- && localY < dmxScreen->rootHeight)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Convert to global coordinate space */
- globalX = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + localX;
- globalY = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + localY;
-
- /* Is cursor on the current screen?
- * This efficiently exits this routine
- * for the most common case. */
- if (ppScreen && *ppScreen) {
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
- if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
- && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
- && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
- && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight)
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Find first screen cursor is on */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
- && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
- && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
- && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
- if (dmxScreen->index == (*ppScreen)->myNum)
- return FALSE;
- *ppScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
- *x = globalX - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
- *y = globalY - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static void dmxCrossScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool entering)
-{
-}
-
-static void dmxWarpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- DMXDBG3("dmxWarpCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
-#if 11 /*BP*/
- /* This call is depracated. Replace with???? */
- miPointerWarpCursor(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-#else
- pScreen->SetCursorPosition(pDev, pScreen, x, y, FALSE);
-#endif
-}
-
-miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs =
-{
- dmxCursorOffScreen,
- dmxCrossScreen,
- dmxWarpCursor,
- NULL,
- NULL,
-};
-
-
-/** Create a list of screens that we'll manipulate. */
-static int *dmxSLCreate(void)
-{
- int *list = malloc(dmxNumScreens * sizeof(*list));
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
- list[i] = 1;
- return list;
-}
-
-/** Free list. */
-static void dmxSLFree(int *list)
-{
- free(list);
-}
-
-/** Find next uninitialized entry in list. */
-static int dmxSLFindNext(int *list)
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
- if (list[i])
- return i;
- return -1;
-}
-
-/** Make one pass over all the screens and return the number updated. */
-static int dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(int *screensLeft)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *screen;
- int i, ref;
- int changed = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- if (!screensLeft[i])
- continue;
- screen = &dmxScreens[i];
- switch (screen->where) {
- case PosAbsolute:
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = screen->whereX;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = screen->whereY;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosRelative:
- ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
- if (screensLeft[ref])
- break;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + screen->whereX;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + screen->whereY;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosRightOf:
- ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
- if (screensLeft[ref])
- break;
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + pScreen->width;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosLeftOf:
- ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
- if (screensLeft[ref])
- break;
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x - pScreen->width;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosBelow:
- ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
- if (screensLeft[ref])
- break;
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + pScreen->height;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosAbove:
- ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
- if (screensLeft[ref])
- break;
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y - pScreen->height;
- ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
- break;
- case PosNone:
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "No position information for screen %d\n", i);
- }
- }
- return changed;
-}
-
-static void dmxComputeScreenOrigins(void)
-{
- int *screensLeft;
- int i, ref;
- int minX, minY;
-
- /* Compute origins based on
- * configuration information. */
- screensLeft = dmxSLCreate();
- while ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
- while (dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(screensLeft));
- if ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
- /* All of the remaining screens are referencing each other.
- * Assign a value to one of them and go through again. This
- * guarantees that we will eventually terminate.
- */
- ref = dmxScreens[i].whereRefScreen;
- dixScreenOrigins[ref].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y = 0;
- screensLeft[ref] = 0;
- }
- }
- dmxSLFree(screensLeft);
-
-
- /* Justify the topmost and leftmost to
- * (0,0). */
- minX = dixScreenOrigins[0].x;
- minY = dixScreenOrigins[0].y;
- for (i = 1; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) { /* Compute minX, minY */
- if (dixScreenOrigins[i].x < minX)
- minX = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
- if (dixScreenOrigins[i].y < minY)
- minY = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
- }
- if (minX || minY) {
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- dixScreenOrigins[i].x -= minX;
- dixScreenOrigins[i].y -= minY;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Recompute origin information in the #dmxScreens list. This is
- * called from #dmxInitOrigins. */
-void dmxReInitOrigins(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
- dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
- "s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d"
- " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
-
- dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
- dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
-
- dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
- dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
- dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialize screen origins (and relative position). This is called
- * for each server generation. For dynamic reconfiguration, use
- * #dmxReInitOrigins() instead. */
-void dmxInitOrigins(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
- dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
- "(request) s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d (%d)"
- " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
-
- dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
- dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
-
- dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY,
- dmxScreen->where,
-
- dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
- dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
- }
-
- dmxComputeScreenOrigins();
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- dmxScreen->rootXOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
- dmxScreen->rootYOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
- }
-
- dmxReInitOrigins();
-}
-
-/** Returns non-zero if the global \a x, \a y coordinate is on the
- * screen window of the \a dmxScreen. */
-int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG > 1
- dmxLog(dmxDebug,
- "dmxOnScreen %d %d,%d (r=%dx%d%+d%+d@%d,%d s=%dx%d%+d%+d)\n",
- dmxScreen->index, x, y,
- dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
- dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
- dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY);
-#endif
- if (x >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
- && x < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
- && y >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
- && y < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns non-zero if \a a overlaps \a b. */
-static int dmxDoesOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *a, DMXScreenInfo *b)
-{
- if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
- a->rootYOrigin, b))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
- a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
- a->rootYOrigin, b))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
- a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
- b->rootYOrigin, a))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
- b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
- b->rootYOrigin, a))
- return 1;
-
- if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
- b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a))
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Used with \a dmxInterateOverlap to print out a list of screens which
- * overlap each other. */
-static void *dmxPrintOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *closure)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *a = closure;
- if (dmxScreen != a) {
- if (dmxScreen->cursorNotShared)
- dmxLogOutputCont(a, " [%d/%s]", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
- else
- dmxLogOutputCont(a, " %d/%s", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Iterate over the screens which overlap with the \a start screen,
- * calling \a f with the \a closure for each argument. Often used with
- * #dmxPrintOverlap. */
-static void *dmxIterateOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *start,
- void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
- void *closure)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start->over) return f(start, closure);
-
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- void *retval;
- if ((retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
- if (pt == start) break;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Used with #dmxPropertyIterate to determine if screen \a a is the
- * same as the screen \a closure. */
-static void *dmxTestSameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *a, void *closure)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *b = closure;
-
- if (a == b)
- return a;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists. This
- * uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and
- * the computation only needs to be performed for every server
- * generation or dynamic reconfiguration . */
-void dmxInitOverlap(void)
-{
- int i, j;
- DMXScreenInfo *a, *b, *pt;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
- dmxScreens[i].over = NULL;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- a = &dmxScreens[i];
-
- for (j = i+1; j < dmxNumScreens; j++) {
- b = &dmxScreens[j];
- if (b->over)
- continue;
-
- if (dmxDoesOverlap(a, b)) {
- DMXDBG6("%d overlaps %d: a=%p %p b=%p %p\n",
- a->index, b->index, a, a->over, b, b->over);
- b->over = (a->over ? a->over : a);
- a->over = b;
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- a = &dmxScreens[i];
-
- if (!a->over)
- continue;
-
- /* Flag all pairs that are on same display */
- for (pt = a->over; pt != a; pt = pt->over) {
- if (dmxPropertyIterate(a, dmxTestSameDisplay, pt)) {
- /* The ->over sets contain the transitive set of screens
- * that overlap. For screens that are on the same
- * backend display, we only want to exclude pairs of
- * screens that mutually overlap on the backend display,
- * so we call dmxDoesOverlap, which is stricter than the
- * ->over set. */
- if (!dmxDoesOverlap(a, pt))
- continue;
- a->cursorNotShared = 1;
- pt->cursorNotShared = 1;
- dmxLog(dmxInfo,
- "Screen %d and %d overlap on %s\n",
- a->index, pt->index, a->name);
- }
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- a = &dmxScreens[i];
-
- if (a->over) {
- dmxLogOutput(a, "Overlaps");
- dmxIterateOverlap(a, dmxPrintOverlap, a);
- dmxLogOutputCont(a, "\n");
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Create \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
- CursorBitsPtr pBits = pCursor->bits;
- Pixmap src, msk;
- XColor fg, bg;
- XImage *img;
- XlibGC gc = NULL;
- XGCValues v;
- unsigned long m;
- int i;
-
- if (!pCursorPriv)
- return;
-
- m = GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | GCBackground | GCClipMask;
- v.function = GXcopy;
- v.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
- v.foreground = 1L;
- v.background = 0L;
- v.clip_mask = None;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
- if (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) {
- /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
- gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
- m, &v);
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!gc)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxRealizeCursor: gc not initialized\n");
-
- src = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
- msk = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
-
- img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
- 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->source,
- pBits->width, pBits->height,
- BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
-
- XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- pBits->width, pBits->height);
-
- XFree(img);
-
- img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
- 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->mask,
- pBits->width, pBits->height,
- BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
-
- XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- pBits->width, pBits->height);
-
- XFree(img);
-
- fg.red = pCursor->foreRed;
- fg.green = pCursor->foreGreen;
- fg.blue = pCursor->foreBlue;
-
- bg.red = pCursor->backRed;
- bg.green = pCursor->backGreen;
- bg.blue = pCursor->backBlue;
-
- pCursorPriv->cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- src, msk,
- &fg, &bg,
- pBits->xhot, pBits->yhot);
-
- XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src);
- XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk);
- XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, gc);
-
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-}
-
-static Bool _dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv;
-
- DMXDBG2("_dmxRealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
-
- DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, xalloc(sizeof(*pCursorPriv)));
- if (!DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen))
- return FALSE;
-
- pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
- pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return TRUE;
-
- dmxBECreateCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Free \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
-
- if (pCursorPriv) {
- XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCursorPriv->cursor);
- pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool _dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
- DMXDBG2("_dmxUnrealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n",
- pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- if (dmxBEFreeCursor(pScreen, pCursor))
- xfree(DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen));
- }
- DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, NULL);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void _dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- int newX = x + dmxScreen->rootX;
- int newY = y + dmxScreen->rootY;
-
- if (newX < 0) newX = 0;
- if (newY < 0) newY = 0;
-
- DMXDBG5("_dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d) -> %d,%d\n",
- pScreen->myNum, x, y, newX, newY);
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- XWarpPointer(dmxScreen->beDisplay, None, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, newX, newY);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
- }
-}
-
-static void _dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
- DMXDBG4("_dmxSetCursor(%d,%p,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor, x, y);
-
- if (pCursor) {
- dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
- if (pCursorPriv && dmxScreen->curCursor != pCursorPriv->cursor) {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- pCursorPriv->cursor);
- dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor;
- dmxScreen->curCursor = pCursorPriv->cursor;
- dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 1;
- }
- _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
- } else {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- dmxScreen->noCursor);
- dmxScreen->cursor = NULL;
- dmxScreen->curCursor = (Cursor)0;
- dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 0;
- }
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
- return _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- if (pt->cursorNotShared)
- continue;
- _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
- if (pt == start)
- break;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool dmxUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
- return _dmxUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- if (pt->cursorNotShared)
- continue;
- _dmxUnrealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
- if (pt == start)
- break;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static CursorPtr dmxFindCursor(DMXScreenInfo *start)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start || !start->over)
- return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- if (pt->cursor)
- return pt->cursor;
- if (pt == start)
- break;
- }
- return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
-}
-
-/** Move the cursor to coordinates (\a x, \a y)on \a pScreen. This
- * function is usually called via #dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during
- * reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on
- * newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.
- *
- * The coords (x,y) are in global coord space. We'll loop over the
- * back-end screens and see if they contain the global coord. If so, call
- * _dmxMoveCursor() (XWarpPointer) to position the pointer on that screen.
- */
-void dmxMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- DMXDBG3("dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
-
- if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
- _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
- return;
- }
-
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- if (pt->cursorNotShared)
- continue;
- if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
- if (/* pt != start && */ !pt->cursorVisible) {
- if (!pt->cursor) {
- /* This only happens during
- * reconfiguration when a new overlap
- * occurs. */
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(start)))
- _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
- pt->cursor = pCursor);
-
- }
- _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
- pt->cursor,
- x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
- y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
- }
- _dmxMoveCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
- x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
- y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
- } else if (/* pt != start && */ pt->cursorVisible) {
- _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
- NULL,
- x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
- y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
- }
- if (pt == start)
- break;
- }
-}
-
-static void dmxSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
- int GX, GY, gx, gy;
-
- DMXDBG5("dmxSetCursor(%d %p, %p,%d,%d)\n",
- pScreen->myNum, start, pCursor, x, y);
-
- /* We do this check here because of two cases:
- *
- * 1) if a client calls XWarpPointer()
- * and Xinerama is not running, we can
- * have mi's notion of the pointer
- * position out of phase with DMX's
- * notion.
- *
- * 2) if a down button is held while the
- * cursor moves outside the root window,
- * mi's notion of the pointer position
- * is out of phase with DMX's notion and
- * the cursor can remain visible when it
- * shouldn't be. */
-
- dmxGetGlobalPosition(&GX, &GY);
- gx = start->rootXOrigin + x;
- gy = start->rootYOrigin + y;
- if (x && y && (GX != gx || GY != gy))
- dmxCoreMotion(NULL, gx, gy, 0, DMX_NO_BLOCK);
-
- if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
- _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
- return;
- }
-
- for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
- if (pt->cursorNotShared)
- continue;
- if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
- _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor,
- x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
- y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
- } else {
- _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], NULL,
- x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
- y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
- }
- if (pt == start)
- break;
- }
-}
-
-
-/** This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the
- * cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input. \see
- * dmxbackend.c */
-void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- int x, y;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
-
- dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
- _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL, x, y);
-}
-
-/** This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the
- * cursor is visible. */
-void dmxCheckCursor(void)
-{
- int i;
- int x, y;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *firstScreen;
-
- dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
- firstScreen = dmxFindFirstScreen(x, y);
-
- DMXDBG2("dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
-
- if (!dmxOnScreen(x, y, dmxScreen)) {
- if (firstScreen && i == miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer)->myNum)
- miPointerSetScreen(inputInfo.pointer, firstScreen->index, x, y);
- _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL,
- x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
- y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
- } else {
- if (!dmxScreen->cursor) {
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(dmxScreen))) {
- _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor);
- }
- }
- _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor,
- x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
- y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
- }
- }
- DMXDBG2(" leave dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
-{
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void dmxDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
-{
-}
-
-miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs =
-{
- dmxRealizeCursor,
- dmxUnrealizeCursor,
- dmxSetCursor,
- dmxMoveCursor,
- dmxDeviceCursorInitialize,
- dmxDeviceCursorCleanup
-};
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the
+ * code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and
+ * computes screen overlap.
+ *
+ * "This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent
+ * (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)." --David Dawes.
+ *
+ * "This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here."
+ * --Rik Faith
+ *
+ * The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the
+ * CursorOffScreen function. The edge list computation was complex
+ * (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared
+ * with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function. The new
+ * implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and
+ * maintainability over efficiency. For the common (non-edge) case, the
+ * dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens.
+ * When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched,
+ * and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will
+ * be returned. If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a
+ * performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be
+ * reimplemented. An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new
+ * algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens). Since edges is usually 1-3 and
+ * dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off
+ * may be compelling.
+ *
+ * The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and
+ * is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits)
+ * screens. Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of
+ * backend displays, this limitation was removed. The new
+ * implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency,
+ * using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a
+ * bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main
+ * routine. Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called
+ * only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term
+ * maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#define DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG 0
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixevents.h" /* For GetSpriteCursor() */
+#include "inputstr.h" /* for inputInfo.pointer */
+
+#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG
+#define DMXDBG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
+#define DMXDBG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
+#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
+#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
+#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d)
+#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e)
+#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
+#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
+#else
+#define DMXDBG0(f)
+#define DMXDBG1(f,a)
+#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)
+#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)
+#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)
+#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)
+#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
+#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
+#endif
+
+static int dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 1;
+
+/** Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped
+ back-end displays. See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors. */
+void dmxCursorNoMulti(void)
+{
+ dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 0;
+}
+
+static Bool dmxCursorOffScreen(ScreenPtr *ppScreen, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ int i;
+ int localX = *x;
+ int localY = *y;
+ int globalX;
+ int globalY;
+
+ if (screenInfo.numScreens == 1)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* On current screen? */
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
+ if (localX >= 0
+ && localX < dmxScreen->rootWidth
+ && localY >= 0
+ && localY < dmxScreen->rootHeight)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Convert to global coordinate space */
+ globalX = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + localX;
+ globalY = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + localY;
+
+ /* Is cursor on the current screen?
+ * This efficiently exits this routine
+ * for the most common case. */
+ if (ppScreen && *ppScreen) {
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
+ if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
+ && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
+ && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
+ && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Find first screen cursor is on */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
+ && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
+ && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
+ && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
+ if (dmxScreen->index == (*ppScreen)->myNum)
+ return FALSE;
+ *ppScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
+ *x = globalX - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
+ *y = globalY - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void dmxCrossScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool entering)
+{
+}
+
+static void dmxWarpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ DMXDBG3("dmxWarpCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
+#if 11 /*BP*/
+ /* This call is depracated. Replace with???? */
+ miPointerWarpCursor(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
+#else
+ pScreen->SetCursorPosition(pDev, pScreen, x, y, FALSE);
+#endif
+}
+
+miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs =
+{
+ dmxCursorOffScreen,
+ dmxCrossScreen,
+ dmxWarpCursor,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+};
+
+
+/** Create a list of screens that we'll manipulate. */
+static int *dmxSLCreate(void)
+{
+ int *list = malloc(dmxNumScreens * sizeof(*list));
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
+ list[i] = 1;
+ return list;
+}
+
+/** Free list. */
+static void dmxSLFree(int *list)
+{
+ free(list);
+}
+
+/** Find next uninitialized entry in list. */
+static int dmxSLFindNext(int *list)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
+ if (list[i])
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/** Make one pass over all the screens and return the number updated. */
+static int dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(int *screensLeft)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *screen;
+ int i, ref;
+ int changed = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ if (!screensLeft[i])
+ continue;
+ screen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ switch (screen->where) {
+ case PosAbsolute:
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = screen->whereX;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = screen->whereY;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosRelative:
+ ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
+ if (screensLeft[ref])
+ break;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + screen->whereX;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + screen->whereY;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosRightOf:
+ ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
+ if (screensLeft[ref])
+ break;
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + pScreen->width;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosLeftOf:
+ ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
+ if (screensLeft[ref])
+ break;
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x - pScreen->width;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosBelow:
+ ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
+ if (screensLeft[ref])
+ break;
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + pScreen->height;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosAbove:
+ ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
+ if (screensLeft[ref])
+ break;
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y - pScreen->height;
+ ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
+ break;
+ case PosNone:
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "No position information for screen %d\n", i);
+ }
+ }
+ return changed;
+}
+
+static void dmxComputeScreenOrigins(void)
+{
+ int *screensLeft;
+ int i, ref;
+ int minX, minY;
+
+ /* Compute origins based on
+ * configuration information. */
+ screensLeft = dmxSLCreate();
+ while ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
+ while (dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(screensLeft));
+ if ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
+ /* All of the remaining screens are referencing each other.
+ * Assign a value to one of them and go through again. This
+ * guarantees that we will eventually terminate.
+ */
+ ref = dmxScreens[i].whereRefScreen;
+ dixScreenOrigins[ref].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y = 0;
+ screensLeft[ref] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ dmxSLFree(screensLeft);
+
+
+ /* Justify the topmost and leftmost to
+ * (0,0). */
+ minX = dixScreenOrigins[0].x;
+ minY = dixScreenOrigins[0].y;
+ for (i = 1; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) { /* Compute minX, minY */
+ if (dixScreenOrigins[i].x < minX)
+ minX = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
+ if (dixScreenOrigins[i].y < minY)
+ minY = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
+ }
+ if (minX || minY) {
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].x -= minX;
+ dixScreenOrigins[i].y -= minY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Recompute origin information in the #dmxScreens list. This is
+ * called from #dmxInitOrigins. */
+void dmxReInitOrigins(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
+ dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
+ "s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d"
+ " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
+
+ dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
+ dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
+
+ dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
+ dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
+ dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialize screen origins (and relative position). This is called
+ * for each server generation. For dynamic reconfiguration, use
+ * #dmxReInitOrigins() instead. */
+void dmxInitOrigins(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
+ dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
+ "(request) s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d (%d)"
+ " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
+
+ dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
+ dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
+
+ dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY,
+ dmxScreen->where,
+
+ dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
+ dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
+ }
+
+ dmxComputeScreenOrigins();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ dmxScreen->rootXOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
+ dmxScreen->rootYOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
+ }
+
+ dmxReInitOrigins();
+}
+
+/** Returns non-zero if the global \a x, \a y coordinate is on the
+ * screen window of the \a dmxScreen. */
+int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG > 1
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug,
+ "dmxOnScreen %d %d,%d (r=%dx%d%+d%+d@%d,%d s=%dx%d%+d%+d)\n",
+ dmxScreen->index, x, y,
+ dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
+ dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
+ dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY);
+#endif
+ if (x >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
+ && x < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
+ && y >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
+ && y < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Returns non-zero if \a a overlaps \a b. */
+static int dmxDoesOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *a, DMXScreenInfo *b)
+{
+ if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
+ a->rootYOrigin, b))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
+ a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
+ a->rootYOrigin, b))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
+ a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth, b))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
+ b->rootYOrigin, a))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
+ b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
+ b->rootYOrigin, a))
+ return 1;
+
+ if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
+ b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth, a))
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Used with \a dmxInterateOverlap to print out a list of screens which
+ * overlap each other. */
+static void *dmxPrintOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *closure)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *a = closure;
+ if (dmxScreen != a) {
+ if (dmxScreen->cursorNotShared)
+ dmxLogOutputCont(a, " [%d/%s]", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
+ else
+ dmxLogOutputCont(a, " %d/%s", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Iterate over the screens which overlap with the \a start screen,
+ * calling \a f with the \a closure for each argument. Often used with
+ * #dmxPrintOverlap. */
+static void *dmxIterateOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *start,
+ void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
+ void *closure)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start->over) return f(start, closure);
+
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ void *retval;
+ if ((retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
+ if (pt == start) break;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Used with #dmxPropertyIterate to determine if screen \a a is the
+ * same as the screen \a closure. */
+static void *dmxTestSameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *a, void *closure)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *b = closure;
+
+ if (a == b)
+ return a;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists. This
+ * uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and
+ * the computation only needs to be performed for every server
+ * generation or dynamic reconfiguration . */
+void dmxInitOverlap(void)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ DMXScreenInfo *a, *b, *pt;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
+ dmxScreens[i].over = NULL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ a = &dmxScreens[i];
+
+ for (j = i+1; j < dmxNumScreens; j++) {
+ b = &dmxScreens[j];
+ if (b->over)
+ continue;
+
+ if (dmxDoesOverlap(a, b)) {
+ DMXDBG6("%d overlaps %d: a=%p %p b=%p %p\n",
+ a->index, b->index, a, a->over, b, b->over);
+ b->over = (a->over ? a->over : a);
+ a->over = b;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ a = &dmxScreens[i];
+
+ if (!a->over)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Flag all pairs that are on same display */
+ for (pt = a->over; pt != a; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (dmxPropertyIterate(a, dmxTestSameDisplay, pt)) {
+ /* The ->over sets contain the transitive set of screens
+ * that overlap. For screens that are on the same
+ * backend display, we only want to exclude pairs of
+ * screens that mutually overlap on the backend display,
+ * so we call dmxDoesOverlap, which is stricter than the
+ * ->over set. */
+ if (!dmxDoesOverlap(a, pt))
+ continue;
+ a->cursorNotShared = 1;
+ pt->cursorNotShared = 1;
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo,
+ "Screen %d and %d overlap on %s\n",
+ a->index, pt->index, a->name);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ a = &dmxScreens[i];
+
+ if (a->over) {
+ dmxLogOutput(a, "Overlaps");
+ dmxIterateOverlap(a, dmxPrintOverlap, a);
+ dmxLogOutputCont(a, "\n");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Create \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
+void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
+ CursorBitsPtr pBits = pCursor->bits;
+ Pixmap src, msk;
+ XColor fg, bg;
+ XImage *img;
+ XlibGC gc = NULL;
+ XGCValues v;
+ unsigned long m;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pCursorPriv)
+ return;
+
+ m = GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | GCBackground | GCClipMask;
+ v.function = GXcopy;
+ v.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
+ v.foreground = 1L;
+ v.background = 0L;
+ v.clip_mask = None;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
+ if (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) {
+ /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
+ gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
+ m, &v);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!gc)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxRealizeCursor: gc not initialized\n");
+
+ src = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
+ msk = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
+
+ img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
+ 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->source,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height,
+ BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
+
+ XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height);
+
+ XFree(img);
+
+ img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
+ 1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->mask,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height,
+ BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
+
+ XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ pBits->width, pBits->height);
+
+ XFree(img);
+
+ fg.red = pCursor->foreRed;
+ fg.green = pCursor->foreGreen;
+ fg.blue = pCursor->foreBlue;
+
+ bg.red = pCursor->backRed;
+ bg.green = pCursor->backGreen;
+ bg.blue = pCursor->backBlue;
+
+ pCursorPriv->cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ src, msk,
+ &fg, &bg,
+ pBits->xhot, pBits->yhot);
+
+ XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src);
+ XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk);
+ XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, gc);
+
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+}
+
+static Bool _dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv;
+
+ DMXDBG2("_dmxRealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
+
+ DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, malloc(sizeof(*pCursorPriv)));
+ if (!DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
+ pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ dmxBECreateCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Free \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
+Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
+
+ if (pCursorPriv) {
+ XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCursorPriv->cursor);
+ pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool _dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ DMXDBG2("_dmxUnrealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n",
+ pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ if (dmxBEFreeCursor(pScreen, pCursor))
+ free(DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen));
+ }
+ DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, NULL);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void _dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ int newX = x + dmxScreen->rootX;
+ int newY = y + dmxScreen->rootY;
+
+ if (newX < 0) newX = 0;
+ if (newY < 0) newY = 0;
+
+ DMXDBG5("_dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d) -> %d,%d\n",
+ pScreen->myNum, x, y, newX, newY);
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ XWarpPointer(dmxScreen->beDisplay, None, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, newX, newY);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void _dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ DMXDBG4("_dmxSetCursor(%d,%p,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor, x, y);
+
+ if (pCursor) {
+ dmxCursorPrivPtr pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
+ if (pCursorPriv && dmxScreen->curCursor != pCursorPriv->cursor) {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ pCursorPriv->cursor);
+ dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor;
+ dmxScreen->curCursor = pCursorPriv->cursor;
+ dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 1;
+ }
+ _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
+ } else {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ dmxScreen->noCursor);
+ dmxScreen->cursor = NULL;
+ dmxScreen->curCursor = (Cursor)0;
+ dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 0;
+ }
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
+}
+
+static Bool dmxRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
+ return _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
+
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (pt->cursorNotShared)
+ continue;
+ _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
+ if (pt == start)
+ break;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool dmxUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
+ return _dmxUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
+
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (pt->cursorNotShared)
+ continue;
+ _dmxUnrealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
+ if (pt == start)
+ break;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static CursorPtr dmxFindCursor(DMXScreenInfo *start)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start || !start->over)
+ return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (pt->cursor)
+ return pt->cursor;
+ if (pt == start)
+ break;
+ }
+ return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
+}
+
+/** Move the cursor to coordinates (\a x, \a y)on \a pScreen. This
+ * function is usually called via #dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during
+ * reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on
+ * newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.
+ *
+ * The coords (x,y) are in global coord space. We'll loop over the
+ * back-end screens and see if they contain the global coord. If so, call
+ * _dmxMoveCursor() (XWarpPointer) to position the pointer on that screen.
+ */
+void dmxMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ DMXDBG3("dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
+
+ if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
+ _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (pt->cursorNotShared)
+ continue;
+ if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
+ if (/* pt != start && */ !pt->cursorVisible) {
+ if (!pt->cursor) {
+ /* This only happens during
+ * reconfiguration when a new overlap
+ * occurs. */
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(start)))
+ _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
+ pt->cursor = pCursor);
+
+ }
+ _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
+ pt->cursor,
+ x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
+ y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
+ }
+ _dmxMoveCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
+ x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
+ y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
+ } else if (/* pt != start && */ pt->cursorVisible) {
+ _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
+ NULL,
+ x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
+ y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
+ }
+ if (pt == start)
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void dmxSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+ int GX, GY, gx, gy;
+
+ DMXDBG5("dmxSetCursor(%d %p, %p,%d,%d)\n",
+ pScreen->myNum, start, pCursor, x, y);
+
+ /* We do this check here because of two cases:
+ *
+ * 1) if a client calls XWarpPointer()
+ * and Xinerama is not running, we can
+ * have mi's notion of the pointer
+ * position out of phase with DMX's
+ * notion.
+ *
+ * 2) if a down button is held while the
+ * cursor moves outside the root window,
+ * mi's notion of the pointer position
+ * is out of phase with DMX's notion and
+ * the cursor can remain visible when it
+ * shouldn't be. */
+
+ dmxGetGlobalPosition(&GX, &GY);
+ gx = start->rootXOrigin + x;
+ gy = start->rootYOrigin + y;
+ if (x && y && (GX != gx || GY != gy))
+ dmxCoreMotion(NULL, gx, gy, 0, DMX_NO_BLOCK);
+
+ if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
+ _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
+ if (pt->cursorNotShared)
+ continue;
+ if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
+ _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor,
+ x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
+ y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
+ } else {
+ _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], NULL,
+ x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
+ y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
+ }
+ if (pt == start)
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/** This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the
+ * cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input. \see
+ * dmxbackend.c */
+void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ int x, y;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
+
+ dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
+ _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL, x, y);
+}
+
+/** This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the
+ * cursor is visible. */
+void dmxCheckCursor(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ int x, y;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *firstScreen;
+
+ dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
+ firstScreen = dmxFindFirstScreen(x, y);
+
+ DMXDBG2("dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
+
+ if (!dmxOnScreen(x, y, dmxScreen)) {
+ if (firstScreen && i == miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer)->myNum)
+ miPointerSetScreen(inputInfo.pointer, firstScreen->index, x, y);
+ _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL,
+ x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
+ y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
+ } else {
+ if (!dmxScreen->cursor) {
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(dmxScreen))) {
+ _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor,
+ x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
+ y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
+ }
+ }
+ DMXDBG2(" leave dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
+}
+
+static Bool dmxDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void dmxDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
+{
+}
+
+miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs =
+{
+ dmxRealizeCursor,
+ dmxUnrealizeCursor,
+ dmxSetCursor,
+ dmxMoveCursor,
+ dmxDeviceCursorInitialize,
+ dmxDeviceCursorCleanup
+};
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
index c33aee79a..3f0264edb 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
@@ -1,559 +1,551 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for fonts. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-
-static int (*dmxSaveProcVector[256])(ClientPtr);
-static int dmxFontLastError;
-
-static int dmxFontErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
-{
- dmxFontLastError = ev->error_code;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static char **dmxGetFontPath(int *npaths)
-{
- char **fp;
- unsigned char *c, *paths;
- char *newfp;
- int len, l, i;
-
- GetFontPath(serverClient, npaths, &len, &paths);
-
- newfp = xalloc(*npaths + len);
- c = (unsigned char *)newfp;
- fp = xalloc(*npaths * sizeof(*fp));
-
- memmove(newfp, paths+1, *npaths + len - 1);
- l = *paths;
- for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++) {
- fp[i] = (char *)c;
- c += l;
- l = *c;
- *c++ = '\0';
- }
-
-#if DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG
- for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++)
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "FontPath[%d] = %s\n", i, fp[i]);
-#endif
-
- return fp;
-}
-
-static void dmxFreeFontPath(char **fp)
-{
- xfree(fp[0]);
- xfree(fp);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxCheckFontPathElement(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, char *fp)
-{
- int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return TRUE;
-
- dmxFontLastError = 0;
- oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
- XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &fp, 1);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
- XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
-
- return (dmxFontLastError == 0);
-}
-
-static int dmxSetFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
- char **fp;
- int result = Success;
- int npaths;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return result;
-
- fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
- if (!fp) return BadAlloc;
-
- dmxFontLastError = 0;
- oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
- XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, fp, npaths);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
- XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
-
- if (dmxFontLastError) {
- result = dmxFontLastError;
- /* We could set *error here to the offending path, but it is
- * ignored, so we don't bother figuring out which path is bad.
- * If we do add this support in the future, we'll need to add
- * error to the function's argument list.
- */
- }
-
- dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-static int dmxCheckFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, int *error)
-{
- char **oldFontPath;
- int nOldPaths;
- int result = Success;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return result;
-
- /* Save old font path */
- oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
-
- result = dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen);
-
- /* Restore old font path */
- XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
- XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-static int dmxProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
- unsigned char *ptr;
- unsigned long nbytes, total, n;
- long nfonts;
- int i, result;
- int error;
- unsigned char *oldFontPath, *tmpFontPath;
- int nOldPaths;
- int lenOldPaths;
- REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
- total = nbytes;
- ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
- nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
-
- while (--nfonts >= 0) {
- if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
- return BadLength;
- total -= n;
- ptr += n;
- }
- if (total >= 4)
- return BadLength;
-
- GetFontPath(serverClient, &nOldPaths, &lenOldPaths, &tmpFontPath);
- oldFontPath = xalloc(nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
- memmove(oldFontPath, tmpFontPath, nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
-
- result = SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- &error);
- if (!result) {
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
- if ((result = dmxCheckFontPath(&dmxScreens[i], &error)))
- break;
-
- if (result) {
- int ignoreresult, ignoreerror;
-
- /* Restore old fontpath in the DMX server */
- ignoreresult = SetFontPath(client, nOldPaths, oldFontPath,
- &ignoreerror);
- } else {
- result = client->noClientException;
- client->errorValue = error;
- }
- }
-
- xfree(oldFontPath);
- return result;
-}
-
-/** Initialize font support. In addition to the screen function call
- * pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level. Here the old
- * ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector
- * function pointers are initialized. */
-void dmxInitFonts(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- dmxSaveProcVector[i] = ProcVector[i];
-
- ProcVector[X_SetFontPath] = dmxProcSetFontPath;
-}
-
-/** Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function
- * pointers. */
-void dmxResetFonts(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- ProcVector[i] = dmxSaveProcVector[i];
-}
-
-/** Load the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with \a
- * pScreen. When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is
- * first initialized to that specified on the command line with the
- * -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded. */
-Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
- const char *name;
- char **oldFontPath = NULL;
- int nOldPaths;
- Atom name_atom, value_atom;
- int i;
-
- /* Make sure we have a font private struct to work with */
- if (!pFontPriv)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Don't load a font over top of itself */
- if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
- return TRUE; /* Already loaded font */
- }
-
- /* Save old font path */
- oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
-
- /* Set the font path for the font about to be loaded on the back-end */
- if (dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen)) {
- char **fp;
- int npaths;
- Bool *goodfps;
-
- /* This could fail only when first starting the X server and
- * loading the default font. If it fails here, then the default
- * font path is invalid, no default font path will be set, the
- * DMX server will fail to load the default font, and it will
- * exit with an error unless we remove the offending font paths
- * with the -ignorebadfontpaths command line option.
- */
-
- fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
- if (!fp) {
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "No default font path set.\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "Please see the Xdmx man page for information on how to\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "initialize the DMX server's default font path.\n");
- XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!dmxFontPath)
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No default font path is set.\n");
-
- goodfps = xalloc(npaths * sizeof(*goodfps));
-
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "The DMX server failed to set the following font paths on "
- "screen #%d:\n", pScreen->myNum);
-
- for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
- if (!(goodfps[i] = dmxCheckFontPathElement(dmxScreen, fp[i])))
- dmxLog(dmxError, " %s\n", fp[i]);
-
- if (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths) {
- char *newfp;
- int newnpaths = 0;
- int len = 0;
- int j = 0;
- int error;
-
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "These font paths will not be used because the "
- "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "option is set.\n");
-
- for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
- if (goodfps[i]) {
- len += strlen(fp[i]) + 1;
- newnpaths++;
- }
-
- if (!newnpaths) {
- /* No valid font paths were found */
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "After removing the font paths above, no valid font "
- "paths were\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "available. Please check that the font paths set on "
- "the command\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "line or in the configuration file via the "
- "\"-fontpath\" option\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "are valid on all back-end servers. See the Xdmx man "
- "page for\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "more information on font paths.\n");
- dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
- XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
- xfree(goodfps);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- newfp = xalloc(len * sizeof(*newfp));
- for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) {
- if (goodfps[i]) {
- int n = strlen(fp[i]);
- newfp[j++] = n;
- strncpy(&newfp[j], fp[i], n);
- j += n;
- }
- }
-
- if (SetFontPath(serverClient, newnpaths, (unsigned char *)newfp,
- &error)) {
- /* Note that this should never happen since all of the
- * FPEs were previously valid. */
- dmxLog(dmxError, "Cannot reset the default font path.\n");
- }
- } else if (dmxFontPath) {
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "Please remove these font paths from the command line "
- "or\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "configuration file, or set the \"-ignorebadfontpaths\" "
- "option to\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "ignore them. For more information on these options, see "
- "the\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "Xdmx man page.\n");
- } else {
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "Please specify the font paths that are available on all "
- "back-end\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "servers with the \"-fontpath\" option, or use the "
- "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "to ignore bad defaults. For more information on "
- "these and other\n");
- dmxLog(dmxError,
- "font-path-related options, see the Xdmx man page.\n");
- }
-
- if (!dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths ||
- (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths && dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen))) {
- /* We still have errors so return with error */
- dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
- XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
- xfree(goodfps);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Find requested font on back-end server */
- name_atom = MakeAtom("FONT", 4, TRUE);
- value_atom = 0L;
-
- for (i = 0; i < pFont->info.nprops; i++) {
- if ((Atom)pFont->info.props[i].name == name_atom) {
- value_atom = pFont->info.props[i].value;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!value_atom) return FALSE;
-
- name = NameForAtom(value_atom);
- if (!name) return FALSE;
-
- pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] =
- XLoadQueryFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, name);
-
- /* Restore old font path */
- XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
- XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
- if (!pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Realize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
- * \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
-
- if (!(pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
- FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
- pFontPriv = xalloc(sizeof(dmxFontPrivRec));
- if (!pFontPriv) return FALSE;
- pFontPriv->font = NULL;
- MAXSCREENSALLOC(pFontPriv->font);
- if (!pFontPriv->font) {
- xfree(pFontPriv);
- return FALSE;
- }
- pFontPriv->refcnt = 0;
- }
-
- FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, (pointer)pFontPriv);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- if (!dmxBELoadFont(pScreen, pFont))
- return FALSE;
-
- pFontPriv->refcnt++;
- } else {
- pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Free \a pFont on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-
- if (pFontPriv && pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
- XFreeFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]);
- pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Unrealize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
- * \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
-
- if ((pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
- /* In case the font failed to load properly */
- if (!pFontPriv->refcnt) {
- MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
- xfree(pFontPriv);
- FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
- } else if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- dmxBEFreeFont(pScreen, pFont);
-
- /* The code below is non-obvious, so here's an explanation...
- *
- * When creating the default GC, the server opens up the
- * default font once for each screen, which in turn calls
- * the RealizeFont function pointer once for each screen.
- * During this process both dix's font refcnt and DMX's font
- * refcnt are incremented once for each screen.
- *
- * Later, when shutting down the X server, dix shuts down
- * each screen in reverse order. During this shutdown
- * procedure, each screen's default GC is freed and then
- * that screen is closed by calling the CloseScreen function
- * pointer. screenInfo.numScreens is then decremented after
- * closing each screen. This procedure means that the dix's
- * font refcnt for the font used by the default GC's is
- * decremented once for each screen # greater than 0.
- * However, since dix's refcnt for the default font is not
- * yet 0 for each screen greater than 0, no call to the
- * UnrealizeFont function pointer is made for those screens.
- * Then, when screen 0 is being closed, dix's font refcnt
- * for the default GC's font is finally 0 and the font is
- * unrealized. However, since screenInfo.numScreens has
- * been decremented already down to 1, only one call to
- * UnrealizeFont is made (for screen 0). Thus, even though
- * RealizeFont was called once for each screen,
- * UnrealizeFont is only called for screen 0.
- *
- * This is a bug in dix.
- *
- * To avoid the memory leak of pFontPriv for each server
- * generation, we can also free pFontPriv if the refcnt is
- * not yet 0 but the # of screens is 1 -- i.e., the case
- * described in the dix bug above. This is only a temporary
- * workaround until the bug in dix is solved.
- *
- * The other problem is that the font structure allocated by
- * XLoadQueryFont() above is not freed for screens > 0.
- * This problem cannot be worked around here since the back-
- * end displays for screens > 0 have already been closed by
- * the time this code is called from dix.
- *
- * When the bug in dix described above is fixed, then we can
- * remove the "|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1" code below and
- * the memory leaks will be eliminated.
- */
- if (--pFontPriv->refcnt == 0
-#if 1
- /* Remove this code when the dix bug is fixed */
- || screenInfo.numScreens == 1
-#endif
- ) {
- MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
- xfree(pFontPriv);
- FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides support for fonts. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#define DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG 0
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+
+#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+
+static int (*dmxSaveProcVector[256])(ClientPtr);
+static int dmxFontLastError;
+
+static int dmxFontErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
+{
+ dmxFontLastError = ev->error_code;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static char **dmxGetFontPath(int *npaths)
+{
+ char **fp;
+ unsigned char *c, *paths;
+ char *newfp;
+ int len, l, i;
+
+ GetFontPath(serverClient, npaths, &len, &paths);
+
+ newfp = malloc(*npaths + len);
+ c = (unsigned char *)newfp;
+ fp = malloc(*npaths * sizeof(*fp));
+
+ memmove(newfp, paths+1, *npaths + len - 1);
+ l = *paths;
+ for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++) {
+ fp[i] = (char *)c;
+ c += l;
+ l = *c;
+ *c++ = '\0';
+ }
+
+#if DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG
+ for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++)
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "FontPath[%d] = %s\n", i, fp[i]);
+#endif
+
+ return fp;
+}
+
+static void dmxFreeFontPath(char **fp)
+{
+ free(fp[0]);
+ free(fp);
+}
+
+static Bool dmxCheckFontPathElement(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, char *fp)
+{
+ int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ dmxFontLastError = 0;
+ oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
+ XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &fp, 1);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
+ XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
+
+ return (dmxFontLastError == 0);
+}
+
+static int dmxSetFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ int (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+ char **fp;
+ int result = Success;
+ int npaths;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return result;
+
+ fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
+ if (!fp) return BadAlloc;
+
+ dmxFontLastError = 0;
+ oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
+ XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, fp, npaths);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE); /* Must complete before removing handler */
+ XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
+
+ if (dmxFontLastError) {
+ result = dmxFontLastError;
+ /* We could set *error here to the offending path, but it is
+ * ignored, so we don't bother figuring out which path is bad.
+ * If we do add this support in the future, we'll need to add
+ * error to the function's argument list.
+ */
+ }
+
+ dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int dmxCheckFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, int *error)
+{
+ char **oldFontPath;
+ int nOldPaths;
+ int result = Success;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return result;
+
+ /* Save old font path */
+ oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
+
+ result = dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen);
+
+ /* Restore old font path */
+ XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
+ XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int dmxProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ unsigned char *ptr;
+ unsigned long nbytes, total, n;
+ long nfonts;
+ int i, result;
+ unsigned char *oldFontPath, *tmpFontPath;
+ int nOldPaths;
+ int lenOldPaths;
+ REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
+
+ nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
+ total = nbytes;
+ ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
+ nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
+
+ while (--nfonts >= 0) {
+ if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
+ return BadLength;
+ total -= n;
+ ptr += n;
+ }
+ if (total >= 4)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ GetFontPath(serverClient, &nOldPaths, &lenOldPaths, &tmpFontPath);
+ oldFontPath = malloc(nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
+ memmove(oldFontPath, tmpFontPath, nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
+
+ result = SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
+ if (!result) {
+ int error = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
+ if ((result = dmxCheckFontPath(&dmxScreens[i], &error)))
+ break;
+
+ if (result) {
+ /* Restore old fontpath in the DMX server */
+ SetFontPath(client, nOldPaths, oldFontPath);
+ client->errorValue = error;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(oldFontPath);
+ return result;
+}
+
+/** Initialize font support. In addition to the screen function call
+ * pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level. Here the old
+ * ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector
+ * function pointers are initialized. */
+void dmxInitFonts(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ dmxSaveProcVector[i] = ProcVector[i];
+
+ ProcVector[X_SetFontPath] = dmxProcSetFontPath;
+}
+
+/** Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function
+ * pointers. */
+void dmxResetFonts(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ ProcVector[i] = dmxSaveProcVector[i];
+}
+
+/** Load the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with \a
+ * pScreen. When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is
+ * first initialized to that specified on the command line with the
+ * -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded. */
+Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
+ const char *name;
+ char **oldFontPath = NULL;
+ int nOldPaths;
+ Atom name_atom, value_atom;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Make sure we have a font private struct to work with */
+ if (!pFontPriv)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Don't load a font over top of itself */
+ if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
+ return TRUE; /* Already loaded font */
+ }
+
+ /* Save old font path */
+ oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
+
+ /* Set the font path for the font about to be loaded on the back-end */
+ if (dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen)) {
+ char **fp;
+ int npaths;
+ Bool *goodfps;
+
+ /* This could fail only when first starting the X server and
+ * loading the default font. If it fails here, then the default
+ * font path is invalid, no default font path will be set, the
+ * DMX server will fail to load the default font, and it will
+ * exit with an error unless we remove the offending font paths
+ * with the -ignorebadfontpaths command line option.
+ */
+
+ fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
+ if (!fp) {
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "No default font path set.\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "Please see the Xdmx man page for information on how to\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "initialize the DMX server's default font path.\n");
+ XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!dmxFontPath)
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No default font path is set.\n");
+
+ goodfps = malloc(npaths * sizeof(*goodfps));
+
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "The DMX server failed to set the following font paths on "
+ "screen #%d:\n", pScreen->myNum);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
+ if (!(goodfps[i] = dmxCheckFontPathElement(dmxScreen, fp[i])))
+ dmxLog(dmxError, " %s\n", fp[i]);
+
+ if (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths) {
+ char *newfp;
+ int newnpaths = 0;
+ int len = 0;
+ int j = 0;
+
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "These font paths will not be used because the "
+ "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "option is set.\n");
+
+ for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
+ if (goodfps[i]) {
+ len += strlen(fp[i]) + 1;
+ newnpaths++;
+ }
+
+ if (!newnpaths) {
+ /* No valid font paths were found */
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "After removing the font paths above, no valid font "
+ "paths were\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "available. Please check that the font paths set on "
+ "the command\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "line or in the configuration file via the "
+ "\"-fontpath\" option\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "are valid on all back-end servers. See the Xdmx man "
+ "page for\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "more information on font paths.\n");
+ dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
+ XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
+ free(goodfps);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ newfp = malloc(len * sizeof(*newfp));
+ for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) {
+ if (goodfps[i]) {
+ int n = strlen(fp[i]);
+ newfp[j++] = n;
+ strncpy(&newfp[j], fp[i], n);
+ j += n;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SetFontPath(serverClient, newnpaths, (unsigned char *)newfp)) {
+ /* Note that this should never happen since all of the
+ * FPEs were previously valid. */
+ dmxLog(dmxError, "Cannot reset the default font path.\n");
+ }
+ } else if (dmxFontPath) {
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "Please remove these font paths from the command line "
+ "or\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "configuration file, or set the \"-ignorebadfontpaths\" "
+ "option to\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "ignore them. For more information on these options, see "
+ "the\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "Xdmx man page.\n");
+ } else {
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "Please specify the font paths that are available on all "
+ "back-end\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "servers with the \"-fontpath\" option, or use the "
+ "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "to ignore bad defaults. For more information on "
+ "these and other\n");
+ dmxLog(dmxError,
+ "font-path-related options, see the Xdmx man page.\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths ||
+ (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths && dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen))) {
+ /* We still have errors so return with error */
+ dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
+ XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
+ free(goodfps);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Find requested font on back-end server */
+ name_atom = MakeAtom("FONT", 4, TRUE);
+ value_atom = 0L;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pFont->info.nprops; i++) {
+ if ((Atom)pFont->info.props[i].name == name_atom) {
+ value_atom = pFont->info.props[i].value;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!value_atom) return FALSE;
+
+ name = NameForAtom(value_atom);
+ if (!name) return FALSE;
+
+ pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] =
+ XLoadQueryFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, name);
+
+ /* Restore old font path */
+ XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
+ XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+
+ if (!pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Realize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
+ * \a pScreen. */
+Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
+
+ if (!(pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
+ FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
+ pFontPriv = malloc(sizeof(dmxFontPrivRec));
+ if (!pFontPriv) return FALSE;
+ pFontPriv->font = NULL;
+ MAXSCREENSALLOC(pFontPriv->font);
+ if (!pFontPriv->font) {
+ free(pFontPriv);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ pFontPriv->refcnt = 0;
+ }
+
+ FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, (pointer)pFontPriv);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ if (!dmxBELoadFont(pScreen, pFont))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pFontPriv->refcnt++;
+ } else {
+ pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Free \a pFont on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
+Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
+
+ if (pFontPriv && pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
+ XFreeFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]);
+ pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/** Unrealize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
+ * \a pScreen. */
+Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
+
+ if ((pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
+ /* In case the font failed to load properly */
+ if (!pFontPriv->refcnt) {
+ MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
+ free(pFontPriv);
+ FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
+ } else if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ dmxBEFreeFont(pScreen, pFont);
+
+ /* The code below is non-obvious, so here's an explanation...
+ *
+ * When creating the default GC, the server opens up the
+ * default font once for each screen, which in turn calls
+ * the RealizeFont function pointer once for each screen.
+ * During this process both dix's font refcnt and DMX's font
+ * refcnt are incremented once for each screen.
+ *
+ * Later, when shutting down the X server, dix shuts down
+ * each screen in reverse order. During this shutdown
+ * procedure, each screen's default GC is freed and then
+ * that screen is closed by calling the CloseScreen function
+ * pointer. screenInfo.numScreens is then decremented after
+ * closing each screen. This procedure means that the dix's
+ * font refcnt for the font used by the default GC's is
+ * decremented once for each screen # greater than 0.
+ * However, since dix's refcnt for the default font is not
+ * yet 0 for each screen greater than 0, no call to the
+ * UnrealizeFont function pointer is made for those screens.
+ * Then, when screen 0 is being closed, dix's font refcnt
+ * for the default GC's font is finally 0 and the font is
+ * unrealized. However, since screenInfo.numScreens has
+ * been decremented already down to 1, only one call to
+ * UnrealizeFont is made (for screen 0). Thus, even though
+ * RealizeFont was called once for each screen,
+ * UnrealizeFont is only called for screen 0.
+ *
+ * This is a bug in dix.
+ *
+ * To avoid the memory leak of pFontPriv for each server
+ * generation, we can also free pFontPriv if the refcnt is
+ * not yet 0 but the # of screens is 1 -- i.e., the case
+ * described in the dix bug above. This is only a temporary
+ * workaround until the bug in dix is solved.
+ *
+ * The other problem is that the font structure allocated by
+ * XLoadQueryFont() above is not freed for screens > 0.
+ * This problem cannot be worked around here since the back-
+ * end displays for screens > 0 have already been closed by
+ * the time this code is called from dix.
+ *
+ * When the bug in dix described above is fixed, then we can
+ * remove the "|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1" code below and
+ * the memory leaks will be eliminated.
+ */
+ if (--pFontPriv->refcnt == 0
+#if 1
+ /* Remove this code when the dix bug is fixed */
+ || screenInfo.numScreens == 1
+#endif
+ ) {
+ MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
+ free(pFontPriv);
+ FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
index eb21d3c60..82f74b6e6 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
@@ -1,421 +1,421 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for GCs. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxgc.h"
-#include "dmxgcops.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "migc.h"
-
-static GCFuncs dmxGCFuncs = {
- dmxValidateGC,
- dmxChangeGC,
- dmxCopyGC,
- dmxDestroyGC,
- dmxChangeClip,
- dmxDestroyClip,
- dmxCopyClip,
-};
-
-static GCOps dmxGCOps = {
- dmxFillSpans,
- dmxSetSpans,
- dmxPutImage,
- dmxCopyArea,
- dmxCopyPlane,
- dmxPolyPoint,
- dmxPolylines,
- dmxPolySegment,
- dmxPolyRectangle,
- dmxPolyArc,
- dmxFillPolygon,
- dmxPolyFillRect,
- dmxPolyFillArc,
- dmxPolyText8,
- dmxPolyText16,
- dmxImageText8,
- dmxImageText16,
- dmxImageGlyphBlt,
- dmxPolyGlyphBlt,
- dmxPushPixels
-};
-
-/** Initialize the GC on \a pScreen */
-Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxGCPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxGCPrivRec)))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create the GC on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
- if (pGC->depth == dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth) {
- unsigned long mask;
- XGCValues gcvals;
-
- mask = GCGraphicsExposures;
- gcvals.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
-
- /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
- pGCPriv->gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
- mask, &gcvals);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's
- * screen. */
-Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
- Bool ret;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if ((ret = pScreen->CreateGC(pGC))) {
- /* Save the old funcs */
- pGCPriv->funcs = pGC->funcs;
- pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
-
- pGC->funcs = &dmxGCFuncs;
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- dmxBECreateGC(pScreen, pGC);
- } else {
- pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Check for "magic special case"
- * 1. see CreateGC in dix/gc.c for more info
- * 2. see dmxChangeGC for more info
- */
- pGCPriv->msc = (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap);
- }
- DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Validate a graphics context, \a pGC, locally in the DMX server and
- * recompute the composite clip, if necessary. */
-void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
-{
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-#if 0
- pGC->funcs->ValidateGC(pGC, changes, pDrawable);
-#endif
-
- if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW ||
- pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) {
- /* Save the old ops, since we're about to change the ops in the
- * epilogue.
- */
- pGCPriv->ops = pGC->ops;
- } else {
- pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
- }
-
- /* If the client clip is different or moved OR the subwindowMode has
- * changed OR the window's clip has changed since the last
- * validation, then we need to recompute the composite clip.
- */
- if ((changes & (GCClipXOrigin |
- GCClipYOrigin |
- GCClipMask |
- GCSubwindowMode)) ||
- (pDrawable->serialNumber !=
- (pGC->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS))) {
- miComputeCompositeClip(pGC, pDrawable);
- }
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server
- * associated with \a pGC's screen. */
-void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
- XGCValues v;
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-#if 0
- pGC->funcs->ChangeGC(pGC, mask);
-#endif
-
- /* Handle "magic special case" from CreateGC */
- if (pGCPriv->msc) {
- /* The "magic special case" is used to handle the case where a
- * foreground pixel is set when the GC is created so that a
- * "pseudo default-tile" can be created and used in case the
- * fillstyle was set to FillTiled. This specific case is tested
- * in xtest (XCreateGC test #3). What has happened in dix by
- * the time it reaches here is (1) the pGC->tile.pixel has been
- * set to pGC->fgPixel and pGC->tileIsPixel is set, (2) if a
- * tile has also been set, then pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and
- * pGC->tile.pixmap is initialized; else, the default tile is
- * created and pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and pGC->tile.pixmap is
- * initialized to the "pseudo default-tile". In either case,
- * pGC->tile.pixmap is set; however, in the "magic special case"
- * the mask is not updated to allow us to detect that we should
- * initialize the GCTile in the back-end server. Thus, we catch
- * this case in dmxCreateGC and add GCTile to the mask here.
- * Are there any cases that I've missed?
- */
-
- /* Make sure that the tile.pixmap is set, just in case the user
- * set GCTile in the mask but forgot to set vals.pixmap
- */
- if (pGC->tile.pixmap) mask |= GCTile;
-
- /* This only happens once when the GC is created */
- pGCPriv->msc = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Update back-end server's gc */
- if (mask & GCFunction) v.function = pGC->alu;
- if (mask & GCPlaneMask) v.plane_mask = pGC->planemask;
- if (mask & GCForeground) v.foreground = pGC->fgPixel;
- if (mask & GCBackground) v.background = pGC->bgPixel;
- if (mask & GCLineWidth) v.line_width = pGC->lineWidth;
- if (mask & GCLineStyle) v.line_style = pGC->lineStyle;
- if (mask & GCCapStyle) v.cap_style = pGC->capStyle;
- if (mask & GCJoinStyle) v.join_style = pGC->joinStyle;
- if (mask & GCFillStyle) v.fill_style = pGC->fillStyle;
- if (mask & GCFillRule) v.fill_rule = pGC->fillRule;
- if (mask & GCTile) {
- if (pGC->tileIsPixel) {
- mask &= ~GCTile;
- } else {
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->tile.pixmap);
- v.tile = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
- }
- }
- if (mask & GCStipple) {
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->stipple);
- v.stipple = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
- }
- if (mask & GCTileStipXOrigin) v.ts_x_origin = pGC->patOrg.x;
- if (mask & GCTileStipYOrigin) v.ts_y_origin = pGC->patOrg.y;
- if (mask & GCFont) {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
- pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pGC->font, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
- v.font = pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]->fid;
- } else {
- mask &= ~GCFont;
- }
- }
- if (mask & GCSubwindowMode) v.subwindow_mode = pGC->subWindowMode;
-
- /* Graphics exposures are not needed on the back-ends since they can
- be generated on the front-end thereby saving bandwidth. */
- if (mask & GCGraphicsExposures) mask &= ~GCGraphicsExposures;
-
- if (mask & GCClipXOrigin) v.clip_x_origin = pGC->clipOrg.x;
- if (mask & GCClipYOrigin) v.clip_y_origin = pGC->clipOrg.y;
- if (mask & GCClipMask) mask &= ~GCClipMask; /* See ChangeClip */
- if (mask & GCDashOffset) v.dash_offset = pGC->dashOffset;
- if (mask & GCDashList) {
- mask &= ~GCDashList;
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XSetDashes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
- pGC->dashOffset, (char *)pGC->dash,
- pGC->numInDashList);
- }
- if (mask & GCArcMode) v.arc_mode = pGC->arcMode;
-
- if (mask && dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- XChangeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, mask, &v);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Copy \a pGCSrc to \a pGCDst on the back-end server associated with
- * \a pGCSrc's screen. */
-void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGCSrc->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCSrcPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCSrc);
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCDstPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCDst);
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
- pGCDst->funcs->CopyGC(pGCSrc, changes, pGCDst);
-
- /* Copy the GC on the back-end server */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XCopyGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCSrcPriv->gc, changes, pGCDstPriv->gc);
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
-}
-
-/** Free the \a pGC on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
- if (pGCPriv->gc) {
- XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc);
- pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the graphics context, \a pGC and free the corresponding GC
- * on the back-end server. */
-void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-
- /* Free the GC on the back-end server */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- dmxBEFreeGC(pGC);
-
- pGC->funcs->DestroyGC(pGC);
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Change the clip rects for a GC. */
-void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
- XRectangle *pRects;
- BoxPtr pBox;
- int i, nRects;
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
- pGC->funcs->ChangeClip(pGC, type, pvalue, nrects);
-
- /* Set the client clip on the back-end server */
- switch (pGC->clientClipType) {
- case CT_NONE:
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
- break;
-
- case CT_REGION:
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- nRects = REGION_NUM_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
- pRects = xalloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRects));
- pBox = REGION_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
-
- for (i = 0; i < nRects; i++) {
- pRects[i].x = pBox[i].x1;
- pRects[i].y = pBox[i].y1;
- pRects[i].width = pBox[i].x2 - pBox[i].x1;
- pRects[i].height = pBox[i].y2 - pBox[i].y1;
- }
-
- XSetClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
- pGC->clipOrg.x, pGC->clipOrg.y,
- pRects, nRects, Unsorted);
-
- xfree(pRects);
- }
- break;
-
- case CT_PIXMAP:
- case CT_UNSORTED:
- case CT_YSORTED:
- case CT_YXSORTED:
- case CT_YXBANDED:
- /* These clip types are condensed down to either NONE or REGION
- in the mi code */
- break;
- }
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Destroy a GC's clip rects. */
-void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
- pGC->funcs->DestroyClip(pGC);
-
- /* Set the client clip on the back-end server to None */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
-
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Copy a GC's clip rects. */
-void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
-{
- DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
- pGCDst->funcs->CopyClip(pGCDst, pGCSrc);
- DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides support for GCs. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxgcops.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "migc.h"
+
+static GCFuncs dmxGCFuncs = {
+ dmxValidateGC,
+ dmxChangeGC,
+ dmxCopyGC,
+ dmxDestroyGC,
+ dmxChangeClip,
+ dmxDestroyClip,
+ dmxCopyClip,
+};
+
+static GCOps dmxGCOps = {
+ dmxFillSpans,
+ dmxSetSpans,
+ dmxPutImage,
+ dmxCopyArea,
+ dmxCopyPlane,
+ dmxPolyPoint,
+ dmxPolylines,
+ dmxPolySegment,
+ dmxPolyRectangle,
+ dmxPolyArc,
+ dmxFillPolygon,
+ dmxPolyFillRect,
+ dmxPolyFillArc,
+ dmxPolyText8,
+ dmxPolyText16,
+ dmxImageText8,
+ dmxImageText16,
+ dmxImageGlyphBlt,
+ dmxPolyGlyphBlt,
+ dmxPushPixels
+};
+
+/** Initialize the GC on \a pScreen */
+Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxGCPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxGCPrivRec)))
+ return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Create the GC on the back-end server. */
+void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
+ if (pGC->depth == dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth) {
+ unsigned long mask;
+ XGCValues gcvals;
+
+ mask = GCGraphicsExposures;
+ gcvals.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
+
+ /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
+ pGCPriv->gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
+ mask, &gcvals);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's
+ * screen. */
+Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+ Bool ret;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if ((ret = pScreen->CreateGC(pGC))) {
+ /* Save the old funcs */
+ pGCPriv->funcs = pGC->funcs;
+ pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
+
+ pGC->funcs = &dmxGCFuncs;
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ dmxBECreateGC(pScreen, pGC);
+ } else {
+ pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for "magic special case"
+ * 1. see CreateGC in dix/gc.c for more info
+ * 2. see dmxChangeGC for more info
+ */
+ pGCPriv->msc = (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap);
+ }
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Validate a graphics context, \a pGC, locally in the DMX server and
+ * recompute the composite clip, if necessary. */
+void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
+{
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
+#if 0
+ pGC->funcs->ValidateGC(pGC, changes, pDrawable);
+#endif
+
+ if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW ||
+ pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) {
+ /* Save the old ops, since we're about to change the ops in the
+ * epilogue.
+ */
+ pGCPriv->ops = pGC->ops;
+ } else {
+ pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If the client clip is different or moved OR the subwindowMode has
+ * changed OR the window's clip has changed since the last
+ * validation, then we need to recompute the composite clip.
+ */
+ if ((changes & (GCClipXOrigin |
+ GCClipYOrigin |
+ GCClipMask |
+ GCSubwindowMode)) ||
+ (pDrawable->serialNumber !=
+ (pGC->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS))) {
+ miComputeCompositeClip(pGC, pDrawable);
+ }
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
+}
+
+/** Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server
+ * associated with \a pGC's screen. */
+void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+ XGCValues v;
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
+#if 0
+ pGC->funcs->ChangeGC(pGC, mask);
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle "magic special case" from CreateGC */
+ if (pGCPriv->msc) {
+ /* The "magic special case" is used to handle the case where a
+ * foreground pixel is set when the GC is created so that a
+ * "pseudo default-tile" can be created and used in case the
+ * fillstyle was set to FillTiled. This specific case is tested
+ * in xtest (XCreateGC test #3). What has happened in dix by
+ * the time it reaches here is (1) the pGC->tile.pixel has been
+ * set to pGC->fgPixel and pGC->tileIsPixel is set, (2) if a
+ * tile has also been set, then pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and
+ * pGC->tile.pixmap is initialized; else, the default tile is
+ * created and pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and pGC->tile.pixmap is
+ * initialized to the "pseudo default-tile". In either case,
+ * pGC->tile.pixmap is set; however, in the "magic special case"
+ * the mask is not updated to allow us to detect that we should
+ * initialize the GCTile in the back-end server. Thus, we catch
+ * this case in dmxCreateGC and add GCTile to the mask here.
+ * Are there any cases that I've missed?
+ */
+
+ /* Make sure that the tile.pixmap is set, just in case the user
+ * set GCTile in the mask but forgot to set vals.pixmap
+ */
+ if (pGC->tile.pixmap) mask |= GCTile;
+
+ /* This only happens once when the GC is created */
+ pGCPriv->msc = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Update back-end server's gc */
+ if (mask & GCFunction) v.function = pGC->alu;
+ if (mask & GCPlaneMask) v.plane_mask = pGC->planemask;
+ if (mask & GCForeground) v.foreground = pGC->fgPixel;
+ if (mask & GCBackground) v.background = pGC->bgPixel;
+ if (mask & GCLineWidth) v.line_width = pGC->lineWidth;
+ if (mask & GCLineStyle) v.line_style = pGC->lineStyle;
+ if (mask & GCCapStyle) v.cap_style = pGC->capStyle;
+ if (mask & GCJoinStyle) v.join_style = pGC->joinStyle;
+ if (mask & GCFillStyle) v.fill_style = pGC->fillStyle;
+ if (mask & GCFillRule) v.fill_rule = pGC->fillRule;
+ if (mask & GCTile) {
+ if (pGC->tileIsPixel) {
+ mask &= ~GCTile;
+ } else {
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->tile.pixmap);
+ v.tile = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & GCStipple) {
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->stipple);
+ v.stipple = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
+ }
+ if (mask & GCTileStipXOrigin) v.ts_x_origin = pGC->patOrg.x;
+ if (mask & GCTileStipYOrigin) v.ts_y_origin = pGC->patOrg.y;
+ if (mask & GCFont) {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
+ pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pGC->font, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
+ v.font = pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]->fid;
+ } else {
+ mask &= ~GCFont;
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & GCSubwindowMode) v.subwindow_mode = pGC->subWindowMode;
+
+ /* Graphics exposures are not needed on the back-ends since they can
+ be generated on the front-end thereby saving bandwidth. */
+ if (mask & GCGraphicsExposures) mask &= ~GCGraphicsExposures;
+
+ if (mask & GCClipXOrigin) v.clip_x_origin = pGC->clipOrg.x;
+ if (mask & GCClipYOrigin) v.clip_y_origin = pGC->clipOrg.y;
+ if (mask & GCClipMask) mask &= ~GCClipMask; /* See ChangeClip */
+ if (mask & GCDashOffset) v.dash_offset = pGC->dashOffset;
+ if (mask & GCDashList) {
+ mask &= ~GCDashList;
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XSetDashes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
+ pGC->dashOffset, (char *)pGC->dash,
+ pGC->numInDashList);
+ }
+ if (mask & GCArcMode) v.arc_mode = pGC->arcMode;
+
+ if (mask && dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ XChangeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, mask, &v);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
+}
+
+/** Copy \a pGCSrc to \a pGCDst on the back-end server associated with
+ * \a pGCSrc's screen. */
+void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGCSrc->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCSrcPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCSrc);
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCDstPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCDst);
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
+ pGCDst->funcs->CopyGC(pGCSrc, changes, pGCDst);
+
+ /* Copy the GC on the back-end server */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XCopyGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCSrcPriv->gc, changes, pGCDstPriv->gc);
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
+}
+
+/** Free the \a pGC on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+
+ if (pGCPriv->gc) {
+ XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc);
+ pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/** Destroy the graphics context, \a pGC and free the corresponding GC
+ * on the back-end server. */
+void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
+
+ /* Free the GC on the back-end server */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ dmxBEFreeGC(pGC);
+
+ pGC->funcs->DestroyGC(pGC);
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
+}
+
+/** Change the clip rects for a GC. */
+void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+ XRectangle *pRects;
+ BoxPtr pBox;
+ int i, nRects;
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
+ pGC->funcs->ChangeClip(pGC, type, pvalue, nrects);
+
+ /* Set the client clip on the back-end server */
+ switch (pGC->clientClipType) {
+ case CT_NONE:
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
+ break;
+
+ case CT_REGION:
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ nRects = REGION_NUM_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
+ pRects = malloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRects));
+ pBox = REGION_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nRects; i++) {
+ pRects[i].x = pBox[i].x1;
+ pRects[i].y = pBox[i].y1;
+ pRects[i].width = pBox[i].x2 - pBox[i].x1;
+ pRects[i].height = pBox[i].y2 - pBox[i].y1;
+ }
+
+ XSetClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
+ pGC->clipOrg.x, pGC->clipOrg.y,
+ pRects, nRects, Unsorted);
+
+ free(pRects);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CT_PIXMAP:
+ case CT_UNSORTED:
+ case CT_YSORTED:
+ case CT_YXSORTED:
+ case CT_YXBANDED:
+ /* These clip types are condensed down to either NONE or REGION
+ in the mi code */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
+}
+
+/** Destroy a GC's clip rects. */
+void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
+ pGC->funcs->DestroyClip(pGC);
+
+ /* Set the client clip on the back-end server to None */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
+
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
+}
+
+/** Copy a GC's clip rects. */
+void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
+{
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
+ pGCDst->funcs->CopyClip(pGCDst, pGCSrc);
+ DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
index 617ec5e49..37b302a25 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ void dmxGetColormaps(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
int i;
dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps = dmxScreen->beNumVisuals;
- dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = xalloc(dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps *
+ dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = malloc(dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps *
sizeof(*dmxScreen->beDefColormaps));
for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ void InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char *argv[])
nconfigs = dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals;
}
- configprivs = xalloc(nconfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate*));
+ configprivs = malloc(nconfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate*));
if (configs != NULL && configprivs != NULL) {
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ void InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char *argv[])
for (i = 0; i < nconfigs; i++) {
configprivs[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)
- xalloc(sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate));
+ malloc(sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate));
configprivs[i]->x_visual_depth = 0;
configprivs[i]->x_visual_class = 0;
@@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ static void dmxSetDefaultFontPath(char *fp)
int len;
len = strlen(dmxFontPath);
- dmxFontPath = xrealloc(dmxFontPath, len+fplen+1);
+ dmxFontPath = realloc(dmxFontPath, len+fplen+1);
dmxFontPath[len] = ',';
strncpy(&dmxFontPath[len+1], fp, fplen);
} else {
- dmxFontPath = xalloc(fplen);
+ dmxFontPath = malloc(fplen);
strncpy(dmxFontPath, fp, fplen);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
index efb2e41c9..c7bcd5b91 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCreateGlyphSet(ClientPtr client)
glyphSet = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType,
DixDestroyAccess);
- glyphPriv = xalloc(sizeof(dmxGlyphPrivRec));
+ glyphPriv = malloc(sizeof(dmxGlyphPrivRec));
if (!glyphPriv) return BadAlloc;
glyphPriv->glyphSets = NULL;
MAXSCREENSALLOC_RETURN(glyphPriv->glyphSets, BadAlloc);
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphSet(ClientPtr client)
}
MAXSCREENSFREE(glyphPriv->glyphSets);
- xfree(glyphPriv);
+ free(glyphPriv);
DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV(glyphSet, NULL);
}
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderAddGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
sizeof(xRenderAddGlyphsReq) -
(sizeof(CARD32) + sizeof(xGlyphInfo)) * nglyphs);
- gidsCopy = xalloc(sizeof(*gidsCopy) * nglyphs);
+ gidsCopy = malloc(sizeof(*gidsCopy) * nglyphs);
for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++) gidsCopy[i] = gids[i];
/* FIXME: Will this ever fail? */
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderAddGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
- xfree(gidsCopy);
+ free(gidsCopy);
}
return ret;
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
nglyphs = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq)) >> 2;
if (nglyphs) {
- gids = xalloc(sizeof(*gids) * nglyphs);
+ gids = malloc(sizeof(*gids) * nglyphs);
for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++)
gids[i] = ((CARD32 *)(stuff + 1))[i];
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
}
}
- xfree(gids);
+ free(gids);
}
}
@@ -531,13 +531,13 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
/* The following only works for Render version > 0.2 */
/* All of the XGlyphElt* structure sizes are identical */
- elts = xalloc(nelt * sizeof(XGlyphElt8));
+ elts = malloc(nelt * sizeof(XGlyphElt8));
if (!elts)
return BadAlloc;
- glyphs = xalloc(nglyph * size);
+ glyphs = malloc(nglyph * size);
if (!glyphs) {
- xfree(elts);
+ free(elts);
return BadAlloc;
}
@@ -605,8 +605,8 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- xfree(elts);
- xfree(glyphs);
+ free(elts);
+ free(glyphs);
}
return ret;
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
int nRects;
nRects = nBox;
- pRects = pRect = xalloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRect));
+ pRects = pRect = malloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRect));
while (nBox--) {
pRect->x = pBox->x1;
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
0, 0,
pRects,
nRects);
- xfree(pRects);
+ free(pRects);
} else {
XRenderSetPictureClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
pPictPriv->pict,
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
index 66224031a..bcbcc3a88 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
@@ -1,253 +1,253 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * Provides pixmap support. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-
-/** Initialize a private area in \a pScreen for pixmap information. */
-Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxPixPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxPixPrivRec)))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create a pixmap on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-
- /* Make sure we haven't already created this pixmap. This can
- * happen when the pixmap is used elsewhere (e.g., as a background
- * or border for a window) and the refcnt > 1.
- */
- if (pPixPriv->pixmap)
- return;
-
- if (pPixmap->drawable.width && pPixmap->drawable.height) {
- pPixPriv->pixmap = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- pPixmap->drawable.width,
- pPixmap->drawable.height,
- pPixmap->drawable.depth);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
-}
-
-/** Create a pixmap for \a pScreen with the specified \a width, \a
- * height, and \a depth. */
-PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth,
- unsigned usage_hint)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- PixmapPtr pPixmap;
- int bpp;
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv;
-
-#if 0
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- if (pScreen->CreatePixmap)
- ret = pScreen->CreatePixmap(pPixmap);
-#endif
-
- /* Create pixmap on back-end server */
- if (depth == 24) bpp = 32;
- else bpp = depth;
-
- pPixmap = AllocatePixmap(pScreen, 0);
- if (!pPixmap)
- return NullPixmap;
-
- pPixmap->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_PIXMAP;
- pPixmap->drawable.class = 0;
- pPixmap->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
- pPixmap->drawable.depth = depth;
- pPixmap->drawable.bitsPerPixel = bpp;
- pPixmap->drawable.id = 0;
- pPixmap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
- pPixmap->drawable.x = 0;
- pPixmap->drawable.y = 0;
- pPixmap->drawable.width = width;
- pPixmap->drawable.height = height;
- pPixmap->devKind = PixmapBytePad(width, bpp);
- pPixmap->refcnt = 1;
- pPixmap->usage_hint = usage_hint;
-
- pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
- pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
- pPixPriv->detachedImage = NULL;
-
- /* Create the pixmap on the back-end server */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- dmxBECreatePixmap(pPixmap);
- }
-
-#if 0
- DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
- return pPixmap;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-
- if (pPixPriv->pixmap) {
- XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap);
- pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the pixmap pointed to by \a pPixmap. */
-Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-
-#if 0
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
- if (--pPixmap->refcnt)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Destroy pixmap on back-end server */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- if (dmxBEFreePixmap(pPixmap)) {
- /* Also make sure that we destroy any detached image */
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
- if (pPixPriv->detachedImage)
- XDestroyImage(pPixPriv->detachedImage);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- }
- }
- dixFreePrivates(pPixmap->devPrivates);
- xfree(pPixmap);
-
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->DestroyPixmap)
- ret = pScreen->DestroyPixmap(pPixmap);
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by \a
- * pPixmap. */
-RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
- XImage *ximage;
- RegionPtr pReg, pTmpReg;
- int x, y;
- unsigned long previousPixel, currentPixel;
- BoxRec Box;
- Bool overlap;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
- return pReg;
- }
-
- ximage = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap, 0, 0,
- pPixmap->drawable.width, pPixmap->drawable.height,
- 1, XYPixmap);
-
- pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
- pTmpReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
- if(!pReg || !pTmpReg) {
- XDestroyImage(ximage);
- return NullRegion;
- }
-
- for (y = 0; y < pPixmap->drawable.height; y++) {
- Box.y1 = y;
- Box.y2 = y + 1;
- previousPixel = 0L;
- for (x = 0; x < pPixmap->drawable.width; x++) {
- currentPixel = XGetPixel(ximage, x, y);
- if (previousPixel != currentPixel) {
- if (previousPixel == 0L) {
- /* left edge */
- Box.x1 = x;
- } else if (currentPixel == 0L) {
- /* right edge */
- Box.x2 = x;
- REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
- REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
- }
- previousPixel = currentPixel;
- }
- }
- if (previousPixel != 0L) {
- /* right edge because of the end of pixmap */
- Box.x2 = pPixmap->drawable.width;
- REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
- REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
- }
- }
-
- REGION_DESTROY(pScreen, pTmpReg);
- XDestroyImage(ximage);
-
- REGION_VALIDATE(pScreen, pReg, &overlap);
-
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- return(pReg);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * Provides pixmap support. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+
+/** Initialize a private area in \a pScreen for pixmap information. */
+Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxPixPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxPixPrivRec)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Create a pixmap on the back-end server. */
+void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
+
+ /* Make sure we haven't already created this pixmap. This can
+ * happen when the pixmap is used elsewhere (e.g., as a background
+ * or border for a window) and the refcnt > 1.
+ */
+ if (pPixPriv->pixmap)
+ return;
+
+ if (pPixmap->drawable.width && pPixmap->drawable.height) {
+ pPixPriv->pixmap = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ pPixmap->drawable.width,
+ pPixmap->drawable.height,
+ pPixmap->drawable.depth);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Create a pixmap for \a pScreen with the specified \a width, \a
+ * height, and \a depth. */
+PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth,
+ unsigned usage_hint)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap;
+ int bpp;
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv;
+
+#if 0
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ if (pScreen->CreatePixmap)
+ ret = pScreen->CreatePixmap(pPixmap);
+#endif
+
+ /* Create pixmap on back-end server */
+ if (depth == 24) bpp = 32;
+ else bpp = depth;
+
+ pPixmap = AllocatePixmap(pScreen, 0);
+ if (!pPixmap)
+ return NullPixmap;
+
+ pPixmap->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_PIXMAP;
+ pPixmap->drawable.class = 0;
+ pPixmap->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pPixmap->drawable.depth = depth;
+ pPixmap->drawable.bitsPerPixel = bpp;
+ pPixmap->drawable.id = 0;
+ pPixmap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+ pPixmap->drawable.x = 0;
+ pPixmap->drawable.y = 0;
+ pPixmap->drawable.width = width;
+ pPixmap->drawable.height = height;
+ pPixmap->devKind = PixmapBytePad(width, bpp);
+ pPixmap->refcnt = 1;
+ pPixmap->usage_hint = usage_hint;
+
+ pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
+ pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
+ pPixPriv->detachedImage = NULL;
+
+ /* Create the pixmap on the back-end server */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ dmxBECreatePixmap(pPixmap);
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#endif
+
+ return pPixmap;
+}
+
+/** Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
+
+ if (pPixPriv->pixmap) {
+ XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap);
+ pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/** Destroy the pixmap pointed to by \a pPixmap. */
+Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+#if 0
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#endif
+
+ if (--pPixmap->refcnt)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Destroy pixmap on back-end server */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ if (dmxBEFreePixmap(pPixmap)) {
+ /* Also make sure that we destroy any detached image */
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
+ if (pPixPriv->detachedImage)
+ XDestroyImage(pPixPriv->detachedImage);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ dixFreePrivates(pPixmap->devPrivates);
+ free(pPixmap);
+
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->DestroyPixmap)
+ ret = pScreen->DestroyPixmap(pPixmap);
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by \a
+ * pPixmap. */
+RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
+ XImage *ximage;
+ RegionPtr pReg, pTmpReg;
+ int x, y;
+ unsigned long previousPixel, currentPixel;
+ BoxRec Box;
+ Bool overlap;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
+ return pReg;
+ }
+
+ ximage = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap, 0, 0,
+ pPixmap->drawable.width, pPixmap->drawable.height,
+ 1, XYPixmap);
+
+ pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
+ pTmpReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
+ if(!pReg || !pTmpReg) {
+ XDestroyImage(ximage);
+ return NullRegion;
+ }
+
+ for (y = 0; y < pPixmap->drawable.height; y++) {
+ Box.y1 = y;
+ Box.y2 = y + 1;
+ previousPixel = 0L;
+ for (x = 0; x < pPixmap->drawable.width; x++) {
+ currentPixel = XGetPixel(ximage, x, y);
+ if (previousPixel != currentPixel) {
+ if (previousPixel == 0L) {
+ /* left edge */
+ Box.x1 = x;
+ } else if (currentPixel == 0L) {
+ /* right edge */
+ Box.x2 = x;
+ REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
+ REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
+ }
+ previousPixel = currentPixel;
+ }
+ }
+ if (previousPixel != 0L) {
+ /* right edge because of the end of pixmap */
+ Box.x2 = pPixmap->drawable.width;
+ REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
+ REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ REGION_DESTROY(pScreen, pTmpReg);
+ XDestroyImage(ximage);
+
+ REGION_VALIDATE(pScreen, pReg, &overlap);
+
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ return(pReg);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
index 376313d8d..95efcb0e0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
@@ -1,347 +1,347 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
- * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it
- * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
- * physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must
- * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
- * fashion.
- *
- * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
- * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
- * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
- * sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the
- * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
- * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
- * already open on that server.
- *
- * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
- * both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case
- * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
- * particular backend X server.
- *
- * The routines in this file handle the property management. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
-#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
-
-/** The identification string of this DMX server */
-#define DMX_IDENT "Xdmx"
-
-extern char *display;
-
-static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
-{
- /* RATS: These buffers are only used in
- * length-limited calls. */
- char hostname[256];
- static char buf[128];
- static int initialized = 0;
-
- if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
-
- XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
- return (unsigned char *)buf;
-}
-
-/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
- * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
- * screen and the \a closure. (The common case is that \a start is the
- * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
-void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
- void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
- void *closure)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start->next) {
- if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
- return f(start, closure);
- }
-
- for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
- void *retval;
- /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
- if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
- if (pt == start) break;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
-{
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- XTextProperty tp;
- XTextProperty tproot;
- const char *pt;
- int retcode = 0;
- char **list = NULL;
- int count = 0;
- int i;
- int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
- if (!dpy)
- return 0;
-
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
- || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-
- /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
- * routine because the window id stored
- * in the property might be old */
- dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
- for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
- if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
- Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
- if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
- int flag = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
- ++flag;
- break;
- }
- if (flag) continue;
- ++retcode;
- dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
- "%s also running on %s\n",
- tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
- list = xrealloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
- list[count-1] = xalloc(tp.nitems + 2);
- strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
- }
- XFree(tp.value);
- }
- }
- }
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) xfree(list[i]);
- xfree(list);
- XFree(tproot.value);
- if (!retcode)
- dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
- return retcode;
-}
-
-/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
- * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
- * the display. */
-static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
- Atom atom)
-{
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- XTextProperty tproot;
- XTextProperty tp;
- const char *pt;
- int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
- if (!dpy)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
- || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-
- /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
- * routine because the window id stored
- * in the property might be old */
- dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
- for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
- if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
- Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
- dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
- if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
- strlen((char *)id))) {
- int idx;
-
- if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
- idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
- if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
- return &dmxScreens[idx];
- }
- XFree(tp.value);
- }
- }
- }
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
- XFree(tproot.value);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- Atom atom;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
- if (!dpy)
- return 0;
-
- atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
- if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
- dmxScreen->shared = 1;
- return 1;
- }
- XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
- * same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display
- * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
- * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
- * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
-int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
-{
- Display *dpy0 = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- Atom atom0;
- XTextProperty tp0;
- Display *dpy1 = NULL;
- Atom atom1;
- XTextProperty tp1;
- int retval = 0;
-
- if (!dpy0)
- return 0;
-
- tp0.nitems = 0;
- tp1.nitems = 0;
-
- if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
- return 0;
- }
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
- || !tp0.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
- if (atom1 == None) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
- || !tp1.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
-
- cleanup:
- if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
- if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
- if (dpy1) XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
- return retval;
-}
-
-/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
- * as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property
- * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
- * dmxScreen.
- *
- * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
- * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
- *
- * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
- * be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
- *
- * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
- */
-void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- Atom atom;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- Window win = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
- DMXScreenInfo *other;
- char buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */
-
- if (!dpy)
- return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
- * with this screen initially detached?
- */
-
- atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
- if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
- DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
- dmxScreen->next = (other->next ? other->next : other);
- other->next = (tmp ? tmp : dmxScreen);
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
- dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
- }
-
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
- (long unsigned)win);
- XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
- XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
+ * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it
+ * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
+ * physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must
+ * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
+ * fashion.
+ *
+ * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
+ * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
+ * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
+ * sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the
+ * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
+ * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
+ * already open on that server.
+ *
+ * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
+ * both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case
+ * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
+ * particular backend X server.
+ *
+ * The routines in this file handle the property management. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+
+/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
+#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
+
+/** The identification string of this DMX server */
+#define DMX_IDENT "Xdmx"
+
+extern char *display;
+
+static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
+{
+ /* RATS: These buffers are only used in
+ * length-limited calls. */
+ char hostname[256];
+ static char buf[128];
+ static int initialized = 0;
+
+ if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
+
+ XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
+ XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
+ return (unsigned char *)buf;
+}
+
+/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
+ * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
+ * screen and the \a closure. (The common case is that \a start is the
+ * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
+void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
+ void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
+ void *closure)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start->next) {
+ if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
+ return f(start, closure);
+ }
+
+ for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
+ void *retval;
+ /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
+ if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
+ if (pt == start) break;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
+ * otherwise. */
+static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
+{
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ XTextProperty tp;
+ XTextProperty tproot;
+ const char *pt;
+ int retcode = 0;
+ char **list = NULL;
+ int count = 0;
+ int i;
+ int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
+ || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
+
+ /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
+ * routine because the window id stored
+ * in the property might be old */
+ dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
+ for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
+ if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
+ Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
+ if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
+ int flag = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
+ ++flag;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (flag) continue;
+ ++retcode;
+ dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
+ "%s also running on %s\n",
+ tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
+ list = realloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
+ list[count-1] = malloc(tp.nitems + 2);
+ strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
+ }
+ XFree(tp.value);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) free(list[i]);
+ free(list);
+ XFree(tproot.value);
+ if (!retcode)
+ dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
+ return retcode;
+}
+
+/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
+ * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
+ * the display. */
+static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
+ Atom atom)
+{
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ XTextProperty tproot;
+ XTextProperty tp;
+ const char *pt;
+ int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
+ || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
+
+ /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
+ * routine because the window id stored
+ * in the property might be old */
+ dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
+ for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
+ if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
+ Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
+ dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
+ if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
+ strlen((char *)id))) {
+ int idx;
+
+ if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
+ idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
+ if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+ return &dmxScreens[idx];
+ }
+ XFree(tp.value);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+ XFree(tproot.value);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
+ * otherwise. */
+int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return 0;
+
+ atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
+ if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
+ dmxScreen->shared = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
+ * same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display
+ * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
+ * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
+ * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
+int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
+{
+ Display *dpy0 = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ Atom atom0;
+ XTextProperty tp0;
+ Display *dpy1 = NULL;
+ Atom atom1;
+ XTextProperty tp1;
+ int retval = 0;
+
+ if (!dpy0)
+ return 0;
+
+ tp0.nitems = 0;
+ tp1.nitems = 0;
+
+ if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
+ || !tp0.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
+ if (atom1 == None) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
+ || !tp1.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
+
+ cleanup:
+ if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
+ if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
+ if (dpy1) XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
+ * as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property
+ * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
+ * dmxScreen.
+ *
+ * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
+ * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
+ *
+ * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
+ * be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
+ *
+ * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
+ */
+void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ Window win = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
+ DMXScreenInfo *other;
+ char buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
+ * with this screen initially detached?
+ */
+
+ atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
+ if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
+ dmxScreen->next = (other->next ? other->next : other);
+ other->next = (tmp ? tmp : dmxScreen);
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
+ dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
+ }
+
+ XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
+ (long unsigned)win);
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
+
+ XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
index c1beb9ba5..edb14a23a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
@@ -1,524 +1,524 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- * David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for screen initialization. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxshadow.h"
-#include "dmxscrinit.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-#include "dmxgc.h"
-#include "dmxgcops.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxdpms.h"
-
-#include "dmxpict.h"
-
-#include "fb.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "micmap.h"
-
-extern Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what);
-
-static unsigned long dmxGeneration;
-static unsigned long *dmxCursorGeneration;
-
-static int dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxGCPrivateKey = &dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GCs */
-static int dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxWinPrivateKey = &dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Windows */
-static int dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxPixPrivateKey = &dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Pixmaps */
-int dmxFontPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Fonts */
-static int dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxScreenPrivateKey = &dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Screens */
-static int dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxColormapPrivateKey = &dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Colormaps */
-static int dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxPictPrivateKey = &dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Picts */
-static int dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxGlyphSetPrivateKey = &dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GlyphSets */
-
-/** Initialize the parts of screen \a idx that require access to the
- * back-end server. */
-void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
- XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
- XGCValues gcvals;
- unsigned long mask;
- int i, j;
-
- /* FIXME: The dmxScreenInit() code currently assumes that it will
- * not be called if the Xdmx server is started with this screen
- * detached -- i.e., it assumes that dmxScreen->beDisplay is always
- * valid. This is not necessarily a valid assumption when full
- * addition/removal of screens is implemented, but when this code is
- * broken out for screen reattachment, then we will reevaluate this
- * assumption.
- */
-
- pScreen->mmWidth = DisplayWidthMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
- pScreen->mmHeight = DisplayHeightMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
-
- pScreen->whitePixel = dmxScreen->beWhitePixel;
- pScreen->blackPixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
-
- /* Handle screen savers and DPMS on the backend */
- dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);
-
- /* Create root window for screen */
- mask = CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWColormap | CWOverrideRedirect;
- attribs.background_pixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
- attribs.event_mask = (KeyPressMask
- | KeyReleaseMask
- | ButtonPressMask
- | ButtonReleaseMask
- | EnterWindowMask
- | LeaveWindowMask
- | PointerMotionMask
- | KeymapStateMask
- | FocusChangeMask);
- attribs.colormap = dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];
- attribs.override_redirect = True;
-
- dmxScreen->scrnWin =
- XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- DefaultRootWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay),
- dmxScreen->scrnX,
- dmxScreen->scrnY,
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
- dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- 0,
- pScreen->rootDepth,
- InputOutput,
- dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
- mask,
- &attribs);
- dmxPropertyWindow(dmxScreen);
-
- /*
- * This turns off the cursor by defining a cursor with no visible
- * components.
- */
- {
- char noCursorData[] = {0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0};
- Pixmap pixmap;
- XColor color, tmp;
-
- pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- noCursorData, 8, 8);
- XAllocNamedColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[0],
- "black", &color, &tmp);
- dmxScreen->noCursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- pixmap, pixmap,
- &color, &color, 0, 0);
- XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- dmxScreen->noCursor);
-
- XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pixmap);
- }
-
- XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
-
- if (dmxShadowFB) {
- mask = (GCFunction
- | GCPlaneMask
- | GCClipMask);
- gcvals.function = GXcopy;
- gcvals.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
- gcvals.clip_mask = None;
-
- dmxScreen->shadowGC = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- mask, &gcvals);
-
- dmxScreen->shadowFBImage =
- XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
- dmxScreen->beDepth,
- ZPixmap,
- 0,
- (char *)dmxScreen->shadow,
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->beBPP,
- PixmapBytePad(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
- dmxScreen->beBPP));
- } else {
- /* Create default drawables (used during GC creation) */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++)
- for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; j++)
- if ((dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) ||
- (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth ==
- dmxScreen->beDepths[j])) {
- dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)
- XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- 1, 1, dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialize screen number \a idx. */
-Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
- int i, j;
-
- if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
- /* Allocate font private index */
- dmxFontPrivateIndex = AllocateFontPrivateIndex();
- if (dmxFontPrivateIndex == -1)
- return FALSE;
-
- dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
- }
-
- if (dmxShadowFB) {
- dmxScreen->shadow = shadowAlloc(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
- dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->beBPP);
- } else {
- if (!dmxInitGC(pScreen)) return FALSE;
- if (!dmxInitWindow(pScreen)) return FALSE;
- if (!dmxInitPixmap(pScreen)) return FALSE;
- }
-
- /*
- * Initalise the visual types. miSetVisualTypesAndMasks() requires
- * that all of the types for each depth be collected together. It's
- * intended for slightly different usage to what we would like here.
- * Maybe a miAddVisualTypeAndMask() function will be added to make
- * things easier here.
- */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; i++) {
- int depth;
- int visuals = 0;
- int bitsPerRgb = 0;
- int preferredClass = -1;
- Pixel redMask = 0;
- Pixel greenMask = 0;
- Pixel blueMask = 0;
-
- depth = dmxScreen->beDepths[i];
- for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++) {
- XVisualInfo *vi;
-
- vi = &dmxScreen->beVisuals[j];
- if (vi->depth == depth) {
- /* Assume the masks are all the same. */
- visuals |= (1 << vi->class);
- bitsPerRgb = vi->bits_per_rgb;
- redMask = vi->red_mask;
- greenMask = vi->green_mask;
- blueMask = vi->blue_mask;
- if (j == dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex) {
- preferredClass = vi->class;
- }
- }
- }
- miSetVisualTypesAndMasks(depth, visuals, bitsPerRgb, preferredClass,
- redMask, greenMask, blueMask);
- }
-
- fbScreenInit(pScreen,
- dmxShadowFB ? dmxScreen->shadow : NULL,
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
- dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
- dmxScreen->beXDPI,
- dmxScreen->beXDPI,
- dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
- dmxScreen->beBPP);
- (void)dmxPictureInit(pScreen, 0, 0);
-
- /* Not yet... */
- pScreen->GetWindowPixmap = NULL;
- pScreen->SetWindowPixmap = NULL;
-
- if (dmxShadowFB && !shadowInit(pScreen, dmxShadowUpdateProc, NULL))
- return FALSE;
-
- miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);
-
- if (dmxShadowFB) {
- miDCInitialize(pScreen, &dmxPointerCursorFuncs);
- } else {
- MAXSCREENSALLOC(dmxCursorGeneration);
- if (dmxCursorGeneration[idx] != serverGeneration) {
- if (!(miPointerInitialize(pScreen,
- &dmxPointerSpriteFuncs,
- &dmxPointerCursorFuncs,
- FALSE)))
- return FALSE;
-
- dmxCursorGeneration[idx] = serverGeneration;
- }
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(CloseScreen, dmxCloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(SaveScreen, dmxSaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- dmxBEScreenInit(idx, pScreen);
-
- if (!dmxShadowFB) {
- /* Wrap GC functions */
- DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Window functions */
- DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
- pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Image functions */
- DMX_WRAP(GetImage, dmxGetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(GetSpans, dmxGetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Pixmap functions */
- DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxBitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Font functions */
- DMX_WRAP(RealizeFont, dmxRealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxUnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Colormap functions */
- DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Wrap Shape functions */
- DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- }
-
- if (!dmxCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Close the \a pScreen resources on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- int i;
-
- /* Restore the back-end screen-saver and DPMS state. */
- dmxDPMSTerm(dmxScreen);
-
- /* Free the screen resources */
-
- XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->noCursor);
- dmxScreen->noCursor = (Cursor)0;
-
- XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
- XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
- dmxScreen->scrnWin = (Window)0;
-
- if (dmxShadowFB) {
- /* Free the shadow GC and image assocated with the back-end server */
- XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->shadowGC);
- dmxScreen->shadowGC = NULL;
- XFree(dmxScreen->shadowFBImage);
- dmxScreen->shadowFBImage = NULL;
- } else {
- /* Free the default drawables */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
- if (dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]) {
- XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]);
- dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Free resources allocated during initialization (in dmxinit.c) */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
- XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i]);
- xfree(dmxScreen->beDefColormaps);
- dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = NULL;
-
-#if 0
- /* Do not free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here. Free them
- * in dmxCloseScreen() instead -- see comment below. */
- XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
- dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
-
- XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
- dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
-
- XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
- dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
- if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals) {
- XFree(dmxScreen->glxVisuals);
- dmxScreen->glxVisuals = NULL;
- dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals = 0;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Close display */
- XCloseDisplay(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
- dmxScreen->beDisplay = NULL;
-}
-
-/** Close screen number \a idx. */
-Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
-
- /* Reset the proc vectors */
- if (idx == 0) {
- dmxResetRender();
- dmxResetFonts();
- }
-
- if (dmxShadowFB) {
- /* Free the shadow framebuffer */
- xfree(dmxScreen->shadow);
- } else {
-
- /* Unwrap Shape functions */
- DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Unwrap the pScreen functions */
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(GetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(GetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- }
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(SaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- dmxBECloseScreen(pScreen);
-
-#if 1
- /* Free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here so that they
- * won't be freed when a screen is detached, thereby allowing
- * the screen to be reattached to be compared to the one
- * previously removed.
- */
- XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
- dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
-
- XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
- dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
-
- XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
- dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
-#endif
- }
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- return pScreen->CloseScreen(idx, pScreen);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- switch (what) {
- case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
- case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
- XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- break;
- case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
- case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
- XActivateScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ * David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides support for screen initialization. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxshadow.h"
+#include "dmxscrinit.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+#include "dmxgc.h"
+#include "dmxgcops.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxdpms.h"
+
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "micmap.h"
+
+extern Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what);
+
+static unsigned long dmxGeneration;
+static unsigned long *dmxCursorGeneration;
+
+static int dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxGCPrivateKey = &dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GCs */
+static int dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxWinPrivateKey = &dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Windows */
+static int dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxPixPrivateKey = &dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Pixmaps */
+int dmxFontPrivateIndex; /**< Private index for Fonts */
+static int dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxScreenPrivateKey = &dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Screens */
+static int dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxColormapPrivateKey = &dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Colormaps */
+static int dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxPictPrivateKey = &dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Picts */
+static int dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey dmxGlyphSetPrivateKey = &dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GlyphSets */
+
+/** Initialize the parts of screen \a idx that require access to the
+ * back-end server. */
+void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
+ XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
+ XGCValues gcvals;
+ unsigned long mask;
+ int i, j;
+
+ /* FIXME: The dmxScreenInit() code currently assumes that it will
+ * not be called if the Xdmx server is started with this screen
+ * detached -- i.e., it assumes that dmxScreen->beDisplay is always
+ * valid. This is not necessarily a valid assumption when full
+ * addition/removal of screens is implemented, but when this code is
+ * broken out for screen reattachment, then we will reevaluate this
+ * assumption.
+ */
+
+ pScreen->mmWidth = DisplayWidthMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
+ pScreen->mmHeight = DisplayHeightMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
+
+ pScreen->whitePixel = dmxScreen->beWhitePixel;
+ pScreen->blackPixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
+
+ /* Handle screen savers and DPMS on the backend */
+ dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);
+
+ /* Create root window for screen */
+ mask = CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWColormap | CWOverrideRedirect;
+ attribs.background_pixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
+ attribs.event_mask = (KeyPressMask
+ | KeyReleaseMask
+ | ButtonPressMask
+ | ButtonReleaseMask
+ | EnterWindowMask
+ | LeaveWindowMask
+ | PointerMotionMask
+ | KeymapStateMask
+ | FocusChangeMask);
+ attribs.colormap = dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];
+ attribs.override_redirect = True;
+
+ dmxScreen->scrnWin =
+ XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ DefaultRootWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay),
+ dmxScreen->scrnX,
+ dmxScreen->scrnY,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
+ dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ 0,
+ pScreen->rootDepth,
+ InputOutput,
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
+ mask,
+ &attribs);
+ dmxPropertyWindow(dmxScreen);
+
+ /*
+ * This turns off the cursor by defining a cursor with no visible
+ * components.
+ */
+ {
+ char noCursorData[] = {0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0};
+ Pixmap pixmap;
+ XColor color, tmp;
+
+ pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ noCursorData, 8, 8);
+ XAllocNamedColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[0],
+ "black", &color, &tmp);
+ dmxScreen->noCursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ pixmap, pixmap,
+ &color, &color, 0, 0);
+ XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ dmxScreen->noCursor);
+
+ XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pixmap);
+ }
+
+ XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB) {
+ mask = (GCFunction
+ | GCPlaneMask
+ | GCClipMask);
+ gcvals.function = GXcopy;
+ gcvals.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
+ gcvals.clip_mask = None;
+
+ dmxScreen->shadowGC = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ mask, &gcvals);
+
+ dmxScreen->shadowFBImage =
+ XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
+ dmxScreen->beDepth,
+ ZPixmap,
+ 0,
+ (char *)dmxScreen->shadow,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->beBPP,
+ PixmapBytePad(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
+ dmxScreen->beBPP));
+ } else {
+ /* Create default drawables (used during GC creation) */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; j++)
+ if ((dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) ||
+ (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth ==
+ dmxScreen->beDepths[j])) {
+ dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)
+ XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ 1, 1, dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialize screen number \a idx. */
+Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
+ /* Allocate font private index */
+ dmxFontPrivateIndex = AllocateFontPrivateIndex();
+ if (dmxFontPrivateIndex == -1)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
+ }
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB) {
+ dmxScreen->shadow = shadowAlloc(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
+ dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->beBPP);
+ } else {
+ if (!dmxInitGC(pScreen)) return FALSE;
+ if (!dmxInitWindow(pScreen)) return FALSE;
+ if (!dmxInitPixmap(pScreen)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Initalise the visual types. miSetVisualTypesAndMasks() requires
+ * that all of the types for each depth be collected together. It's
+ * intended for slightly different usage to what we would like here.
+ * Maybe a miAddVisualTypeAndMask() function will be added to make
+ * things easier here.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; i++) {
+ int depth;
+ int visuals = 0;
+ int bitsPerRgb = 0;
+ int preferredClass = -1;
+ Pixel redMask = 0;
+ Pixel greenMask = 0;
+ Pixel blueMask = 0;
+
+ depth = dmxScreen->beDepths[i];
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++) {
+ XVisualInfo *vi;
+
+ vi = &dmxScreen->beVisuals[j];
+ if (vi->depth == depth) {
+ /* Assume the masks are all the same. */
+ visuals |= (1 << vi->class);
+ bitsPerRgb = vi->bits_per_rgb;
+ redMask = vi->red_mask;
+ greenMask = vi->green_mask;
+ blueMask = vi->blue_mask;
+ if (j == dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex) {
+ preferredClass = vi->class;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ miSetVisualTypesAndMasks(depth, visuals, bitsPerRgb, preferredClass,
+ redMask, greenMask, blueMask);
+ }
+
+ fbScreenInit(pScreen,
+ dmxShadowFB ? dmxScreen->shadow : NULL,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
+ dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
+ dmxScreen->beXDPI,
+ dmxScreen->beXDPI,
+ dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
+ dmxScreen->beBPP);
+ (void)dmxPictureInit(pScreen, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Not yet... */
+ pScreen->GetWindowPixmap = NULL;
+ pScreen->SetWindowPixmap = NULL;
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB && !shadowInit(pScreen, dmxShadowUpdateProc, NULL))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB) {
+ miDCInitialize(pScreen, &dmxPointerCursorFuncs);
+ } else {
+ MAXSCREENSALLOC(dmxCursorGeneration);
+ if (dmxCursorGeneration[idx] != serverGeneration) {
+ if (!(miPointerInitialize(pScreen,
+ &dmxPointerSpriteFuncs,
+ &dmxPointerCursorFuncs,
+ FALSE)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dmxCursorGeneration[idx] = serverGeneration;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(CloseScreen, dmxCloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(SaveScreen, dmxSaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ dmxBEScreenInit(idx, pScreen);
+
+ if (!dmxShadowFB) {
+ /* Wrap GC functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Window functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
+ pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Image functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(GetImage, dmxGetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(GetSpans, dmxGetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Pixmap functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxBitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Font functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(RealizeFont, dmxRealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxUnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Colormap functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Wrap Shape functions */
+ DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ }
+
+ if (!dmxCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/** Close the \a pScreen resources on the back-end server. */
+void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ int i;
+
+ /* Restore the back-end screen-saver and DPMS state. */
+ dmxDPMSTerm(dmxScreen);
+
+ /* Free the screen resources */
+
+ XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->noCursor);
+ dmxScreen->noCursor = (Cursor)0;
+
+ XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
+ XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
+ dmxScreen->scrnWin = (Window)0;
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB) {
+ /* Free the shadow GC and image assocated with the back-end server */
+ XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->shadowGC);
+ dmxScreen->shadowGC = NULL;
+ XFree(dmxScreen->shadowFBImage);
+ dmxScreen->shadowFBImage = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* Free the default drawables */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
+ if (dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]) {
+ XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]);
+ dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Free resources allocated during initialization (in dmxinit.c) */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
+ XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i]);
+ free(dmxScreen->beDefColormaps);
+ dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = NULL;
+
+#if 0
+ /* Do not free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here. Free them
+ * in dmxCloseScreen() instead -- see comment below. */
+ XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
+
+ XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
+ dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
+
+ XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
+ dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals) {
+ XFree(dmxScreen->glxVisuals);
+ dmxScreen->glxVisuals = NULL;
+ dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Close display */
+ XCloseDisplay(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
+ dmxScreen->beDisplay = NULL;
+}
+
+/** Close screen number \a idx. */
+Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
+
+ /* Reset the proc vectors */
+ if (idx == 0) {
+ dmxResetRender();
+ dmxResetFonts();
+ }
+
+ if (dmxShadowFB) {
+ /* Free the shadow framebuffer */
+ free(dmxScreen->shadow);
+ } else {
+
+ /* Unwrap Shape functions */
+ DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Unwrap the pScreen functions */
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(GetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(GetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ }
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(SaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ dmxBECloseScreen(pScreen);
+
+#if 1
+ /* Free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here so that they
+ * won't be freed when a screen is detached, thereby allowing
+ * the screen to be reattached to be compared to the one
+ * previously removed.
+ */
+ XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
+ dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
+
+ XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
+ dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
+
+ XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
+ dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ return pScreen->CloseScreen(idx, pScreen);
+}
+
+static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ switch (what) {
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
+ XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ break;
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
+ XActivateScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
index 2cec1b97c..8ace59470 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
@@ -1,193 +1,193 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()
- * might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way
- * communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary
- * XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this
- * optimization is provided here. Statistics about XSync() calls and
- * latency are gathered in \a dmxstat.c.
- *
- * During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the
- * XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that,
- * out of more than 300 \a x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100
- * times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
- * and 181 more than 2X faster. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxstat.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-static int dmxSyncInterval = 100; /* Default interval in milliseconds */
-static OsTimerPtr dmxSyncTimer;
-static int dmxSyncPending;
-
-static void dmxDoSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- dmxScreen->needsSync = FALSE;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return; /* FIXME: Is this correct behavior for sync stats? */
-
- if (!dmxStatInterval) {
- XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
- } else {
- struct timeval start, stop;
-
- gettimeofday(&start, 0);
- XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
- gettimeofday(&stop, 0);
- dmxStatSync(dmxScreen, &stop, &start, dmxSyncPending);
- }
-}
-
-static CARD32 dmxSyncCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 time, pointer arg)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (dmxSyncPending) {
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
- if (dmxScreen->needsSync) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
- }
- }
- dmxSyncPending = 0;
- return 0; /* Do not place on queue again */
-}
-
-static void dmxSyncBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
- pointer pReadMask)
-{
- TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer);
-}
-
-static void dmxSyncWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result,
- pointer pReadMask)
-{
-}
-
-/** Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified \a
- * interval (in mS). If the \a interval is 0, 100mS is used. If the \a
- * interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is
- * not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can
- * turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).
- *
- * Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will
- * usually be called from #ddxProcessArgument in \a dmxinit.c */
-void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval)
-{
- dmxSyncInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 100);
-
- if (dmxSyncInterval < 0) dmxSyncInterval = 0;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if
- * #dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value. */
-void dmxSyncInit(void)
-{
- if (dmxSyncInterval) {
- RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxSyncBlockHandler,
- dmxSyncWakeupHandler,
- NULL);
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching with %d ms interval\n",
- dmxSyncInterval);
- } else {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching disabled\n");
- }
-}
-
-/** Request an XSync() to the display used by \a dmxScreen. If \a now
- * is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next
- * XSync() batching point. Note that if XSync() batching was deselected
- * with #dmxSyncActivate() before #dmxSyncInit() was called, then no
- * XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync()
- * immediately.
- *
- * (Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the
- * face of a server generation. See the source for details.)
- *
- * If \a dmxScreen is \a NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed
- * immediately.
- */
-void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
-{
- static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
-
- if (dmxSyncInterval) {
- if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
- /* Server generation does a TimerInit, which frees all
- * timers. So, at this point dmxSyncTimer is either:
- * 1) NULL, iff dmxGeneration == 0,
- * 2) freed, if it was on a queue (dmxSyncPending != 0), or
- * 3) allocated, if it wasn't on a queue (dmxSyncPending == 0)
- */
- if (dmxSyncTimer && !dmxSyncPending) xfree(dmxSyncTimer);
- dmxSyncTimer = NULL;
- now = TRUE;
- dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
- }
- /* Queue sync */
- if (dmxScreen) {
- dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
- ++dmxSyncPending;
- }
-
- /* Do sync or set time for later */
- if (now || !dmxScreen) {
- if (!TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer)) dmxSyncCallback(NULL, 0, NULL);
- /* At this point, dmxSyncPending == 0 because
- * dmxSyncCallback must have been called. */
- if (dmxSyncPending)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSync(%s,%d): dmxSyncPending = %d\n",
- dmxScreen ? dmxScreen->name : "", now, dmxSyncPending);
- } else {
- dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
- if (dmxSyncPending == 1)
- dmxSyncTimer = TimerSet(dmxSyncTimer, 0, dmxSyncInterval,
- dmxSyncCallback, NULL);
- }
- } else {
- /* If dmxSyncInterval is not being used,
- * then all the backends are already
- * up-to-date. */
- if (dmxScreen) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
- }
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()
+ * might be necessary. However, since XSync() requires a two way
+ * communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary
+ * XSync() calls is a key performance optimization. Support for this
+ * optimization is provided here. Statistics about XSync() calls and
+ * latency are gathered in \a dmxstat.c.
+ *
+ * During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the
+ * XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that,
+ * out of more than 300 \a x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100
+ * times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
+ * and 181 more than 2X faster. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxstat.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+static int dmxSyncInterval = 100; /* Default interval in milliseconds */
+static OsTimerPtr dmxSyncTimer;
+static int dmxSyncPending;
+
+static void dmxDoSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ dmxScreen->needsSync = FALSE;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return; /* FIXME: Is this correct behavior for sync stats? */
+
+ if (!dmxStatInterval) {
+ XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
+ } else {
+ struct timeval start, stop;
+
+ gettimeofday(&start, 0);
+ XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
+ gettimeofday(&stop, 0);
+ dmxStatSync(dmxScreen, &stop, &start, dmxSyncPending);
+ }
+}
+
+static CARD32 dmxSyncCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 time, pointer arg)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxSyncPending) {
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
+ if (dmxScreen->needsSync) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
+ }
+ }
+ dmxSyncPending = 0;
+ return 0; /* Do not place on queue again */
+}
+
+static void dmxSyncBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
+ pointer pReadMask)
+{
+ TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer);
+}
+
+static void dmxSyncWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result,
+ pointer pReadMask)
+{
+}
+
+/** Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified \a
+ * interval (in mS). If the \a interval is 0, 100mS is used. If the \a
+ * interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is
+ * not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can
+ * turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).
+ *
+ * Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will
+ * usually be called from #ddxProcessArgument in \a dmxinit.c */
+void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval)
+{
+ dmxSyncInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 100);
+
+ if (dmxSyncInterval < 0) dmxSyncInterval = 0;
+}
+
+/** Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if
+ * #dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value. */
+void dmxSyncInit(void)
+{
+ if (dmxSyncInterval) {
+ RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxSyncBlockHandler,
+ dmxSyncWakeupHandler,
+ NULL);
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching with %d ms interval\n",
+ dmxSyncInterval);
+ } else {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching disabled\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/** Request an XSync() to the display used by \a dmxScreen. If \a now
+ * is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next
+ * XSync() batching point. Note that if XSync() batching was deselected
+ * with #dmxSyncActivate() before #dmxSyncInit() was called, then no
+ * XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync()
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * (Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the
+ * face of a server generation. See the source for details.)
+ *
+ * If \a dmxScreen is \a NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed
+ * immediately.
+ */
+void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
+{
+ static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
+
+ if (dmxSyncInterval) {
+ if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
+ /* Server generation does a TimerInit, which frees all
+ * timers. So, at this point dmxSyncTimer is either:
+ * 1) NULL, iff dmxGeneration == 0,
+ * 2) freed, if it was on a queue (dmxSyncPending != 0), or
+ * 3) allocated, if it wasn't on a queue (dmxSyncPending == 0)
+ */
+ if (dmxSyncTimer && !dmxSyncPending) free(dmxSyncTimer);
+ dmxSyncTimer = NULL;
+ now = TRUE;
+ dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
+ }
+ /* Queue sync */
+ if (dmxScreen) {
+ dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
+ ++dmxSyncPending;
+ }
+
+ /* Do sync or set time for later */
+ if (now || !dmxScreen) {
+ if (!TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer)) dmxSyncCallback(NULL, 0, NULL);
+ /* At this point, dmxSyncPending == 0 because
+ * dmxSyncCallback must have been called. */
+ if (dmxSyncPending)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSync(%s,%d): dmxSyncPending = %d\n",
+ dmxScreen ? dmxScreen->name : "", now, dmxSyncPending);
+ } else {
+ dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
+ if (dmxSyncPending == 1)
+ dmxSyncTimer = TimerSet(dmxSyncTimer, 0, dmxSyncInterval,
+ dmxSyncCallback, NULL);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* If dmxSyncInterval is not being used,
+ * then all the backends are already
+ * up-to-date. */
+ if (dmxScreen) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
index ea2f2c579..3466f074f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
@@ -1,1015 +1,1015 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for window-related functions. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxvisual.h"
-#include "dmxinput.h"
-#include "dmxextension.h"
-#include "dmxpict.h"
-
-#include "windowstr.h"
-
-static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
-static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
- unsigned long *mask,
- XSetWindowAttributes *attribs);
-
-static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);
-
-/** Initialize the private area for the window functions. */
-Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxWinPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxWinPrivRec)))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- Window parent;
- Visual *visual;
- unsigned long mask;
- XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
- ColormapPtr pCmap;
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
-
- /* Create root window */
-
- parent = dmxScreen->scrnWin; /* This is our "Screen" window */
- visual = dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual;
-
- pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
- pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
-
- mask = CWEventMask | CWBackingStore | CWColormap | CWBorderPixel;
- attribs.event_mask = ExposureMask;
- attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
- attribs.colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
- attribs.border_pixel = 0;
-
- /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
- if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
- dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
- mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
- }
-
- return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- parent,
- pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
- pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
- pWindow->drawable.width,
- pWindow->drawable.height,
- pWindow->borderWidth,
- pWindow->drawable.depth,
- pWindow->drawable.class,
- visual,
- mask,
- &attribs);
-}
-
-/** Change the location and size of the "screen" window. Called from
- * #dmxConfigureScreenWindow(). */
-void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- return;
-
- /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
- m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
- c.x = x;
- c.y = y;
- c.width = w;
- c.height = h;
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin, m, &c);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-/** Change the location and size of the "root" window. Called from
- * #dmxConfigureRootWindow. */
-void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,
- int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pRoot->drawable.pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pRoot);
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
- c.x = x;
- c.y = y;
- c.width = (w > 0) ? w : 1;
- c.height = (h > 0) ? h : 1;
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- }
-
- if (w == 0 || h == 0) {
- if (pWinPriv->mapped) {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
- pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
- }
- } else if (!pWinPriv->mapped) {
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
- pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
- Colormap *cmap,
- Visual **visual)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-
- if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly &&
- pWindow->optional &&
- pWindow->optional->visual != wVisual(pWindow->parent)) {
-
- /* Find the matching visual */
- *visual = dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen, wVisual(pWindow));
-
- /* Handle optional colormaps */
- if (pWindow->optional->colormap) {
- ColormapPtr pCmap;
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
-
- pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow),
- RT_COLORMAP);
- pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
- *cmap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
- } else {
- *cmap = dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(pScreen, *visual);
- }
- } else {
- *visual = CopyFromParent;
- *cmap = (Colormap)0;
- }
-}
-
-static Window dmxCreateNonRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- Window parent;
- unsigned long mask = 0L;
- XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
-
- /* Create window on back-end server */
-
- parent = pParentPriv->window;
-
- /* The parent won't exist if this call to CreateNonRootWindow came
- from ReparentWindow and the grandparent window has not yet been
- created */
- if (!parent) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
- parent = pParentPriv->window;
- }
-
- /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
- if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
- dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
- mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
- }
-
- /* Add in default attributes */
- if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
- mask |= CWBackingStore;
- attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
-
- if (!(mask & CWColormap) && pWinPriv->cmap) {
- mask |= CWColormap;
- attribs.colormap = pWinPriv->cmap;
- if (!(mask & CWBorderPixel)) {
- mask |= CWBorderPixel;
- attribs.border_pixel = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Handle case where subwindows are being mapped, but created out of
- order -- if current window has a previous sibling, then it cannot
- be created on top of the stack, so we must restack the windows */
- pWinPriv->restacked = (pWindow->prevSib != NullWindow);
-
- return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- parent,
- pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
- pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
- pWindow->drawable.width,
- pWindow->drawable.height,
- pWindow->borderWidth,
- pWindow->drawable.depth,
- pWindow->drawable.class,
- pWinPriv->visual,
- mask,
- &attribs);
-}
-
-/** This function handles lazy window creation and realization. Window
- * creation is handled by #dmxCreateNonRootWindow(). It also handles
- * any stacking changes that have occured since the window was
- * originally created by calling #dmxDoRestackWindow(). If the window
- * is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling
- * #dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER)
- * associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end
- * server by calling #dmxCreatePictureList(). If \a doSync is TRUE,
- * then #dmxSync() is called. */
-void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return;
-
- pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
- if (pWinPriv->restacked) dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
- if (pWinPriv->isShaped) dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
- if (pWinPriv->hasPict) dmxCreatePictureList(pWindow);
- if (pWinPriv->mapped) XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
- pWinPriv->window);
- if (doSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-/** Create \a pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window
- * creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and
- * realization of the window is handled by
- * #dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(). */
-Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->CreateWindow)
- ret = pScreen->CreateWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- /* Set up the defaults */
- pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;
- pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;
- pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
- pWinPriv->restacked = FALSE;
- pWinPriv->attribMask = 0;
- pWinPriv->isShaped = FALSE;
- pWinPriv->hasPict = FALSE;
-#ifdef GLXEXT
- pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
- pWinPriv->barrier = 0;
-#endif
-
- if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
- /* Only create the root window at this stage -- non-root windows are
- created when they are mapped and are on-screen */
- if (!pWindow->parent) {
- dmxScreen->rootWin = pWinPriv->window
- = dmxCreateRootWindow(pWindow);
- if (dmxScreen->scrnX != dmxScreen->rootX
- || dmxScreen->scrnY != dmxScreen->rootY
- || dmxScreen->scrnWidth != dmxScreen->rootWidth
- || dmxScreen->scrnHeight != dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
- dmxResizeRootWindow(pWindow,
- dmxScreen->rootX,
- dmxScreen->rootY,
- dmxScreen->rootWidth,
- dmxScreen->rootHeight);
- dmxUpdateScreenResources(screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index],
- dmxScreen->rootX,
- dmxScreen->rootY,
- dmxScreen->rootWidth,
- dmxScreen->rootHeight);
- pWindow->origin.x = dmxScreen->rootX;
- pWindow->origin.y = dmxScreen->rootY;
- }
- } else {
- dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(pWindow,
- &pWinPriv->cmap,
- &pWinPriv->visual);
-
- if (dmxLazyWindowCreation) {
- /* Save parent's visual for use later */
- if (pWinPriv->visual == CopyFromParent)
- pWinPriv->visual =
- dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen,
- wVisual(pWindow->parent));
- } else {
- pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
- }
- }
-
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
- pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. If any RENDER pictures
- were created, destroy them as well. */
-Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
- Bool needSync = FALSE;
-#ifdef GLXEXT
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- /* Destroy any picture list associated with this window */
- needSync |= dmxDestroyPictureList(pWindow);
-
- /* Destroy window on back-end server */
- needSync |= dmxBEDestroyWindow(pWindow);
- if (needSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
- if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowDestroyed)
- pWinPriv->windowDestroyed(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- if (pScreen->DestroyWindow)
- ret = pScreen->DestroyWindow(pWindow);
-
- DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Change the position of \a pWindow to be \a x, \a y. */
-Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->PositionWindow)
- ret = pScreen->PositionWindow(pWindow, x, y);
-#endif
-
- /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
- the screen */
- pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
- /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
- been created yet, create it and map it */
- if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
- } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Position window on back-end server */
- m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
- c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
- c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
- if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
- m |= CWBorderWidth;
- c.border_width = pWindow->borderWidth;
- }
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
- unsigned long *mask,
- XSetWindowAttributes *attribs)
-{
- dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv;
-
- if (*mask & CWBackPixmap) {
- switch (pWindow->backgroundState) {
- case None:
- attribs->background_pixmap = None;
- break;
-
- case ParentRelative:
- attribs->background_pixmap = ParentRelative;
- break;
-
- case BackgroundPixmap:
- pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->background.pixmap);
- attribs->background_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
- break;
-
- case BackgroundPixel:
- *mask &= ~CWBackPixmap;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (*mask & CWBackPixel) {
- if (pWindow->backgroundState == BackgroundPixel)
- attribs->background_pixel = pWindow->background.pixel;
- else
- *mask &= ~CWBackPixel;
- }
-
- if (*mask & CWBorderPixmap) {
- if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
- *mask &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
- else {
- pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->border.pixmap);
- attribs->border_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
- }
- }
-
- if (*mask & CWBorderPixel) {
- if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
- attribs->border_pixel = pWindow->border.pixel;
- else
- *mask &= ~CWBorderPixel;
- }
-
- if (*mask & CWBitGravity)
- attribs->bit_gravity = pWindow->bitGravity;
-
- if (*mask & CWWinGravity)
- *mask &= ~CWWinGravity; /* Handled by dix */
-
- if (*mask & CWBackingStore)
- *mask &= ~CWBackingStore; /* Backing store not supported */
-
- if (*mask & CWBackingPlanes)
- *mask &= ~CWBackingPlanes; /* Backing store not supported */
-
- if (*mask & CWBackingPixel)
- *mask &= ~CWBackingPixel; /* Backing store not supported */
-
- if (*mask & CWOverrideRedirect)
- attribs->override_redirect = pWindow->overrideRedirect;
-
- if (*mask & CWSaveUnder)
- *mask &= ~CWSaveUnder; /* Save unders not supported */
-
- if (*mask & CWEventMask)
- *mask &= ~CWEventMask; /* Events are handled by dix */
-
- if (*mask & CWDontPropagate)
- *mask &= ~CWDontPropagate; /* Events are handled by dix */
-
- if (*mask & CWColormap) {
- ColormapPtr pCmap;
- dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
-
- pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
- pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
- attribs->colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
- }
-
- if (*mask & CWCursor)
- *mask &= ~CWCursor; /* Handled by the cursor code */
-}
-
-/** Change the window attributes of \a pWindow. */
-Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)
- ret = pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, mask);
-#endif
-
- /* Change window attribs on back-end server */
- dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &mask, &attribs);
-
- /* Save mask for lazy window creation optimization */
- pWinPriv->attribMask |= mask;
-
- if (mask && pWinPriv->window) {
- XChangeWindowAttributes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- mask, &attribs);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
- pScreen);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Realize \a pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window
- * creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when
- * it at least partially overlaps the screen. */
-Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->RealizeWindow)
- ret = pScreen->RealizeWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
- the screen */
- pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
- /* If the window hasn't been created and it's not offscreen, then
- create it */
- if (!pWinPriv->window && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, FALSE);
- }
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Realize window on back-end server */
- XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- /* Let the other functions know that the window is now mapped */
- pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
-
- DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, pWindow);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** Unrealize \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- Bool ret = TRUE;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->UnrealizeWindow)
- ret = pScreen->UnrealizeWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Unrealize window on back-end server */
- XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- /* When unrealized (i.e., unmapped), the window is always considered
- off of the visible portion of the screen */
- pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;
- pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
- if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowUnmapped)
- pWinPriv->windowUnmapped(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, pWindow);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- WindowPtr pNextSib = pWindow->nextSib;
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
- /* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
- m = CWStackMode;
- c.sibling = (Window)0;
- c.stack_mode = Below;
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- } else {
- /* Window is not at the bottom of the stack */
- dmxWinPrivPtr pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
-
- /* Handle case where siblings have not yet been created due to
- lazy window creation optimization by first finding the next
- sibling in the sibling list that has been created (if any)
- and then putting the current window just above that sibling,
- and if no next siblings have been created yet, then put it at
- the bottom of the stack (since it might have a previous
- sibling that should be above it). */
- while (!pNextSibPriv->window) {
- pNextSib = pNextSib->nextSib;
- if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
- /* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
- m = CWStackMode;
- c.sibling = (Window)0;
- c.stack_mode = Below;
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- return;
- }
- pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
- }
-
- m = CWStackMode | CWSibling;
- c.sibling = pNextSibPriv->window;
- c.stack_mode = Above;
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- }
-}
-
-/** Handle window restacking. The actual restacking occurs in
- * #dmxDoRestackWindow(). */
-void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->RestackWindow)
- pScreen->RestackWindow(pWindow, pOldNextSib);
-#endif
-
- if (pOldNextSib != pWindow->nextSib) {
- /* Track restacking for lazy window creation optimization */
- pWinPriv->restacked = TRUE;
-
- /* Restack window on back-end server */
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, pWindow);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxWindowExposurePredicate(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev, XPointer ptr)
-{
- return (ev->type == Expose && ev->xexpose.window == *(Window *)ptr);
-}
-
-/** Handle exposures on \a pWindow. Since window exposures are handled
- * in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are
- * redundant, so we eat them here. */
-void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,
- RegionPtr other_exposed)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- XEvent ev;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- while (XCheckIfEvent(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &ev,
- dmxWindowExposurePredicate,
- (XPointer)&pWinPriv->window)) {
- /* Handle expose events -- this should not be necessary
- since the base window in which the root window was
- created is guaranteed to be on top (override_redirect),
- so we should just swallow these events. If for some
- reason the window is not on top, then we'd need to
- collect these events and send them to the client later
- (e.g., during the block handler as Xnest does). */
- }
- }
-
-#if 1
- if (pScreen->WindowExposures)
- pScreen->WindowExposures(pWindow, prgn, other_exposed);
-#endif
- DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Move \a pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it
- * is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the
- * lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
-void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->CopyWindow)
- pScreen->CopyWindow(pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
-#endif
-
- /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
- the screen */
- pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
- /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
- been created yet, create it and map it */
- if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
- } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Move window on back-end server */
- m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
- c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
- c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_COPY, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Resize \a pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not
- * it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and
- * the lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
-void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,
- unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- dmxWinPrivPtr pSibPriv;
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- if (pSib)
- pSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pSib);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
- if (pScreen->ResizeWindow)
- pScreen->ResizeWindow(pWindow, x, y, w, h, pSib);
-#endif
-
- /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
- the screen */
- pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
- /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
- been created yet, create it and map it */
- if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
- } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
- m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
- c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
- c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
- c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Reparent \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- dmxWinPrivPtr pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
- if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
- pScreen->ReparentWindow(pWindow, pPriorParent);
-#endif
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- if (!pParentPriv->window) {
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
- }
-
- /* Handle reparenting on back-end server */
- XReparentWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- pParentPriv->window,
- pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
- pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow));
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
- dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Change border width for \a pWindow to \a width pixels. */
-void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- unsigned int m;
- XWindowChanges c;
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
- if (pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)
- pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth(pWindow, width);
-#endif
-
- /* NOTE: Do we need to check for on/off screen here? */
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Handle border width change on back-end server */
- m = CWBorderWidth;
- c.border_width = width;
-
- XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
- int nBox;
- BoxPtr pBox;
- int nRect;
- XRectangle *pRect;
- XRectangle *pRectFirst;
-
- /* First, set the bounding shape */
- if (wBoundingShape(pWindow)) {
- pBox = REGION_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
- nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
- pRectFirst = pRect = xalloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
- while (nBox--) {
- pRect->x = pBox->x1;
- pRect->y = pBox->y1;
- pRect->width = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
- pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
- pBox++;
- pRect++;
- }
- XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
- pRectFirst, nRect,
- ShapeSet, YXBanded);
- xfree(pRectFirst);
- } else {
- XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- ShapeBounding, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
- }
-
- /* Next, set the clip shape */
- if (wClipShape(pWindow)) {
- pBox = REGION_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
- nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
- pRectFirst = pRect = xalloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
- while (nBox--) {
- pRect->x = pBox->x1;
- pRect->y = pBox->y1;
- pRect->width = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
- pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
- pBox++;
- pRect++;
- }
- XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- ShapeClip, 0, 0,
- pRectFirst, nRect,
- ShapeSet, YXBanded);
- xfree(pRectFirst);
- } else {
- XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
- ShapeClip, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
- }
-
- if (XShapeInputSelected(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window)) {
- ErrorF("Input selected for window %x on Screen %d\n",
- (unsigned int)pWinPriv->window, pScreen->myNum);
- }
-}
-
-/** Set shape of \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
- DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
- if (pScreen->SetShape)
- pScreen->SetShape(pWindow);
-#endif
-
- if (pWinPriv->window) {
- /* Handle setting the current shape on the back-end server */
- dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
- dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
- } else {
- pWinPriv->isShaped = TRUE;
- }
-
- DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides support for window-related functions. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxcmap.h"
+#include "dmxvisual.h"
+#include "dmxinput.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include "dmxpict.h"
+
+#include "windowstr.h"
+
+static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
+static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
+ unsigned long *mask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attribs);
+
+static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);
+
+/** Initialize the private area for the window functions. */
+Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxWinPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxWinPrivRec)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ Window parent;
+ Visual *visual;
+ unsigned long mask;
+ XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
+ ColormapPtr pCmap;
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
+
+ /* Create root window */
+
+ parent = dmxScreen->scrnWin; /* This is our "Screen" window */
+ visual = dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual;
+
+ pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
+ pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
+
+ mask = CWEventMask | CWBackingStore | CWColormap | CWBorderPixel;
+ attribs.event_mask = ExposureMask;
+ attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
+ attribs.colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
+ attribs.border_pixel = 0;
+
+ /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
+ if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
+ dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
+ mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
+ }
+
+ return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ parent,
+ pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
+ pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
+ pWindow->drawable.width,
+ pWindow->drawable.height,
+ pWindow->borderWidth,
+ pWindow->drawable.depth,
+ pWindow->drawable.class,
+ visual,
+ mask,
+ &attribs);
+}
+
+/** Change the location and size of the "screen" window. Called from
+ * #dmxConfigureScreenWindow(). */
+void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
+ m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ c.x = x;
+ c.y = y;
+ c.width = w;
+ c.height = h;
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin, m, &c);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+}
+
+/** Change the location and size of the "root" window. Called from
+ * #dmxConfigureRootWindow. */
+void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pRoot->drawable.pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pRoot);
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ c.x = x;
+ c.y = y;
+ c.width = (w > 0) ? w : 1;
+ c.height = (h > 0) ? h : 1;
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ }
+
+ if (w == 0 || h == 0) {
+ if (pWinPriv->mapped) {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
+ pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
+ }
+ } else if (!pWinPriv->mapped) {
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
+ pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+}
+
+void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
+ Colormap *cmap,
+ Visual **visual)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly &&
+ pWindow->optional &&
+ pWindow->optional->visual != wVisual(pWindow->parent)) {
+
+ /* Find the matching visual */
+ *visual = dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen, wVisual(pWindow));
+
+ /* Handle optional colormaps */
+ if (pWindow->optional->colormap) {
+ ColormapPtr pCmap;
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
+
+ pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow),
+ RT_COLORMAP);
+ pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
+ *cmap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
+ } else {
+ *cmap = dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(pScreen, *visual);
+ }
+ } else {
+ *visual = CopyFromParent;
+ *cmap = (Colormap)0;
+ }
+}
+
+static Window dmxCreateNonRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ Window parent;
+ unsigned long mask = 0L;
+ XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
+
+ /* Create window on back-end server */
+
+ parent = pParentPriv->window;
+
+ /* The parent won't exist if this call to CreateNonRootWindow came
+ from ReparentWindow and the grandparent window has not yet been
+ created */
+ if (!parent) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
+ parent = pParentPriv->window;
+ }
+
+ /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
+ if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
+ dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
+ mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in default attributes */
+ if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
+ mask |= CWBackingStore;
+ attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
+
+ if (!(mask & CWColormap) && pWinPriv->cmap) {
+ mask |= CWColormap;
+ attribs.colormap = pWinPriv->cmap;
+ if (!(mask & CWBorderPixel)) {
+ mask |= CWBorderPixel;
+ attribs.border_pixel = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle case where subwindows are being mapped, but created out of
+ order -- if current window has a previous sibling, then it cannot
+ be created on top of the stack, so we must restack the windows */
+ pWinPriv->restacked = (pWindow->prevSib != NullWindow);
+
+ return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ parent,
+ pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
+ pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
+ pWindow->drawable.width,
+ pWindow->drawable.height,
+ pWindow->borderWidth,
+ pWindow->drawable.depth,
+ pWindow->drawable.class,
+ pWinPriv->visual,
+ mask,
+ &attribs);
+}
+
+/** This function handles lazy window creation and realization. Window
+ * creation is handled by #dmxCreateNonRootWindow(). It also handles
+ * any stacking changes that have occured since the window was
+ * originally created by calling #dmxDoRestackWindow(). If the window
+ * is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling
+ * #dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER)
+ * associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end
+ * server by calling #dmxCreatePictureList(). If \a doSync is TRUE,
+ * then #dmxSync() is called. */
+void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return;
+
+ pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
+ if (pWinPriv->restacked) dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
+ if (pWinPriv->isShaped) dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
+ if (pWinPriv->hasPict) dmxCreatePictureList(pWindow);
+ if (pWinPriv->mapped) XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
+ pWinPriv->window);
+ if (doSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+}
+
+/** Create \a pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window
+ * creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and
+ * realization of the window is handled by
+ * #dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(). */
+Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->CreateWindow)
+ ret = pScreen->CreateWindow(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set up the defaults */
+ pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;
+ pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
+ pWinPriv->restacked = FALSE;
+ pWinPriv->attribMask = 0;
+ pWinPriv->isShaped = FALSE;
+ pWinPriv->hasPict = FALSE;
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
+ pWinPriv->barrier = 0;
+#endif
+
+ if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
+ /* Only create the root window at this stage -- non-root windows are
+ created when they are mapped and are on-screen */
+ if (!pWindow->parent) {
+ dmxScreen->rootWin = pWinPriv->window
+ = dmxCreateRootWindow(pWindow);
+ if (dmxScreen->scrnX != dmxScreen->rootX
+ || dmxScreen->scrnY != dmxScreen->rootY
+ || dmxScreen->scrnWidth != dmxScreen->rootWidth
+ || dmxScreen->scrnHeight != dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
+ dmxResizeRootWindow(pWindow,
+ dmxScreen->rootX,
+ dmxScreen->rootY,
+ dmxScreen->rootWidth,
+ dmxScreen->rootHeight);
+ dmxUpdateScreenResources(screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index],
+ dmxScreen->rootX,
+ dmxScreen->rootY,
+ dmxScreen->rootWidth,
+ dmxScreen->rootHeight);
+ pWindow->origin.x = dmxScreen->rootX;
+ pWindow->origin.y = dmxScreen->rootY;
+ }
+ } else {
+ dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(pWindow,
+ &pWinPriv->cmap,
+ &pWinPriv->visual);
+
+ if (dmxLazyWindowCreation) {
+ /* Save parent's visual for use later */
+ if (pWinPriv->visual == CopyFromParent)
+ pWinPriv->visual =
+ dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen,
+ wVisual(pWindow->parent));
+ } else {
+ pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
+ pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. If any RENDER pictures
+ were created, destroy them as well. */
+Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ Bool needSync = FALSE;
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ /* Destroy any picture list associated with this window */
+ needSync |= dmxDestroyPictureList(pWindow);
+
+ /* Destroy window on back-end server */
+ needSync |= dmxBEDestroyWindow(pWindow);
+ if (needSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
+
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowDestroyed)
+ pWinPriv->windowDestroyed(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ if (pScreen->DestroyWindow)
+ ret = pScreen->DestroyWindow(pWindow);
+
+ DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Change the position of \a pWindow to be \a x, \a y. */
+Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->PositionWindow)
+ ret = pScreen->PositionWindow(pWindow, x, y);
+#endif
+
+ /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
+ the screen */
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
+
+ /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
+ been created yet, create it and map it */
+ if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
+ } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Position window on back-end server */
+ m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
+ c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
+ if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
+ m |= CWBorderWidth;
+ c.border_width = pWindow->borderWidth;
+ }
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
+ unsigned long *mask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attribs)
+{
+ dmxPixPrivPtr pPixPriv;
+
+ if (*mask & CWBackPixmap) {
+ switch (pWindow->backgroundState) {
+ case None:
+ attribs->background_pixmap = None;
+ break;
+
+ case ParentRelative:
+ attribs->background_pixmap = ParentRelative;
+ break;
+
+ case BackgroundPixmap:
+ pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->background.pixmap);
+ attribs->background_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
+ break;
+
+ case BackgroundPixel:
+ *mask &= ~CWBackPixmap;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*mask & CWBackPixel) {
+ if (pWindow->backgroundState == BackgroundPixel)
+ attribs->background_pixel = pWindow->background.pixel;
+ else
+ *mask &= ~CWBackPixel;
+ }
+
+ if (*mask & CWBorderPixmap) {
+ if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
+ *mask &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
+ else {
+ pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->border.pixmap);
+ attribs->border_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*mask & CWBorderPixel) {
+ if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
+ attribs->border_pixel = pWindow->border.pixel;
+ else
+ *mask &= ~CWBorderPixel;
+ }
+
+ if (*mask & CWBitGravity)
+ attribs->bit_gravity = pWindow->bitGravity;
+
+ if (*mask & CWWinGravity)
+ *mask &= ~CWWinGravity; /* Handled by dix */
+
+ if (*mask & CWBackingStore)
+ *mask &= ~CWBackingStore; /* Backing store not supported */
+
+ if (*mask & CWBackingPlanes)
+ *mask &= ~CWBackingPlanes; /* Backing store not supported */
+
+ if (*mask & CWBackingPixel)
+ *mask &= ~CWBackingPixel; /* Backing store not supported */
+
+ if (*mask & CWOverrideRedirect)
+ attribs->override_redirect = pWindow->overrideRedirect;
+
+ if (*mask & CWSaveUnder)
+ *mask &= ~CWSaveUnder; /* Save unders not supported */
+
+ if (*mask & CWEventMask)
+ *mask &= ~CWEventMask; /* Events are handled by dix */
+
+ if (*mask & CWDontPropagate)
+ *mask &= ~CWDontPropagate; /* Events are handled by dix */
+
+ if (*mask & CWColormap) {
+ ColormapPtr pCmap;
+ dmxColormapPrivPtr pCmapPriv;
+
+ pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
+ pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
+ attribs->colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
+ }
+
+ if (*mask & CWCursor)
+ *mask &= ~CWCursor; /* Handled by the cursor code */
+}
+
+/** Change the window attributes of \a pWindow. */
+Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ XSetWindowAttributes attribs;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)
+ ret = pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, mask);
+#endif
+
+ /* Change window attribs on back-end server */
+ dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &mask, &attribs);
+
+ /* Save mask for lazy window creation optimization */
+ pWinPriv->attribMask |= mask;
+
+ if (mask && pWinPriv->window) {
+ XChangeWindowAttributes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ mask, &attribs);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
+ pScreen);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Realize \a pWindow on the back-end server. If the lazy window
+ * creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when
+ * it at least partially overlaps the screen. */
+Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->RealizeWindow)
+ ret = pScreen->RealizeWindow(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
+ the screen */
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
+
+ /* If the window hasn't been created and it's not offscreen, then
+ create it */
+ if (!pWinPriv->window && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Realize window on back-end server */
+ XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ /* Let the other functions know that the window is now mapped */
+ pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
+
+ DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, pWindow);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/** Unrealize \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
+Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->UnrealizeWindow)
+ ret = pScreen->UnrealizeWindow(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Unrealize window on back-end server */
+ XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ /* When unrealized (i.e., unmapped), the window is always considered
+ off of the visible portion of the screen */
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;
+ pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef GLXEXT
+ if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowUnmapped)
+ pWinPriv->windowUnmapped(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, pWindow);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ WindowPtr pNextSib = pWindow->nextSib;
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
+ /* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
+ m = CWStackMode;
+ c.sibling = (Window)0;
+ c.stack_mode = Below;
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ } else {
+ /* Window is not at the bottom of the stack */
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
+
+ /* Handle case where siblings have not yet been created due to
+ lazy window creation optimization by first finding the next
+ sibling in the sibling list that has been created (if any)
+ and then putting the current window just above that sibling,
+ and if no next siblings have been created yet, then put it at
+ the bottom of the stack (since it might have a previous
+ sibling that should be above it). */
+ while (!pNextSibPriv->window) {
+ pNextSib = pNextSib->nextSib;
+ if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
+ /* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
+ m = CWStackMode;
+ c.sibling = (Window)0;
+ c.stack_mode = Below;
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ return;
+ }
+ pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
+ }
+
+ m = CWStackMode | CWSibling;
+ c.sibling = pNextSibPriv->window;
+ c.stack_mode = Above;
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handle window restacking. The actual restacking occurs in
+ * #dmxDoRestackWindow(). */
+void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->RestackWindow)
+ pScreen->RestackWindow(pWindow, pOldNextSib);
+#endif
+
+ if (pOldNextSib != pWindow->nextSib) {
+ /* Track restacking for lazy window creation optimization */
+ pWinPriv->restacked = TRUE;
+
+ /* Restack window on back-end server */
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, pWindow);
+}
+
+static Bool dmxWindowExposurePredicate(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev, XPointer ptr)
+{
+ return (ev->type == Expose && ev->xexpose.window == *(Window *)ptr);
+}
+
+/** Handle exposures on \a pWindow. Since window exposures are handled
+ * in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are
+ * redundant, so we eat them here. */
+void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,
+ RegionPtr other_exposed)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ XEvent ev;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ while (XCheckIfEvent(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &ev,
+ dmxWindowExposurePredicate,
+ (XPointer)&pWinPriv->window)) {
+ /* Handle expose events -- this should not be necessary
+ since the base window in which the root window was
+ created is guaranteed to be on top (override_redirect),
+ so we should just swallow these events. If for some
+ reason the window is not on top, then we'd need to
+ collect these events and send them to the client later
+ (e.g., during the block handler as Xnest does). */
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 1
+ if (pScreen->WindowExposures)
+ pScreen->WindowExposures(pWindow, prgn, other_exposed);
+#endif
+ DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+}
+
+/** Move \a pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not it
+ * is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the
+ * lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
+void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->CopyWindow)
+ pScreen->CopyWindow(pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
+#endif
+
+ /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
+ the screen */
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
+
+ /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
+ been created yet, create it and map it */
+ if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
+ } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Move window on back-end server */
+ m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
+ c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_COPY, pWindow);
+}
+
+/** Resize \a pWindow on the back-end server. Determine whether or not
+ * it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and
+ * the lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
+void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,
+ unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pSibPriv;
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ if (pSib)
+ pSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pSib);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 1
+ if (pScreen->ResizeWindow)
+ pScreen->ResizeWindow(pWindow, x, y, w, h, pSib);
+#endif
+
+ /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
+ the screen */
+ pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
+
+ /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
+ been created yet, create it and map it */
+ if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
+ } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
+ m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
+ c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
+ c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, pWindow);
+}
+
+/** Reparent \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
+void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 0
+ if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
+ pScreen->ReparentWindow(pWindow, pPriorParent);
+#endif
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ if (!pParentPriv->window) {
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle reparenting on back-end server */
+ XReparentWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ pParentPriv->window,
+ pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
+ pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow));
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+ dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT, pWindow);
+}
+
+/** Change border width for \a pWindow to \a width pixels. */
+void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ unsigned int m;
+ XWindowChanges c;
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 1
+ if (pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)
+ pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth(pWindow, width);
+#endif
+
+ /* NOTE: Do we need to check for on/off screen here? */
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Handle border width change on back-end server */
+ m = CWBorderWidth;
+ c.border_width = width;
+
+ XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+}
+
+static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+ int nBox;
+ BoxPtr pBox;
+ int nRect;
+ XRectangle *pRect;
+ XRectangle *pRectFirst;
+
+ /* First, set the bounding shape */
+ if (wBoundingShape(pWindow)) {
+ pBox = REGION_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
+ nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
+ pRectFirst = pRect = malloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
+ while (nBox--) {
+ pRect->x = pBox->x1;
+ pRect->y = pBox->y1;
+ pRect->width = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
+ pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
+ pBox++;
+ pRect++;
+ }
+ XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
+ pRectFirst, nRect,
+ ShapeSet, YXBanded);
+ free(pRectFirst);
+ } else {
+ XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ ShapeBounding, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
+ }
+
+ /* Next, set the clip shape */
+ if (wClipShape(pWindow)) {
+ pBox = REGION_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
+ nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
+ pRectFirst = pRect = malloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
+ while (nBox--) {
+ pRect->x = pBox->x1;
+ pRect->y = pBox->y1;
+ pRect->width = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
+ pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
+ pBox++;
+ pRect++;
+ }
+ XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ ShapeClip, 0, 0,
+ pRectFirst, nRect,
+ ShapeSet, YXBanded);
+ free(pRectFirst);
+ } else {
+ XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
+ ShapeClip, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
+ }
+
+ if (XShapeInputSelected(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window)) {
+ ErrorF("Input selected for window %x on Screen %d\n",
+ (unsigned int)pWinPriv->window, pScreen->myNum);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Set shape of \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
+void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
+
+ DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+#if 1
+ if (pScreen->SetShape)
+ pScreen->SetShape(pWindow);
+#endif
+
+ if (pWinPriv->window) {
+ /* Handle setting the current shape on the back-end server */
+ dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
+ dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
+ } else {
+ pWinPriv->isShaped = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
index ef66d1195..4342c2fce 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
@@ -1,2778 +1,2777 @@
-<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//XFree86//DTD linuxdoc//EN">
- <article>
-
- <!-- Title information -->
- <title>Distributed Multihead X design
- <author>Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith
- <date>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)
- <abstract>
- This document covers the motivation, background, design, and
- implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It
- is a living document and describes the current design and
- implementation details of the DMX system. As the project
- progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect
- the changes in the code and/or design. <it>Copyright 2001 by VA
- Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California. Copyright 2001-2004
- by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</it>
- </abstract>
-
- <!-- Table of contents -->
- <toc>
-
-<!-- Begin the document -->
-<sect>Introduction
-
-<sect1>The Distributed Multihead X Server
-
-<p>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single
-physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display devices,
-which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single
-desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the number of
-physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the
-number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards). Thus, large
-tiled displays are not currently possible. The work described in this
-paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in
-the same physical machine. This will be accomplished by developing a
-front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers
-that make up the large display.
-
-<p>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is
-as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of
-back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X
-clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would
-to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an abstracted
-view to the client of a single large display. This will ensure that all
-standard X clients will continue to operate without modification
-(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X
-server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to
-obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of
-pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).
-
-<p>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:
-input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and
-windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, and the
-rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.
-
-<p>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input
-devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on
-which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to
-one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the
-X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be
-abstracted from any non-back-end X server. Backend and console devices
-are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X
-server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor. Full
-support for XInput extension devices is provided.
-
-<p>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,
-rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to
-the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual
-rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. GC
-state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the
-appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at
-least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing
-requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the
-front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the
-windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate
-back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the back-end
-server(s) as needed.
-
-<sect1>Layout of Paper
-
-<p>The next section describes the general development plan that was
-actually used for implementation. The final section discusses
-outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first appendix
-provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those
-intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The final appendix
-describes the four phases of development that were performed during the
-first two years of development.
-
-<p>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not
-described in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during
-that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in
-Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays
-(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display
-and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in this paper,
-but is not covered in detail.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect>Development plan
-
-<p>This section describes the development plan from approximately June
-2001 through July 2003.
-
-<sect1>Bootstrap code
-
-<p>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple
-developers during the first development stage, the problem will be
-broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end
-rendering services and input device handling services. However, before
-the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer
-could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort. This
-framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input
-devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The simple back-end rendering
-service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently
-available in the XFree86 environment.
-
-<p>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to
-work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the
-framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server
-configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to
-the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device
-framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will
-be developed.
-
-<p>Status: The boot strap code is complete. <!-- August 2001 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Input device handling
-
-<p>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core
-input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices
-are handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of
-input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.
-These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',
-
-<p>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core
-input devices:
-
-<enum>
- <item>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and
- mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this
- case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X
- server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the
- raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X
- input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,
- pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of
- keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat
- state, keyboard sound and led state. Similarly the front-end
- pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the
- button mapping and movement acceleration parameters. With this
- option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the
- back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode. This option was
- implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific
- devices. Adding additional local input devices for other
- architectures is expected to be relatively simple.
-
- <p>The following options are available for implementing local input
- devices:
-
- <enum>
- <item>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could
- be adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide
- range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of
- Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is
- not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made
- so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input
- drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch
- screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally
- complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple
- devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on
- XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not
- pursued.
-
-
- <item>The <tt/kdrive/ X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that
- support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver
- can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility
- <tt/gpm/ is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into
- PS/2 mouse format. These drivers could be adapted and built in
- to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS
- support is sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86
- drivers, the <tt/kdrive/ drivers were not used for the DMX
- implementation.
-
- <item>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from
- scratch for the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse
- drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was
- selected. Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,
- and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in
- the DMX source code.
- </enum>
-
- <item>Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input
- devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core
- input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input
- event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input
- devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state
- will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the
- back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works
- well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware
- mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput
- extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices
- can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.
-
- <item>Console Input. The front-end server could create a console
- window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end
- X servers. This console window could display things like the
- physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input
- events from events delivered to the console window. This option was
- implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window
- outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, console
- windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.
-
- <item>Other options were initially explored, but they were all
- partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are
- irrelevant.
-
-</enum>
-
-<p>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the
-Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so
-that XInput extension devices were supported.
-
-<p>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are
-still supported in the final version. These do the necessary
-initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer
-and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.
-
-<p>Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the
-XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86
-infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for
-Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the
-devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput
-"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of
-devices can be simultaneously available):
- <enum>
- <item> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.
-
- <item> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the
- Xdmx binary is running. This is the only area where using the
- XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then
- only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does
- not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver
- code was used where possible). Currently, the following local
- devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating
- systems should be fairly straightforward):
- <itemize>
- <item>Linux keyboard
- <item>Linux serial mouse (MS)
- <item>Linux PS/2 mouse
- <item>USB keyboard
- <item>USB mouse
- <item>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)
- </itemize>
-
- <item> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end
- displays. In this case, events are taken from the back-end X
- server and are converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so
- that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input
- is being taken.
-
- <item> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx
- creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running
- the Xdmx binary). When the operator's mouse is inside the
- console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.
- Several special features are available: the console can display
- outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate
- navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a
- "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor
- positioning.
- </enum>
-
-
-<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-<sect1>Output device handling
-
-<p>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing
-requests across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in
-a grid such that together they represent a single large display.
-
-<p>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first
-is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client
-connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but
-does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The second
-part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the
-front-end server and display the results on their screens.
-
-<sect2>Initialization
-
-<p>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to
-each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of
-these screens. However, the information collected from the back-end X
-servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be difficult
-and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has one back-end X
-server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.
-Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()
-requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.
-Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to
-handle them is required. The current Xinerama code handles many of
-these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a
-starting point. In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X
-servers and display devices. Using back-end servers with the same depth
-is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.
-
-<p>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of
-each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. A
-full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the
-cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation can
-also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per
-back-end screen.
-
-<sect2>Handling rendering requests
-
-<p>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.
-There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing
-requests are handled in the DMX system:
-
-<enum>
- <item>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the
- render target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely
- handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are
- maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire
- framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are
- updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the
- shadow framebuffer.
-
- <p>This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not
- take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.
- Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and
- thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.
-
- <p>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by
- default.
-
- <item>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for
- handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this
- option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end
- server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the
- back-end servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the
- multiple back-end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled
- on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration
- available on the back-end servers' graphics display device. State
- is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.
-
- <p>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol
- requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will
- completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth
- and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the front-
- and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as in
- option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or
- are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be used in the final
- implementation.
-
- <p>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also
- supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations
- were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default
- mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and
- in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).
-
-</enum>
-
-<p>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.
-<!-- May 2002 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Optimizing DMX
-
-<p>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured
-and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.
-There are four main areas that will be addressed.
-
-<p>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development
-phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync()
-function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the
-back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has
-completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance
-greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first
-development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is
-effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and
-optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,
-except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).
-
-<p>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the
-repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of
-whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests that
-are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited
-bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's
-windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),
-we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that
-trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can
-eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.
-
-<p>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is
-possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.
-The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since
-they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the
-front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests will be analyzed
-and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests
-will be implemented.
-
-<p>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to
-be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.
-This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and
-eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact
-same fonts as the front-end server. We are investigating the
-feasibility of this extension during this development phase.
-
-<p>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance
-analysis.
-
-<p>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT
-operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an
-extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy
-pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential optimization was
-in response to the simple image movement implementation that required
-potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage(). However, the
-current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations
-differently. Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate
-expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from
-off a screen to on screen. This approach saves the limited bandwidth
-available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized
-with Xinerama. It also eliminates the potential setup problems and
-security issues resulting from having each back-end server open
-connections to all other back-end servers. Therefore, we suggest
-accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.
-
-<p>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third
-optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be
-defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable
-these optimizations.
-
-<p>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was
-determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and
-creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the
-fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.
-<!-- September 2002 -->
-
-
-<sect1>DMX X extension support
-
-<p>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the
-back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to
-any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the
-screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. These
-clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render
-to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware
-clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send
-them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens. An
-example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is
-Chromium.
-
-<p>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in
-"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes
-might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to
-DMX. Currently, the following facilities are supported:
-<enum>
- <item>
- Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative
- to the virtual screen)
- <item>
- Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each
- back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)
- <item>
- Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to
- back-end device IDs)
- <item>
- Force window creation (so that a client can override the
- server-side lazy window creation optimization)
- <item>
- Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen
- position be changed)
- <item>
- Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and
- console inputs.
-</enum>
-<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Common X extension support
-
-<p>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used
-extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and
-non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input
-devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.
-XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds
-support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window
-managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions
-available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.
-
-<p>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X
-Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital
-image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.
-While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,
-support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.
-
-<p>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first
-development phase.
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->
-<p>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in
-more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DMX,
- DPMS,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- GLX,
- LBX,
- RECORD,
- RENDER,
- SECURITY,
- SHAPE,
- SYNC,
- X-Resource,
- XC-APPGROUP,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-Bigfont,
- XINERAMA,
- XInputExtension,
- XKEYBOARD, and
- XTEST.
-<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->
-
-<sect1>OpenGL support
-
-<p>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4
-and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)
-provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated
-OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local
-clients.
-
-<p>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use
-the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same
-physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to
-the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to
-support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.
-OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X
-server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the
-existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for
-synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports
-it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server
-on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.
-
-<p>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical
-hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render
-primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are
-several options as to how this can be implemented.
-
-<enum>
- <item>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be
- used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each
- back-end server. This option is similar to the unoptimized
- Xnest-style approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution
- is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other
- distributed rendering systems.
-
- <item>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the
- current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via
- calls to XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to
- the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and
- bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers
- are not required to have OpenGL support.
-</enum>
-
-<p>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the
-work.
-
-<p>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the
-DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end
-servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.
-
-<p>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by
-SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.
-<!-- May 2003-->
-
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect>Current issues
-
-<p>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further
-investigation.
-
-<sect1>Fonts
-
-<p>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and
-each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end
-servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of
-available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many
-different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) will
-be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.
-Other possibilities will be investigated during development.
-
-<sect1>Zero width rendering primitives
-
-<p>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all
-back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as
-the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end
-servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be
-automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled in
-the front-end server via the GC state.
-
-<sect1>Output scaling
-
-<p>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the
-information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can be
-easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic primitive
-scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate the
-possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate
-pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications
-use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be
-investigated.
-
-<sect1>Per-screen colormaps
-
-<p>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers
-should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support
-is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma
-tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type
-of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation would be
-to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while
-using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type
-of color correction. Other options will be investigated.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<appendix>
-
-<sect>Background
-
-<p>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that
-can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development
-project is based. This section was written before the implementation
-was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.
-It is left for historical interest only.
-
-<sect1>Core input device handling
-
-<p>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled
-by an X server.
-
-<sect2>InitInput()
-
-<p>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each
-server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
-to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register
-them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.
-InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if
-either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not
-registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in
-InitInput().
-
-<p>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine
-which input devices are available. For each input device it will be
-using, it calls AddInputDevice():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/AddInputDevice()/ This DIX function allocates the device structure,
-registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and
-off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque. It
-is called once for each input device.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have
-been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core devices
-by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and RegisterKeyboardDevice(). Each
-of these should be called once. If both core devices are not
-registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it
-attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is
-called directly after InitInput() (see below).
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/Register{Pointer,Keyboard}Device()/ These DIX functions take a
-handle returned from AddInputDevice() and initialize the core input
-device fields in inputInfo, and initialize the input processing and grab
-functions for each core input device.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code
-(which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration
-is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86
-code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/miRegisterPointerDevice()/ This MI function registers the core
-pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input
-event queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided
-in the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own
-event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput
-extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, the
-MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by
-calling mieqInit():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqInit()/ This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the
-core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles
-for the two core devices.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input
-events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function
-RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description
-below.)
-
-<sect2>InitAndStartDevices()
-
-<p>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately
-after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
-to initialize each input device that was registered with
-AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully
-initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each
-registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input
-devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and
-core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not,
-InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server
-exiting with a fatal error.
-
-<p>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback
-(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)/ This function initializes the
-device structs with core information relevant to the device.
-
-<p>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,
-default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually
-miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the
-core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the
-motion buffer size.
-
-<p>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,
-default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the
-functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the
-keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which
-keys are auto-repeating, etc).
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/EnableDevice()/ EnableDevice() calls the device callback with
-DEVICE_ON:
- <descrip>
- <tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)/ This typically opens and
- initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,
- registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid
- input source.
- </descrip>
-
- <p>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's
- global list of enabled devices.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and
-pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if either
-are missing.
-
-<sect2>devReadInput()
-
-<p>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its
-physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. In
-the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX
-wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is
-available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a
-(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This
-function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get
-enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events
-(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue
-processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue
-handling).
-
-<p>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqEnqueue()/ This MI function is used to add input events to the
-event queue. It is simply passed the event to be queued.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are
-enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or
-miPointerDeltaCursor():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/miPointerAbsoluteCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the
-cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.
-<tag/miPointerDeltaCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the cursor
-relative to its current position.
-</descrip>
-
-<sect2>ProcessInputEvents()
-
-<p>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X
-server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input
-event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates
-the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event
-processing.
-
-<p>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed
-to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqProcessInputEvents()/ This function processes each event in the
-event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.
-The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they
-handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant
-clients.
-<tag/miPointerUpdate()/ This function resynchronized the cursor position
-with the new pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor
-between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.
-</descrip>
-
-
-<sect2>DisableDevice()
-
-<p>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no
-longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept in
-place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling
-EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is
-desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT
-switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for
-core input devices.
-
-<p>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<tt/DEVICE_OFF/:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)/ This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's
-global list of enabled devices.
-
-
-<sect2>CloseDevice()
-
-<p>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of available devices. It disables input from the device and frees
-all data structures associated with the device. This function is
-usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at
-the end of each server generation to close all input devices.
-
-<p>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<tt/DEVICE_CLOSE/:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)/ This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device
-specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,
-they are freed here.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated
-for the device when it was registered/initialized.
-
-
-<sect2>LegalModifier()
-<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->
-<p>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to
-restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present for
-historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE
-unconditionally.
-
-
-<sect1>Output handling
-
-<p>The following sections describe the main functions required to
-initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X
-server.
-
-<sect2>InitOutput()
-
-<p>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation
-from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is to
-initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for
-each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo
-struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which
-can be used to determine additional configuration information.
-
-<p>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:
-
-<enum>
- <item><bf/Parse configuration info:/ The first task of InitOutput()
- is to parses any configuration information from the configuration
- file. In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration
- information can be taken from the command line. The command line
- options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the
- ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by
- ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the
- characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X
- server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the
- screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are
- located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.
-
- <item><bf/Initialize screen info:/ The next task is to initialize
- the screen-dependent internal data structures. For example, part of
- what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap
- private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed
- devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that
- match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.
-
- <item><bf/Set pixmap formats:/ The next task is to initialize the
- screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline
- unit/pad. The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel
- and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.
-
- <item><bf/Unify screen info:/ An optional task that might be done at
- this stage is to compare all of the information from the various
- screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of
- screens can be unified into a single desktop). This task has
- potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's
- PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.
-</enum>
-
-<p>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each
-of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().
-
-<sect2>AddScreen()
-
-<p>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to
-add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen
-initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)
-are passed to it as arguments.
-
-<p>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates
-that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen
-struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it calls
-the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described
-below. It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1
-if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen
-initialization fails.
-
-<sect2>ScreenInit()
-
-<p>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with
-either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also
-fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in
-millimeters, black and white pixel values).
-
-<p>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform
-certain screen initialization functions. They are described below:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()/ The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually
-calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or
-fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not
-specifically handle.
-
-<p>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any
-screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's
-function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old
-function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private
-area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().
-
-<tag/miInitializeBackingStore()/ This MI function initializes the
-screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of
-windows that are currently covered by other windows.
-
-<tag/miDCInitialize()/ This MI function initializes the MI cursor
-display structures and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used,
-the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and
-the MI cursor display function pointers.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the
-output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the
-ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and
-then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.
-
-<sect2>CloseScreen()
-
-<p>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in
-particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of
-the output device to its original state. It should also free any
-private data it created during the screen initialization.
-
-<sect2>GC operations
-
-<p>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does
-so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation
-function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These functions
-render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,
-text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are provided either by the MI
-layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the
-framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a
-linearly mapped frame buffer.
-
-<p>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,
-specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.
-However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the
-possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,
-appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of
-the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single
-pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash patterns
-that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the
-default routine is chosen during GC validation.
-
-<p>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are
-stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),
-PaintWindowBackground(), PaintWindowBorder(), CopyWindow() and
-RestoreAreas().
-
-<sect2>Xnest
-
-<p>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X
-protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then
-processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To the X
-applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. However,
-Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X
-server, which will actually handle the requests.
-
-<p>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output
-initialization steps outlined above.
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/InitOutput()/ Xnest takes its configuration information from
-command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information
-includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual
-class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. Xnest then
-connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and
-pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that
-server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.
-
-<p>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the
-data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap
-formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to
-initialize each of its screens.
-
-<tag/ScreenInit()/ Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called
-xnestOpenScreen(). This function initializes its screen's depth and
-visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default
-screen functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and
-miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.
-Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own
-functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to
-which Xnest is attached.
-
-<tag/CloseScreen()/ This function frees its internal data structure
-allocations. Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,
-there are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead to
-problems during server regeneration.
-
-<tag/GC operations/ The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since
-they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is
-attached. Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the
-real X server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X
-application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns into a
-protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function
-through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table. The xnestPolylines()
-function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same
-arguments that were passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very
-similar. Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above
-are the image functions and the BLT operations.
-
-<p>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary
-image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed
-from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the
-client. When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is
-destroyed.
-
-<p>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the
-copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,
-but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics
-exposure bit is set to True. Graphics exposures are handled in a helper
-function, xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure
-events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being
-exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it
-can generate exposure events for the X application.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is
-connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and
-mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back
-to any client that requests those events.
-
-<sect2>Shadow framebuffer
-
-<p>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that
-maps to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing
-that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The
-shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire
-framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular
-intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and
-rotated framebuffers.
-
-<p>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)/ This function allocates the in
-memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp. It returns a
-pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer
-ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.
-
-<tag/shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)/ This function
-initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It wraps several screen
-drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the
-screen. The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions
-to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the
-entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so
-that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the
-VGA aperture).
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each
-screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that
-have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block handler
-is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.
-
-<p>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all
-drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated
-hardware drawing operations are possible.
-
-
-<sect1>Xinerama
-
-<p>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens
-controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. Although
-the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via
-extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core
-X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of Xinerama came
-from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces
-and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance. The
-Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization
-process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based
-on this rewritten version.
-
-<p>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX
-(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X
-server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to
-support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to
-provide full Xinerama functionality.
-
-<p>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.
-
-<p>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the
-PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the
-PanoramiX prefix.
-
-<descrip>
- <tag/PanoramiXExtensionInit()/ PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called at the start of
- each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from
- the X server's main() function after all output devices have been
- initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.
-
- <p>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. If
- only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and
- PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.
-
- <p>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().
-
- <p>A local per-screen array of data structures
- (panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb;)
- is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private
- indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are
- allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama-specific
- per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen
- functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and
- XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes are
- created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for
- Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.
-
- <p>A region (XineramaScreenRegions&lsqb;i&rsqb;) is initialized for each
- physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is
- initialized to be the union of the screen regions. The
- panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb; array is also initialized with the size and
- origin of each screen. The relative positioning information for the
- physical screens is taken from the array
- dixScreenOrigins&lsqb;&rsqb;, which
- the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds of the
- combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and
- PanoramiXPixHeight).
-
- <p>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers
- (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that
- holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol
- requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up
- into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. The original
- set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;. The types of requests
- intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,
- drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. This wrapping
- allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled
- transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations cannot be dealt with
- in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the
- DIX layer.
-
- <tag/PanoramiXConsolidate()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called directly from
- the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output
- devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are
- defined and initialized.
-
- <p>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and
- visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)
- common to all of the physical screens.
- PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and
- PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.
- Resources are created for the single root window and the default
- colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.
-
- <tag/PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called directly from
- the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root
- windows are created. It is called instead of the standard DIX
- CreateConnectionBlock() function. If this function returns FALSE,
- the X server exits with a fatal error. This function will return
- FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().
- With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.
-
- <p>The connection block holds the information that clients get when
- they open a connection to the X server. It includes information
- such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the
- sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each
- of the screens (much of information that <tt/xdpyinfo/ shows). The
- connection block is initialized with the combined single screen
- values that were calculated in the above two functions.
-
- <p>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection
- block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow other
- extensions to do processing at this point. These callbacks can be
- registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from
- the other extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered
- connection block callback is called at the end of
- PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().
-</descrip>
-
-<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code
-
-<p>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX
-code. The main ones are described here.
-
-<p>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of
-the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the
-processing for screen numbers > 0. This is because they are handled for
-the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.
-
-<p>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between
-the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion
-events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather
-than the physical screen origins.
-
-<p>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing
-that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the
-intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of
-pointers moving between physical screens.
-
-<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code
-
-<p>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()
-to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.
-
-<sect2>Intercepted DIX core requests
-
-<p>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical
-screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.
-GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are replicated on
-each physical screen. The functions handling the intercepted requests
-take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can
-be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in
-turn. In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from
-many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the
-necessary state information for the single composite screen. Requests
-(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this
-stored state information do not call the standard request handling
-functions.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-
-<sect>Development Results
-
-<p>In this section the results of each phase of development are
-discussed. This development took place between approximately June 2001
-and July 2003.
-
-<sect1>Phase I
-
-<p>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation
-including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the
-unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.
-
-<sect2>Scope
-
-<p>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can
-act as a foundation for ongoing work:
-<enum>
- <item>Develop the proxy X server
- <itemize>
- <item>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and
- relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.
- <item>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and
- Xnest.
- <item>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the
- proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to
- each of the back-end servers for display.
- <item>The multiple screen layout (including support for
- overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a
- configuration file or through the configuration tool.
- </itemize>
- <item>Develop graphical configuration tool
- <itemize>
- <item>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to
- configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user
- to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and
- how they should be laid out.
- </itemize>
- <item>Pass the X Test Suite
- <itemize>
- <item>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All
- tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed
- X environment.
- </itemize>
-</enum>
-
-<p>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X
-servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future
-optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the
-configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source
-tree (e.g., Xt).
-
-<sect2>Results
-
-<p>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol
-requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each
-back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root
-window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and
-other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to
-either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based
-on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.
-
-<p>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end
-server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)
-from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these devices
-are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx
-server.
-
-<p>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user
-easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see
-grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by
-the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing
-support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X
-source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for
-converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is
-provided by the vdltodmx utility.
-
-<p>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of
-XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a
-completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was
-developed. In addition, a graphical configuration
-tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange
-the screens in the configuration file. The <bf/-configfile/ and <bf/-config/
-command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration
-file.
-
-<p>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X
-Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was
-implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test
-Suite are described in detail below.
-
-<sect2>X Test Suite
-
- <sect3> Introduction
- <p>
- The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions
- operate correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a
- single X server; however, since X applications will not be
- able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a
- standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the
- DMX server.
- <p>
- The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the
- existing failures are noted in this section. To put these
- results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test
- failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact
- Xdmx test results.
-
- <sect3>Expected Failures for a Single Head
- <p>
- A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is
- expected to fail certain X Test tests. The following
- well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X
- server code:
- <verb>
-XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73
-XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76
- </verb>
- <p>
- The following failures occur because of the high-level X
- server implementation:
- <verb>
-XLoadQueryFont: Test 1
-XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4
-XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2
- </verb>
- <p>
- The following test fails when running the X server as root
- under Linux because of the way directory modes are
- interpreted:
- <verb>
-XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3
- </verb>
- <p>
- Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other
- failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level
- driver implementation. Over time, failures of this kind
- are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx
- testing until then.
-
- <sect3>Expected Failures for Xinerama
- <p>
- Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of
- design decisions made for the current implementation of
- Xinerama. Over time, many of these errors will be
- corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new
- Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share
- X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.
- <p>
- We may be able to fix or work-around some of these
- failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require
- additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.
- <p>
- Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of
- Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and
- the underlying graphics hardware. We tested with a
- variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,
- and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below
- includes only those failures that appear to be from the
- Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in
- the previous section, or failures that appear to be from
- the low-level graphics driver itself:
- <p>
- These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama
- configurations:
- <verb>
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
- </verb>
- <p>
- These failures were noted only when using one dual-head
- video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:
- <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XDrawRectangles: Test 45
- </verb>
- <p>
- These failures were noted only when using two video cards
- from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:
- <verb>
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XDrawLine: Test 22
-XFillArc: Test 22
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
- </verb>
-
- <sect3>Additional Failures from Xdmx
- <p>
- When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.
- Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to
- have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx
- server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the
- low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also
- expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end
- failures. Here is a summary:
- <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
- </verb>
- <p>
- Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for
- Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform
- some Xinerama operations. Further, some Xinerama failures
- have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.
-
- <sect3>Summary and Future Work
- <p>
- Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any
- failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying
- Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the
- low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X
- servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as
- possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite
- tests.
- <p>
- During the following phases, we will continue to verify
- Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use
- other tests suites or write additional tests that run
- under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the
- expected behavior of DMX.
-
-<sect2>Fonts
-
-<p>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the
-back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end
-server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is that
-<bf/the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font
-path/. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the
-same font path:
-
-<enum>
- <item>First, each server can be configured to use the same font
- server. The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to
- multiple X servers via TCP.
-
- <item>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font
- path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end
- machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end
- machine.
-</enum>
-
-<p>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font
-path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each
-back-end machine.
-
-<p>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to
-initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is
-propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. If
-there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe
-the problem and list the current font path. For more information about
-setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man
-page.
-
-<sect2>Performance
-
-<p>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its
-focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in
-the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during Phase I,
-which are listed here for reference during the next phase of
-development.
-
-<enum>
- <item>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a
- complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is
- especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.
- <item>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap
- should improve performance.
-</enum>
-
-<sect2>Pixmaps
-
-<p>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the
-front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated
-the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large
-images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap
-to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just
-as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the same
-rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on
-the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy
-from pixmap to window.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>Phase II
-
-<p>The second phase of development concentrates on performance
-optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with
-<tt/x11perf/ data to show how the optimizations improve performance.
-
-<p>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor
-1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to
-two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI
-Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux
-2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and
-version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on
-August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.
-
-<sect2>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0
-
-<p>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged
-with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August
-2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).
-After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%
-faster:
- <verb>
-1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
- </verb>
-And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
- <verb>
-0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
-0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
-0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
-0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
-0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
-0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
- </verb>
-<p>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and
-may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more
-"jitter" than most other <tt/x11perf/ tests.
-
-<sect2>Global changes
-
-<p>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global
-changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I
-server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:
- <verb>
-1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
- <verb>
-0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels
-0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels
-0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window
-0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window
-0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<p>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will
-be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless
-otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in
-isolation impact performance.
-
-<sect2>XSync() Batching
-
-<p>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every
-protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server
-with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system
-and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During
-Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer
-followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is
-noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX
-server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.
-With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a
-100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.
-
-<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 8 tests became more than 100
-times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
-and 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary.
-
-<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with
-XSync() batching on:
- <verb>
-0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
-0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window
- </verb>
-
-<sect2>Offscreen Optimization
-
-<p>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,
-during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end
-server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless
-of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen
-optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a
-back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering
-requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves bandwidth
-between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of
-XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only
-two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the
-number of back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 3 tests were at least twice as
-fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more than
-10% slower with the offscreen optimization:
- <verb>
-0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
-0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<sect2>Lazy Window Creation Optimization
-
-<p>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every
-back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With
-the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create
-windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they
-become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on the
-offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.
-
-<p>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window
-data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,
-but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). A private
-window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and
-tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later
-use. The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)
-when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end
-server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the
-window becomes the parent of a previously visible window. The first
-case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,
-moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen. The
-second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created
-windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.
-
-<p>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created
-using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.
-The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the
-back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this time forward, the
-window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time
-of the client's request.
-
-<p>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's
-screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;
-rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes
-visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this
-optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected
-because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or
-resized, which is common in many window managers.
-
-<p>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end
-servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of
-back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
-than 10%:
- <verb>
-1.10 500x500 rectangle outline
-1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
-1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<sect2>Subdividing Rendering Primitives
-
-<p>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and
-the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the
-image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen
-optimization (above), these requests still required transferring
-significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible
-portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to
-copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the
-entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.
-
-<p>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and
-the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is
-subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's
-screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already implements a
-subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was
-needed.
-
-<p>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to
-subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time
-required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so
-this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.
-
-<p>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two
-back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number
-of back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
-than 10%:
- <verb>
-1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.26 PutImage 10x10 square
-1.83 PutImage 100x100 square
-1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
-1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square
-1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square
-1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square
-1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<p>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this
-optimization:
- <verb>
-0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
- </verb>
-
-<sect2>Summary of x11perf Data
-
-<p>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <tt/x11perf/ tests are more than
-100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than
-50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.
-No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II
-deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate
-Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II
-deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability
-than other <tt/x11perf/ tests.)
-
-<p>The following table summarizes relative <tt/x11perf/ test changes for
-all optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the
-optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.
- <verb>
-
-1: XSync() batching only
-2: Off screen optimizations only
-3: Window optimizations only
-4: Subdivprims only
-5: All optimizations
-
- 1 2 3 4 5 Operation
------- ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------
- 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot
- 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle
- 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle
- 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle
- 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
- 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment
- 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment
- 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment
- 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment
- 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid)
- 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids)
- 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids)
- 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment
- 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment
- 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment
- 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment
- 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment
- 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment
- 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment
- 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment
- 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment
- 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment
- 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment
- 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment
- 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment
- 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment
- 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment
- 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line
- 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line
- 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line
- 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line
- 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line
- 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line
- 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line
- 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line
- 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line
- 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line
- 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline
- 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline
- 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline
- 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline
- 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline
- 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle
- 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle
- 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle
- 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle
- 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle
- 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle
- 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle
- 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle
- 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle
- 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle
- 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle
- 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle
- 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle
- 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle
- 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle
- 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle
- 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle
- 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle
- 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle
- 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
- 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle
- 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle
- 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle
- 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse
- 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse
- 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse
- 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse
- 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse
- 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse
- 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse
- 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse
- 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse
- 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse
- 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse
- 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse
- 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse
- 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse
- 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
- 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
- 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
- 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
- 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle
- 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle
- 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle
- 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid
- 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid
- 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid
- 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid
- 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
- 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
- 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
- 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
- 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon
- 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons
- 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex)
- 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex)
- 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex)
- 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex)
- 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13)
- 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13)
- 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15)
- 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14)
- 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24)
- 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10)
- 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24)
- 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10)
- 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24)
- 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13)
- 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13)
- 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15)
- 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14)
- 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24)
- 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10)
- 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24)
- 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels
- 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels
- 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window
- 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window
- 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window
- 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window
- 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window
- 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window
- 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap
- 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap
- 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap
- 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap
- 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap
- 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane
- 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane
- 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane
- 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane
- 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square
- 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square
- 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
- 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square
- 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square
- 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square
- 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square
- 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square
- 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation
- 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer
- 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty
-100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context
- 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids)
- 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids)
- 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids)
- 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids)
- 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids)
- 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids)
- 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids)
- 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids)
- 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids)
- 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids)
- 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids)
- 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids)
- 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids)
- 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids)
- 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids)
- 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids)
- 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids)
- 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids)
- 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids)
- 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids)
- 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
- 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids)
- 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids)
-112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids)
-105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids)
- 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids)
- 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids)
-106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids)
-120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids)
-126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids)
-126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids)
-128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids)
- 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
- 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids)
- 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids)
- 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids)
- 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids)
- 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids)
- 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids)
- 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids)
- 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids)
- 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids)
- 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids)
- 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids)
- 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids)
- 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids)
- 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids)
- 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids)
- 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids)
- 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids)
- 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids)
- 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids)
- 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids)
- 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids)
- 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids)
- 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids)
- 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids)
- 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids)
- 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids)
- 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids)
- 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids)
- 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids)
- 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids)
- 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids)
- 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids)
- 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids)
- 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids)
- 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
- 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids)
- 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids)
- 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids)
- 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids)
- 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids)
- 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids)
- 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids)
- 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids)
- 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids)
- 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
- 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
- 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
- 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
- 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
- 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
- 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
- </verb>
-
-<sect2>Profiling with OProfile
-
-<p>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a
-system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level
-counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information
-that is similar to that provided by <tt/gprof/, but without the
-necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,
-OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized
-programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for
-each <tt/x11perf/ test individually.
-
-<p>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD
-Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a
-test configuration different from the one described above). We have
-examined OProfile output and have compared it with <tt/gprof/ output.
-This investigation has not produced results that yield performance
-increases in <tt/x11perf/ numbers.
-
-<!--
-<sect3>Retired Instructions
-
-<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS
-counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the
-same test configuration that was described above and that was used for
-other tests. The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and
-showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;
-30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),
-SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Some of
-these tests also executed significant instructions in
-WaitForSomething().
-
-<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant
-instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant
-instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow(). Some time
-was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine
-did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.
--->
-
-<!--
-<sect3>Clock Cycles
-
-<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions
-execute in variable amounts of time. The OProfile tests were repeated
-using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second
-back-end machine. Note that this is a different test configuration that
-the one described above. However, these tests show the amount of time
-(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine. Because
-<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because
-window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine
-was not significant.
-
-<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing
-tests spending more than 10% of their time in
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)
-spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().
-For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains
-why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.
-
-<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were
-dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),
-SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Hash() time was generally above 5% but
-less than 10% of total time.
--->
-
-<sect2>X Test Suite
-
-<p>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the
-configuration described above. The following failures were noted:
- <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1]
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1]
-XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1]
-XFreeColors: Test 4 [3]
-XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2]
-XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2]
-XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1]
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1]
-
-[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama
- implementation (see Phase I discussion).
-[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected
- behavior of the Xinerama implementation.
-[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama
- implementation bug.
- </verb>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>Phase III
-
-<p>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the
-following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.
-
-<sect2>SHAPE
-
-<p>The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and
-oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will
-work as expected.
-
-<sect2>RENDER
-
-<p>The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX
-CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.
-Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;
-however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not
-properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These apps
-will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2
-functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is updated
-to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions
-will be added to the DMX X server.
-
-<sect2>XKEYBOARD
-
-<p>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X
-servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information
-about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the
-keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs
-from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,
-the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD
-support, the map is not preserved because better information and control
-of the keyboard is available.
-
-<sect2>XInput
-
-<p>The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core
-device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of
-core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present
-because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end
-cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is
-incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.
-
-<p>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx
-extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.
-
-<p>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for
-low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been
-written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and
-non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page
-for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using
-these Xdmx drivers.
-
-<sect2>DPMS
-
-<p>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.
-
-<sect2>Other Extensions
-
-<p>The LBX,
- SECURITY,
- XC-APPGROUP, and
- XFree86-Bigfont
-extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.
-
-<p>The
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DOUBLE-BUFFER,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- FontCache,
- GLX,
- MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
- MIT-SHM,
- MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
- RECORD,
- SECURITY,
- SGI-GLX,
- SYNC,
- TOG-CUP,
- X-Resource,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-DGA,
- XFree86-DRI,
- XFree86-Misc,
- XFree86-VidModeExtension, and
- XVideo
-extensions are <it/not/ supported at this time, but will be evaluated
-for inclusion in future DMX releases. <bf>See below for additional work
-on extensions after Phase III.</bf>
-
-<sect1>Phase IV
-
-<sect2>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0
-
-<p>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)
-was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is
-proceeding using this tree.
-
-<sect2>Extensions
-
-<sect3>XC-MISC (supported)
-
-<p>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the
-X server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx
-supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact
-same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)
-
-<p>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X
-client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this
-extension. It was tested using the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/evi</tt> example
-program. <bf/Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware/ -- it will
-return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is
-causing the X server to export a single logical screen.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>RES (supported)
-
-<p>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain
-detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This
-extension was tested with the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/res</tt> program. The
-X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after
-this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)
-
-<p>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer
-than 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>XSYNC (supported)
-
-<p>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to
-synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with
-<tt/xdpyinfo/ and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)
-
-<p>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for
-use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6
-tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that
-make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly
-the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the
-<tt/rcrdtest/ test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD
-extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does
-a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-
-<p>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and
-XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by
-the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually
-became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows
-events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also
-allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The
-second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-<p>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested
-with the <tt/xtrap*/ tools which are distributed as standard X11R6
-clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<p>The XTestExtension1 is <em/not/ supported because it does not appear
-to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support
-XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that
-it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for
-XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so
-additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<p>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.
-Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to
-locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are
-provide:
-<descrip>
-<tag/XRECORD/ Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X
-Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.
-<tag/DEC-XTRAP/ Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap
-Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.
-<tag/XTestExtension1/ Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension
-Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.
-</descrip>
-
-<sect3>MIT-MISC (not supported)
-
-<p>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag
-that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.
-There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of
-this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.
-The Xdmx server does <em/not/ support MIT-MISC.
-
-<sect3>SCREENSAVER (not supported)
-
-<p>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It
-was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that
-works with it. When Xinerama was not active, <tt/beforelight/ behaved
-as expected. However, when Xinerama was active, <tt/beforelight/ did
-not behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active,
-<tt/xscreensaver/ (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave
-as expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not
-commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this
-extension disabled at this time.
-
-<sect3>GLX (supported)
-
-<p>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In
-Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It
-works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the
-back-end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are
-handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX
-project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.
-
-<sect3>RENDER (supported)
-
-<p>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image
-composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is
-partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing
-operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle
-strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER
-extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.
-Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or
-requests are added to the extension.
-
-<p>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;
-however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the
-extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional
-testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and failed
-the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-
-<sect3>Summary
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension
-support" section -->
-<p>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DMX,
- DPMS,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- GLX,
- LBX,
- RECORD,
- RENDER,
- SECURITY,
- SHAPE,
- SYNC,
- X-Resource,
- XC-APPGROUP,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-Bigfont,
- XINERAMA,
- XInputExtension,
- XKEYBOARD, and
- XTEST.
-
-<p>The following extensions are <em/not/ supported at this time:
- DOUBLE-BUFFER,
- FontCache,
- MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
- MIT-SHM,
- MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
- TOG-CUP,
- XFree86-DGA,
- XFree86-Misc,
- XFree86-VidModeExtension,
- XTestExtensionExt1, and
- XVideo.
-
-<sect2>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite
-
-<sect3>XFree86 without XTEST
-
-<p>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server
-with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension
-was <em/not/ used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our
-usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in
-the following tests:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>XFree86 with XTEST
-
-<p>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the
-following errors:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</verb>
-
-<p>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed
-eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested
-in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional
-failures that are not known Xinerama failures.
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX
-
-<p>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX
-
-<p>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawLines: Test 91
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</verb>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error
-resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a
-screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run
-individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will
-investigate these errors further to determine their cause.
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX
-
-<p>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase
-IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</verb>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when
-Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new
-visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests
-over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and
-presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This conclusion is
-supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported
-are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a
-screen boundary.
-
-<p>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,
-many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:
-<verb>
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>Conclusion
-
-<p>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are
-the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama
-implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably
-fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have
-submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)
-
-<sect2>Dynamic Reconfiguration
-
-<p>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was
-added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the position
-and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if the
-application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could
-query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically
-reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;. When a screen
-is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window
-dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent to
-the user.
-
-<sect3>Dynamic reconfiguration extension
-
-<p>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through
-a function in the DMX extension library:
-<verb>
-Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)
-</verb>
-where <it/dpy/ is DMX server's display, <it/screen/ is the number of the
-screen to be reconfigured, and <it/x/ and <it/y/ are the new upper,
-left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.
-
-<p>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X
-protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In
-addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.
-Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the
-right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.
-
-<sect3>Bounding box
-
-<p>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from
-the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the
-configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the
-lifetime of the Xdmx server.
-
-<p>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it
-is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.
-For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;
-for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was
-previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;. As expected, the screen is moved
-down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the
-left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the
-reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those
-inaccessible regions are filled with black.
-
-<p>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future
-development phase.
-
-<sect3>Sample applications
-
-<p>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video
-wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,
-and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a
-projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is
-now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens
-using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.
-
-<p>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,
-can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector
-alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged
-rectilinearly. Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be
-applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;
-however, this must be done external to Xdmx.
-
-<p>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples
-directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use
-dynamic reconfiguration. See <tt/dmxreconfig.c/ for details.
-
-<sect3>Additional notes
-
-<p>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to
-adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX
-project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was later
-donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which
-freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as
-described above).
-
-<sect2>Doxygen documentation
-
-<p>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating
-browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. We
-have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files
-under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source
-code is available in an easily browseable format.
-
-<sect2>Valgrind
-
-<p>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to
-search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were detected
-and repaired. The following errors were not addressed:
-<enum>
- <item>
- When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only
- those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --
- unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore
- noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not
- repaired.
- <item>
- At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that
- is never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation
- approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.
- Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug
- has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.
- <item>
- At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,
- which allocates a font structure that is not freed.
- dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first
- screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are
- already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.
- The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal
- to 80 bytes per font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in
- the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be
- able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.
-</enum>
-
-<sect2>RATS
-
-<p>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)
-security analysis tool that scans source code for common
-security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU
-races). RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory
-and all "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either
-re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was
-inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.
-Unrepaired warnings are as follows:
-<enum>
- <item>
- Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been
- added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint).
- The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in
- config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and
- input/usb-common.c.
- <item>
- vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In
- general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a
- constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is
- relatively benign.
- <item>
- glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these
- functions is safe and will remain safe as long as
- ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring
- this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in
- automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator
- enforces this constraint).
-</enum>
-
- </article>
-
- <!-- Local Variables: -->
- <!-- fill-column: 72 -->
- <!-- End: -->
+<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//XFree86//DTD linuxdoc//EN">
+ <article>
+
+ <!-- Title information -->
+ <title>Distributed Multihead X design
+ <author>Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith
+ <date>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)
+ <abstract>
+ This document covers the motivation, background, design, and
+ implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It
+ is a living document and describes the current design and
+ implementation details of the DMX system. As the project
+ progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect
+ the changes in the code and/or design. <it>Copyright 2001 by VA
+ Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California. Copyright 2001-2004
+ by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</it>
+ </abstract>
+
+ <!-- Table of contents -->
+ <toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+<sect>Introduction
+
+<sect1>The Distributed Multihead X Server
+
+<p>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single
+physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display devices,
+which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single
+desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the number of
+physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the
+number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards). Thus, large
+tiled displays are not currently possible. The work described in this
+paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in
+the same physical machine. This will be accomplished by developing a
+front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers
+that make up the large display.
+
+<p>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is
+as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of
+back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X
+clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would
+to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an abstracted
+view to the client of a single large display. This will ensure that all
+standard X clients will continue to operate without modification
+(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X
+server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to
+obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of
+pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).
+
+<p>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:
+input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and
+windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, and the
+rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.
+
+<p>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input
+devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on
+which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to
+one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the
+X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be
+abstracted from any non-back-end X server. Backend and console devices
+are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X
+server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor. Full
+support for XInput extension devices is provided.
+
+<p>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,
+rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to
+the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual
+rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. GC
+state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the
+appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at
+least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing
+requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the
+front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the
+windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate
+back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the back-end
+server(s) as needed.
+
+<sect1>Layout of Paper
+
+<p>The next section describes the general development plan that was
+actually used for implementation. The final section discusses
+outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first appendix
+provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those
+intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The final appendix
+describes the four phases of development that were performed during the
+first two years of development.
+
+<p>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not
+described in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during
+that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in
+Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays
+(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display
+and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in this paper,
+but is not covered in detail.
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect>Development plan
+
+<p>This section describes the development plan from approximately June
+2001 through July 2003.
+
+<sect1>Bootstrap code
+
+<p>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple
+developers during the first development stage, the problem will be
+broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end
+rendering services and input device handling services. However, before
+the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer
+could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort. This
+framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input
+devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The simple back-end rendering
+service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently
+available in the XFree86 environment.
+
+<p>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to
+work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the
+framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server
+configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to
+the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device
+framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will
+be developed.
+
+<p>Status: The boot strap code is complete. <!-- August 2001 -->
+
+
+<sect1>Input device handling
+
+<p>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core
+input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices
+are handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of
+input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.
+These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',
+
+<p>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core
+input devices:
+
+<enum>
+ <item>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and
+ mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this
+ case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X
+ server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the
+ raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X
+ input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,
+ pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of
+ keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat
+ state, keyboard sound and led state. Similarly the front-end
+ pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the
+ button mapping and movement acceleration parameters. With this
+ option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the
+ back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode. This option was
+ implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific
+ devices. Adding additional local input devices for other
+ architectures is expected to be relatively simple.
+
+ <p>The following options are available for implementing local input
+ devices:
+
+ <enum>
+ <item>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could
+ be adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide
+ range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of
+ Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is
+ not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made
+ so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input
+ drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch
+ screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally
+ complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple
+ devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on
+ XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not
+ pursued.
+
+
+ <item>The <tt/kdrive/ X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that
+ support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver
+ can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility
+ <tt/gpm/ is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into
+ PS/2 mouse format. These drivers could be adapted and built in
+ to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS
+ support is sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86
+ drivers, the <tt/kdrive/ drivers were not used for the DMX
+ implementation.
+
+ <item>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from
+ scratch for the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse
+ drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was
+ selected. Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,
+ and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in
+ the DMX source code.
+ </enum>
+
+ <item>Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input
+ devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core
+ input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input
+ event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input
+ devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state
+ will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the
+ back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works
+ well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware
+ mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput
+ extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices
+ can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.
+
+ <item>Console Input. The front-end server could create a console
+ window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end
+ X servers. This console window could display things like the
+ physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input
+ events from events delivered to the console window. This option was
+ implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window
+ outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, console
+ windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.
+
+ <item>Other options were initially explored, but they were all
+ partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are
+ irrelevant.
+
+</enum>
+
+<p>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the
+Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so
+that XInput extension devices were supported.
+
+<p>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are
+still supported in the final version. These do the necessary
+initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer
+and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.
+
+<p>Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the
+XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86
+infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for
+Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the
+devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput
+"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of
+devices can be simultaneously available):
+ <enum>
+ <item> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.
+
+ <item> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the
+ Xdmx binary is running. This is the only area where using the
+ XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then
+ only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does
+ not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver
+ code was used where possible). Currently, the following local
+ devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating
+ systems should be fairly straightforward):
+ <itemize>
+ <item>Linux keyboard
+ <item>Linux serial mouse (MS)
+ <item>Linux PS/2 mouse
+ <item>USB keyboard
+ <item>USB mouse
+ <item>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)
+ </itemize>
+
+ <item> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end
+ displays. In this case, events are taken from the back-end X
+ server and are converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so
+ that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input
+ is being taken.
+
+ <item> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx
+ creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running
+ the Xdmx binary). When the operator's mouse is inside the
+ console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.
+ Several special features are available: the console can display
+ outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate
+ navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a
+ "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor
+ positioning.
+ </enum>
+
+
+<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->
+
+<sect1>Output device handling
+
+<p>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing
+requests across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in
+a grid such that together they represent a single large display.
+
+<p>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first
+is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client
+connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but
+does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The second
+part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the
+front-end server and display the results on their screens.
+
+<sect2>Initialization
+
+<p>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to
+each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of
+these screens. However, the information collected from the back-end X
+servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be difficult
+and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has one back-end X
+server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.
+Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()
+requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.
+Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to
+handle them is required. The current Xinerama code handles many of
+these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a
+starting point. In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X
+servers and display devices. Using back-end servers with the same depth
+is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.
+
+<p>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of
+each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. A
+full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the
+cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation can
+also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per
+back-end screen.
+
+<sect2>Handling rendering requests
+
+<p>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.
+There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing
+requests are handled in the DMX system:
+
+<enum>
+ <item>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the
+ render target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely
+ handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are
+ maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire
+ framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are
+ updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the
+ shadow framebuffer.
+
+ <p>This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not
+ take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.
+ Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and
+ thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.
+
+ <p>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by
+ default.
+
+ <item>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for
+ handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this
+ option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end
+ server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the
+ back-end servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the
+ multiple back-end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled
+ on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration
+ available on the back-end servers' graphics display device. State
+ is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.
+
+ <p>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol
+ requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will
+ completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth
+ and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the front-
+ and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as in
+ option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or
+ are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be used in the final
+ implementation.
+
+ <p>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also
+ supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations
+ were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default
+ mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and
+ in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).
+
+</enum>
+
+<p>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.
+<!-- May 2002 -->
+
+
+<sect1>Optimizing DMX
+
+<p>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured
+and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.
+There are four main areas that will be addressed.
+
+<p>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development
+phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync()
+function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the
+back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has
+completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance
+greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first
+development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is
+effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and
+optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,
+except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).
+
+<p>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the
+repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of
+whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests that
+are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited
+bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's
+windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),
+we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that
+trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can
+eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.
+
+<p>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is
+possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.
+The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since
+they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the
+front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests will be analyzed
+and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests
+will be implemented.
+
+<p>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to
+be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.
+This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and
+eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact
+same fonts as the front-end server. We are investigating the
+feasibility of this extension during this development phase.
+
+<p>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance
+analysis.
+
+<p>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT
+operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an
+extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy
+pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential optimization was
+in response to the simple image movement implementation that required
+potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage(). However, the
+current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations
+differently. Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate
+expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from
+off a screen to on screen. This approach saves the limited bandwidth
+available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized
+with Xinerama. It also eliminates the potential setup problems and
+security issues resulting from having each back-end server open
+connections to all other back-end servers. Therefore, we suggest
+accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.
+
+<p>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third
+optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be
+defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable
+these optimizations.
+
+<p>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was
+determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and
+creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the
+fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.
+<!-- September 2002 -->
+
+
+<sect1>DMX X extension support
+
+<p>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the
+back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to
+any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the
+screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. These
+clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render
+to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware
+clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send
+them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens. An
+example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is
+Chromium.
+
+<p>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in
+"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes
+might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to
+DMX. Currently, the following facilities are supported:
+<enum>
+ <item>
+ Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative
+ to the virtual screen)
+ <item>
+ Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each
+ back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)
+ <item>
+ Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to
+ back-end device IDs)
+ <item>
+ Force window creation (so that a client can override the
+ server-side lazy window creation optimization)
+ <item>
+ Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen
+ position be changed)
+ <item>
+ Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and
+ console inputs.
+</enum>
+<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->
+
+
+<sect1>Common X extension support
+
+<p>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used
+extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and
+non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input
+devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.
+XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds
+support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window
+managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions
+available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.
+
+<p>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X
+Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital
+image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.
+While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,
+support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.
+
+<p>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first
+development phase.
+
+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->
+<p>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in
+more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DMX,
+ DPMS,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ GLX,
+ LBX,
+ RECORD,
+ RENDER,
+ SECURITY,
+ SHAPE,
+ SYNC,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-APPGROUP,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-Bigfont,
+ XINERAMA,
+ XInputExtension,
+ XKEYBOARD, and
+ XTEST.
+<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->
+
+<sect1>OpenGL support
+
+<p>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4
+and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)
+provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated
+OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local
+clients.
+
+<p>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use
+the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same
+physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to
+the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to
+support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.
+OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X
+server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the
+existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for
+synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports
+it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server
+on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.
+
+<p>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical
+hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render
+primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are
+several options as to how this can be implemented.
+
+<enum>
+ <item>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be
+ used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each
+ back-end server. This option is similar to the unoptimized
+ Xnest-style approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution
+ is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other
+ distributed rendering systems.
+
+ <item>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the
+ current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via
+ calls to XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to
+ the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and
+ bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers
+ are not required to have OpenGL support.
+</enum>
+
+<p>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the
+work.
+
+<p>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the
+DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end
+servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.
+
+<p>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by
+SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.
+<!-- May 2003-->
+
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect>Current issues
+
+<p>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further
+investigation.
+
+<sect1>Fonts
+
+<p>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and
+each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end
+servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of
+available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many
+different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) will
+be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.
+Other possibilities will be investigated during development.
+
+<sect1>Zero width rendering primitives
+
+<p>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all
+back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as
+the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end
+servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be
+automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled in
+the front-end server via the GC state.
+
+<sect1>Output scaling
+
+<p>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the
+information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can be
+easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic primitive
+scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate the
+possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate
+pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications
+use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be
+investigated.
+
+<sect1>Per-screen colormaps
+
+<p>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers
+should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support
+is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma
+tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type
+of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation would be
+to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while
+using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type
+of color correction. Other options will be investigated.
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<appendix>
+
+<sect>Background
+
+<p>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that
+can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development
+project is based. This section was written before the implementation
+was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.
+It is left for historical interest only.
+
+<sect1>Core input device handling
+
+<p>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled
+by an X server.
+
+<sect2>InitInput()
+
+<p>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each
+server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
+to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register
+them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.
+InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if
+either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not
+registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in
+InitInput().
+
+<p>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine
+which input devices are available. For each input device it will be
+using, it calls AddInputDevice():
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/AddInputDevice()/ This DIX function allocates the device structure,
+registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and
+off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque. It
+is called once for each input device.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have
+been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core devices
+by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and RegisterKeyboardDevice(). Each
+of these should be called once. If both core devices are not
+registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it
+attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is
+called directly after InitInput() (see below).
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/Register{Pointer,Keyboard}Device()/ These DIX functions take a
+handle returned from AddInputDevice() and initialize the core input
+device fields in inputInfo, and initialize the input processing and grab
+functions for each core input device.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code
+(which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration
+is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86
+code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/miRegisterPointerDevice()/ This MI function registers the core
+pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input
+event queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided
+in the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own
+event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput
+extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, the
+MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by
+calling mieqInit():
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/mieqInit()/ This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the
+core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles
+for the two core devices.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input
+events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function
+RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description
+below.)
+
+<sect2>InitAndStartDevices()
+
+<p>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately
+after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
+to initialize each input device that was registered with
+AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully
+initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each
+registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input
+devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and
+core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not,
+InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server
+exiting with a fatal error.
+
+<p>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback
+(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)/ This function initializes the
+device structs with core information relevant to the device.
+
+<p>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,
+default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually
+miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the
+core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the
+motion buffer size.
+
+<p>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,
+default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the
+functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the
+keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which
+keys are auto-repeating, etc).
+</descrip>
+
+<p>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/EnableDevice()/ EnableDevice() calls the device callback with
+DEVICE_ON:
+ <descrip>
+ <tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)/ This typically opens and
+ initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,
+ registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid
+ input source.
+ </descrip>
+
+ <p>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's
+ global list of enabled devices.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and
+pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if either
+are missing.
+
+<sect2>devReadInput()
+
+<p>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its
+physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. In
+the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX
+wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is
+available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a
+(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This
+function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get
+enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events
+(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue
+processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue
+handling).
+
+<p>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/mieqEnqueue()/ This MI function is used to add input events to the
+event queue. It is simply passed the event to be queued.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are
+enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or
+miPointerDeltaCursor():
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/miPointerAbsoluteCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the
+cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.
+<tag/miPointerDeltaCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the cursor
+relative to its current position.
+</descrip>
+
+<sect2>ProcessInputEvents()
+
+<p>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X
+server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input
+event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates
+the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event
+processing.
+
+<p>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed
+to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/mieqProcessInputEvents()/ This function processes each event in the
+event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.
+The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they
+handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant
+clients.
+<tag/miPointerUpdate()/ This function resynchronized the cursor position
+with the new pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor
+between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.
+</descrip>
+
+
+<sect2>DisableDevice()
+
+<p>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
+list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no
+longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept in
+place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling
+EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is
+desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT
+switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for
+core input devices.
+
+<p>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with
+<tt/DEVICE_OFF/:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)/ This typically closes the
+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's
+global list of enabled devices.
+
+
+<sect2>CloseDevice()
+
+<p>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
+list of available devices. It disables input from the device and frees
+all data structures associated with the device. This function is
+usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at
+the end of each server generation to close all input devices.
+
+<p>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with
+<tt/DEVICE_CLOSE/:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)/ This typically closes the
+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device
+specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,
+they are freed here.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated
+for the device when it was registered/initialized.
+
+
+<sect2>LegalModifier()
+<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->
+<p>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to
+restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present for
+historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE
+unconditionally.
+
+
+<sect1>Output handling
+
+<p>The following sections describe the main functions required to
+initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X
+server.
+
+<sect2>InitOutput()
+
+<p>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation
+from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is to
+initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for
+each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo
+struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which
+can be used to determine additional configuration information.
+
+<p>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:
+
+<enum>
+ <item><bf/Parse configuration info:/ The first task of InitOutput()
+ is to parses any configuration information from the configuration
+ file. In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration
+ information can be taken from the command line. The command line
+ options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the
+ ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by
+ ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the
+ characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X
+ server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the
+ screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are
+ located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.
+
+ <item><bf/Initialize screen info:/ The next task is to initialize
+ the screen-dependent internal data structures. For example, part of
+ what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap
+ private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed
+ devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that
+ match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.
+
+ <item><bf/Set pixmap formats:/ The next task is to initialize the
+ screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline
+ unit/pad. The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel
+ and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.
+
+ <item><bf/Unify screen info:/ An optional task that might be done at
+ this stage is to compare all of the information from the various
+ screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of
+ screens can be unified into a single desktop). This task has
+ potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's
+ PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.
+</enum>
+
+<p>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each
+of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().
+
+<sect2>AddScreen()
+
+<p>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to
+add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen
+initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)
+are passed to it as arguments.
+
+<p>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates
+that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen
+struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it calls
+the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described
+below. It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1
+if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen
+initialization fails.
+
+<sect2>ScreenInit()
+
+<p>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with
+either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also
+fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in
+millimeters, black and white pixel values).
+
+<p>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform
+certain screen initialization functions. They are described below:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()/ The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually
+calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or
+fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not
+specifically handle.
+
+<p>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any
+screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's
+function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old
+function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private
+area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().
+
+<tag/miInitializeBackingStore()/ This MI function initializes the
+screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of
+windows that are currently covered by other windows.
+
+<tag/miDCInitialize()/ This MI function initializes the MI cursor
+display structures and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used,
+the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and
+the MI cursor display function pointers.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the
+output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the
+ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and
+then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.
+
+<sect2>CloseScreen()
+
+<p>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in
+particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of
+the output device to its original state. It should also free any
+private data it created during the screen initialization.
+
+<sect2>GC operations
+
+<p>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does
+so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation
+function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These functions
+render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,
+text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are provided either by the MI
+layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the
+framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a
+linearly mapped frame buffer.
+
+<p>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,
+specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.
+However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the
+possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,
+appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of
+the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single
+pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash patterns
+that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the
+default routine is chosen during GC validation.
+
+<p>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are
+stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),
+CopyWindow() and RestoreAreas().
+
+<sect2>Xnest
+
+<p>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X
+protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then
+processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To the X
+applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. However,
+Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X
+server, which will actually handle the requests.
+
+<p>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output
+initialization steps outlined above.
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/InitOutput()/ Xnest takes its configuration information from
+command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information
+includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual
+class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. Xnest then
+connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and
+pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that
+server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.
+
+<p>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the
+data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap
+formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to
+initialize each of its screens.
+
+<tag/ScreenInit()/ Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called
+xnestOpenScreen(). This function initializes its screen's depth and
+visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default
+screen functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and
+miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.
+Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own
+functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to
+which Xnest is attached.
+
+<tag/CloseScreen()/ This function frees its internal data structure
+allocations. Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,
+there are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead to
+problems during server regeneration.
+
+<tag/GC operations/ The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since
+they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is
+attached. Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the
+real X server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X
+application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns into a
+protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function
+through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table. The xnestPolylines()
+function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same
+arguments that were passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very
+similar. Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above
+are the image functions and the BLT operations.
+
+<p>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary
+image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed
+from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the
+client. When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is
+destroyed.
+
+<p>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the
+copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,
+but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics
+exposure bit is set to True. Graphics exposures are handled in a helper
+function, xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure
+events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being
+exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it
+can generate exposure events for the X application.
+</descrip>
+
+<p>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is
+connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and
+mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back
+to any client that requests those events.
+
+<sect2>Shadow framebuffer
+
+<p>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that
+maps to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing
+that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The
+shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire
+framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular
+intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and
+rotated framebuffers.
+
+<p>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag/shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)/ This function allocates the in
+memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp. It returns a
+pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer
+ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.
+
+<tag/shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)/ This function
+initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It wraps several screen
+drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the
+screen. The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions
+to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the
+entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so
+that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the
+VGA aperture).
+</descrip>
+
+<p>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each
+screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that
+have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block handler
+is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.
+
+<p>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all
+drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated
+hardware drawing operations are possible.
+
+
+<sect1>Xinerama
+
+<p>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens
+controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. Although
+the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via
+extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core
+X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of Xinerama came
+from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces
+and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance. The
+Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization
+process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based
+on this rewritten version.
+
+<p>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX
+(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X
+server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to
+support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to
+provide full Xinerama functionality.
+
+<p>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.
+
+<p>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the
+PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the
+PanoramiX prefix.
+
+<descrip>
+ <tag/PanoramiXExtensionInit()/ PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called at the start of
+ each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from
+ the X server's main() function after all output devices have been
+ initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.
+
+ <p>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. If
+ only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and
+ PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.
+
+ <p>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().
+
+ <p>A local per-screen array of data structures
+ (panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb;)
+ is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private
+ indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are
+ allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama-specific
+ per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen
+ functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and
+ XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes are
+ created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for
+ Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.
+
+ <p>A region (XineramaScreenRegions&lsqb;i&rsqb;) is initialized for each
+ physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is
+ initialized to be the union of the screen regions. The
+ panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb; array is also initialized with the size and
+ origin of each screen. The relative positioning information for the
+ physical screens is taken from the array
+ dixScreenOrigins&lsqb;&rsqb;, which
+ the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds of the
+ combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and
+ PanoramiXPixHeight).
+
+ <p>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers
+ (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that
+ holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol
+ requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up
+ into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. The original
+ set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;. The types of requests
+ intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,
+ drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. This wrapping
+ allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled
+ transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations cannot be dealt with
+ in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the
+ DIX layer.
+
+ <tag/PanoramiXConsolidate()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called directly from
+ the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output
+ devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are
+ defined and initialized.
+
+ <p>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and
+ visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)
+ common to all of the physical screens.
+ PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and
+ PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.
+ Resources are created for the single root window and the default
+ colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.
+
+ <tag/PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called directly from
+ the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root
+ windows are created. It is called instead of the standard DIX
+ CreateConnectionBlock() function. If this function returns FALSE,
+ the X server exits with a fatal error. This function will return
+ FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().
+ With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.
+
+ <p>The connection block holds the information that clients get when
+ they open a connection to the X server. It includes information
+ such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the
+ sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each
+ of the screens (much of information that <tt/xdpyinfo/ shows). The
+ connection block is initialized with the combined single screen
+ values that were calculated in the above two functions.
+
+ <p>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection
+ block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow other
+ extensions to do processing at this point. These callbacks can be
+ registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from
+ the other extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered
+ connection block callback is called at the end of
+ PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().
+</descrip>
+
+<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code
+
+<p>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX
+code. The main ones are described here.
+
+<p>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of
+the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the
+processing for screen numbers > 0. This is because they are handled for
+the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.
+
+<p>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between
+the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion
+events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather
+than the physical screen origins.
+
+<p>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing
+that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the
+intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of
+pointers moving between physical screens.
+
+<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code
+
+<p>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()
+to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.
+
+<sect2>Intercepted DIX core requests
+
+<p>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical
+screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.
+GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are replicated on
+each physical screen. The functions handling the intercepted requests
+take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can
+be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in
+turn. In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from
+many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the
+necessary state information for the single composite screen. Requests
+(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this
+stored state information do not call the standard request handling
+functions.
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+
+<sect>Development Results
+
+<p>In this section the results of each phase of development are
+discussed. This development took place between approximately June 2001
+and July 2003.
+
+<sect1>Phase I
+
+<p>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation
+including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the
+unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.
+
+<sect2>Scope
+
+<p>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can
+act as a foundation for ongoing work:
+<enum>
+ <item>Develop the proxy X server
+ <itemize>
+ <item>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and
+ relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.
+ <item>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and
+ Xnest.
+ <item>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the
+ proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to
+ each of the back-end servers for display.
+ <item>The multiple screen layout (including support for
+ overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a
+ configuration file or through the configuration tool.
+ </itemize>
+ <item>Develop graphical configuration tool
+ <itemize>
+ <item>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to
+ configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user
+ to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and
+ how they should be laid out.
+ </itemize>
+ <item>Pass the X Test Suite
+ <itemize>
+ <item>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All
+ tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed
+ X environment.
+ </itemize>
+</enum>
+
+<p>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X
+servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future
+optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the
+configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source
+tree (e.g., Xt).
+
+<sect2>Results
+
+<p>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol
+requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each
+back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root
+window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and
+other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to
+either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based
+on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.
+
+<p>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end
+server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)
+from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these devices
+are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx
+server.
+
+<p>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user
+easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see
+grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by
+the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing
+support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X
+source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for
+converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is
+provided by the vdltodmx utility.
+
+<p>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of
+XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a
+completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was
+developed. In addition, a graphical configuration
+tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange
+the screens in the configuration file. The <bf/-configfile/ and <bf/-config/
+command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration
+file.
+
+<p>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X
+Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was
+implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test
+Suite are described in detail below.
+
+<sect2>X Test Suite
+
+ <sect3> Introduction
+ <p>
+ The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions
+ operate correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a
+ single X server; however, since X applications will not be
+ able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a
+ standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the
+ DMX server.
+ <p>
+ The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the
+ existing failures are noted in this section. To put these
+ results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test
+ failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact
+ Xdmx test results.
+
+ <sect3>Expected Failures for a Single Head
+ <p>
+ A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is
+ expected to fail certain X Test tests. The following
+ well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X
+ server code:
+ <verb>
+XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73
+XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ The following failures occur because of the high-level X
+ server implementation:
+ <verb>
+XLoadQueryFont: Test 1
+XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4
+XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ The following test fails when running the X server as root
+ under Linux because of the way directory modes are
+ interpreted:
+ <verb>
+XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other
+ failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level
+ driver implementation. Over time, failures of this kind
+ are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx
+ testing until then.
+
+ <sect3>Expected Failures for Xinerama
+ <p>
+ Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of
+ design decisions made for the current implementation of
+ Xinerama. Over time, many of these errors will be
+ corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new
+ Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share
+ X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.
+ <p>
+ We may be able to fix or work-around some of these
+ failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require
+ additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.
+ <p>
+ Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of
+ Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and
+ the underlying graphics hardware. We tested with a
+ variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,
+ and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below
+ includes only those failures that appear to be from the
+ Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in
+ the previous section, or failures that appear to be from
+ the low-level graphics driver itself:
+ <p>
+ These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama
+ configurations:
+ <verb>
+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)
+XSetFontPath: Test 4
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ These failures were noted only when using one dual-head
+ video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:
+ <verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XDrawRectangles: Test 45
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ These failures were noted only when using two video cards
+ from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:
+ <verb>
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
+XCreateWindow: Test 30
+XDrawLine: Test 22
+XFillArc: Test 22
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+ </verb>
+
+ <sect3>Additional Failures from Xdmx
+ <p>
+ When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.
+ Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to
+ have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx
+ server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the
+ low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also
+ expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end
+ failures. Here is a summary:
+ <verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
+XCreateWindow: Test 30
+XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31
+XSetFontPath: Test 4
+XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)
+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
+ </verb>
+ <p>
+ Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for
+ Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform
+ some Xinerama operations. Further, some Xinerama failures
+ have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.
+
+ <sect3>Summary and Future Work
+ <p>
+ Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any
+ failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying
+ Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the
+ low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X
+ servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as
+ possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite
+ tests.
+ <p>
+ During the following phases, we will continue to verify
+ Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use
+ other tests suites or write additional tests that run
+ under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the
+ expected behavior of DMX.
+
+<sect2>Fonts
+
+<p>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the
+back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end
+server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is that
+<bf/the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font
+path/. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the
+same font path:
+
+<enum>
+ <item>First, each server can be configured to use the same font
+ server. The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to
+ multiple X servers via TCP.
+
+ <item>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font
+ path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end
+ machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end
+ machine.
+</enum>
+
+<p>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font
+path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each
+back-end machine.
+
+<p>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to
+initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is
+propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. If
+there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe
+the problem and list the current font path. For more information about
+setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man
+page.
+
+<sect2>Performance
+
+<p>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its
+focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in
+the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during Phase I,
+which are listed here for reference during the next phase of
+development.
+
+<enum>
+ <item>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a
+ complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is
+ especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.
+ <item>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap
+ should improve performance.
+</enum>
+
+<sect2>Pixmaps
+
+<p>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the
+front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated
+the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large
+images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap
+to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just
+as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the same
+rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on
+the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy
+from pixmap to window.
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect1>Phase II
+
+<p>The second phase of development concentrates on performance
+optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with
+<tt/x11perf/ data to show how the optimizations improve performance.
+
+<p>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor
+1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to
+two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI
+Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux
+2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and
+version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on
+August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.
+
+<sect2>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0
+
+<p>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged
+with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August
+2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).
+After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%
+faster:
+ <verb>
+1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
+ </verb>
+And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
+ <verb>
+0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
+0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
+0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
+0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+ </verb>
+<p>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and
+may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more
+"jitter" than most other <tt/x11perf/ tests.
+
+<sect2>Global changes
+
+<p>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global
+changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I
+server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:
+ <verb>
+1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
+ <verb>
+0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels
+0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels
+0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window
+0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window
+0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<p>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will
+be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless
+otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in
+isolation impact performance.
+
+<sect2>XSync() Batching
+
+<p>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every
+protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server
+with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system
+and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During
+Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer
+followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is
+noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX
+server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.
+With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a
+100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.
+
+<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 8 tests became more than 100
+times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
+and 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary.
+
+<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with
+XSync() batching on:
+ <verb>
+0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window
+ </verb>
+
+<sect2>Offscreen Optimization
+
+<p>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,
+during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end
+server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless
+of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen
+optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a
+back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering
+requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves bandwidth
+between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of
+XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only
+two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the
+number of back-end servers increases.
+
+<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 3 tests were at least twice as
+fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more than
+10% slower with the offscreen optimization:
+ <verb>
+0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
+0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<sect2>Lazy Window Creation Optimization
+
+<p>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every
+back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With
+the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create
+windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they
+become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on the
+offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.
+
+<p>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window
+data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,
+but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). A private
+window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and
+tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later
+use. The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)
+when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end
+server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the
+window becomes the parent of a previously visible window. The first
+case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,
+moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen. The
+second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created
+windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.
+
+<p>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created
+using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.
+The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the
+back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this time forward, the
+window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time
+of the client's request.
+
+<p>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's
+screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;
+rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes
+visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this
+optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected
+because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or
+resized, which is common in many window managers.
+
+<p>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end
+servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of
+back-end servers increases.
+
+<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
+than 10%:
+ <verb>
+1.10 500x500 rectangle outline
+1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<sect2>Subdividing Rendering Primitives
+
+<p>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and
+the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the
+image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen
+optimization (above), these requests still required transferring
+significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible
+portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to
+copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the
+entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.
+
+<p>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and
+the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is
+subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's
+screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already implements a
+subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was
+needed.
+
+<p>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to
+subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time
+required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so
+this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.
+
+<p>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two
+back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number
+of back-end servers increases.
+
+<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
+than 10%:
+ <verb>
+1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.26 PutImage 10x10 square
+1.83 PutImage 100x100 square
+1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
+1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square
+1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square
+1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square
+1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<p>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this
+optimization:
+ <verb>
+0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
+ </verb>
+
+<sect2>Summary of x11perf Data
+
+<p>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <tt/x11perf/ tests are more than
+100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than
+50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.
+No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II
+deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate
+Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II
+deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability
+than other <tt/x11perf/ tests.)
+
+<p>The following table summarizes relative <tt/x11perf/ test changes for
+all optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the
+optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.
+ <verb>
+
+1: XSync() batching only
+2: Off screen optimizations only
+3: Window optimizations only
+4: Subdivprims only
+5: All optimizations
+
+ 1 2 3 4 5 Operation
+------ ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------
+ 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot
+ 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle
+ 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle
+ 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle
+ 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
+ 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment
+ 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment
+ 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment
+ 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment
+ 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid)
+ 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids)
+ 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids)
+ 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment
+ 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment
+ 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment
+ 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment
+ 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment
+ 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment
+ 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment
+ 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment
+ 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment
+ 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment
+ 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment
+ 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment
+ 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line
+ 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line
+ 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line
+ 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line
+ 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line
+ 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line
+ 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line
+ 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line
+ 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line
+ 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line
+ 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline
+ 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline
+ 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline
+ 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle
+ 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle
+ 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle
+ 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle
+ 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle
+ 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle
+ 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle
+ 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle
+ 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle
+ 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle
+ 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle
+ 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle
+ 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle
+ 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle
+ 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle
+ 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle
+ 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle
+ 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle
+ 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle
+ 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
+ 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle
+ 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle
+ 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle
+ 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse
+ 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse
+ 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse
+ 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse
+ 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse
+ 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse
+ 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse
+ 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse
+ 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse
+ 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse
+ 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse
+ 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse
+ 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse
+ 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse
+ 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
+ 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
+ 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
+ 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
+ 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle
+ 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle
+ 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle
+ 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid
+ 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid
+ 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid
+ 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid
+ 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
+ 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
+ 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
+ 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
+ 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon
+ 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons
+ 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex)
+ 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex)
+ 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex)
+ 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex)
+ 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13)
+ 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13)
+ 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15)
+ 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14)
+ 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24)
+ 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10)
+ 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24)
+ 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10)
+ 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24)
+ 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13)
+ 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13)
+ 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15)
+ 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14)
+ 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24)
+ 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10)
+ 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24)
+ 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels
+ 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels
+ 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window
+ 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window
+ 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window
+ 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window
+ 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window
+ 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window
+ 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap
+ 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap
+ 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap
+ 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane
+ 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane
+ 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane
+ 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane
+ 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square
+ 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square
+ 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
+ 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square
+ 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square
+ 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square
+ 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square
+ 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square
+ 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation
+ 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer
+ 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty
+100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context
+ 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids)
+ 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids)
+ 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids)
+ 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids)
+ 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids)
+ 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids)
+ 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids)
+ 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids)
+ 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids)
+ 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids)
+ 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids)
+ 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids)
+ 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids)
+ 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids)
+ 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids)
+ 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids)
+ 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
+ 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids)
+ 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids)
+112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids)
+105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids)
+ 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids)
+ 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids)
+106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids)
+120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids)
+126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids)
+126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids)
+128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids)
+ 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
+ 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids)
+ 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids)
+ 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids)
+ 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids)
+ 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids)
+ 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids)
+ 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids)
+ 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids)
+ 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids)
+ 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids)
+ 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids)
+ 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids)
+ 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids)
+ 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids)
+ 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids)
+ 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids)
+ 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids)
+ 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids)
+ 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids)
+ 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids)
+ 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids)
+ 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids)
+ 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids)
+ 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids)
+ 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids)
+ 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids)
+ 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids)
+ 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids)
+ 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids)
+ 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids)
+ 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids)
+ 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids)
+ 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids)
+ 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids)
+ 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
+ </verb>
+
+<sect2>Profiling with OProfile
+
+<p>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a
+system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level
+counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information
+that is similar to that provided by <tt/gprof/, but without the
+necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,
+OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized
+programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for
+each <tt/x11perf/ test individually.
+
+<p>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD
+Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a
+test configuration different from the one described above). We have
+examined OProfile output and have compared it with <tt/gprof/ output.
+This investigation has not produced results that yield performance
+increases in <tt/x11perf/ numbers.
+
+<!--
+<sect3>Retired Instructions
+
+<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS
+counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the
+same test configuration that was described above and that was used for
+other tests. The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and
+showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;
+30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),
+SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Some of
+these tests also executed significant instructions in
+WaitForSomething().
+
+<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant
+instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant
+instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow(). Some time
+was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine
+did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.
+-->
+
+<!--
+<sect3>Clock Cycles
+
+<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions
+execute in variable amounts of time. The OProfile tests were repeated
+using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second
+back-end machine. Note that this is a different test configuration that
+the one described above. However, these tests show the amount of time
+(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine. Because
+<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because
+window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine
+was not significant.
+
+<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing
+tests spending more than 10% of their time in
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)
+spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().
+For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains
+why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.
+
+<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were
+dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),
+SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Hash() time was generally above 5% but
+less than 10% of total time.
+-->
+
+<sect2>X Test Suite
+
+<p>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the
+configuration described above. The following failures were noted:
+ <verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1]
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1]
+XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1]
+XFreeColors: Test 4 [3]
+XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2]
+XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2]
+XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1]
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1]
+
+[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama
+ implementation (see Phase I discussion).
+[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected
+ behavior of the Xinerama implementation.
+[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama
+ implementation bug.
+ </verb>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect1>Phase III
+
+<p>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the
+following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.
+
+<sect2>SHAPE
+
+<p>The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and
+oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will
+work as expected.
+
+<sect2>RENDER
+
+<p>The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX
+CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.
+Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;
+however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not
+properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These apps
+will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2
+functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is updated
+to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions
+will be added to the DMX X server.
+
+<sect2>XKEYBOARD
+
+<p>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X
+servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information
+about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the
+keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs
+from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,
+the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD
+support, the map is not preserved because better information and control
+of the keyboard is available.
+
+<sect2>XInput
+
+<p>The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core
+device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of
+core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present
+because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end
+cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is
+incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.
+
+<p>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx
+extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.
+
+<p>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for
+low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been
+written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and
+non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page
+for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using
+these Xdmx drivers.
+
+<sect2>DPMS
+
+<p>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.
+
+<sect2>Other Extensions
+
+<p>The LBX,
+ SECURITY,
+ XC-APPGROUP, and
+ XFree86-Bigfont
+extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.
+
+<p>The
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DOUBLE-BUFFER,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ FontCache,
+ GLX,
+ MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
+ MIT-SHM,
+ MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
+ RECORD,
+ SECURITY,
+ SGI-GLX,
+ SYNC,
+ TOG-CUP,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-DGA,
+ XFree86-DRI,
+ XFree86-Misc,
+ XFree86-VidModeExtension, and
+ XVideo
+extensions are <it/not/ supported at this time, but will be evaluated
+for inclusion in future DMX releases. <bf>See below for additional work
+on extensions after Phase III.</bf>
+
+<sect1>Phase IV
+
+<sect2>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0
+
+<p>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)
+was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is
+proceeding using this tree.
+
+<sect2>Extensions
+
+<sect3>XC-MISC (supported)
+
+<p>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the
+X server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx
+supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact
+same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
+
+<sect3>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)
+
+<p>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X
+client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this
+extension. It was tested using the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/evi</tt> example
+program. <bf/Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware/ -- it will
+return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is
+causing the X server to export a single logical screen.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<sect3>RES (supported)
+
+<p>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain
+detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This
+extension was tested with the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/res</tt> program. The
+X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after
+this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<sect3>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)
+
+<p>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer
+than 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
+tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<sect3>XSYNC (supported)
+
+<p>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to
+synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with
+<tt/xdpyinfo/ and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
+tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<sect3>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)
+
+<p>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for
+use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6
+tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that
+make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly
+the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the
+<tt/rcrdtest/ test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD
+extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does
+a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
+
+<p>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and
+XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by
+the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually
+became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows
+events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also
+allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The
+second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+<p>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested
+with the <tt/xtrap*/ tools which are distributed as standard X11R6
+clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<p>The XTestExtension1 is <em/not/ supported because it does not appear
+to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support
+XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that
+it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for
+XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so
+additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+
+<p>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.
+Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to
+locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are
+provide:
+<descrip>
+<tag/XRECORD/ Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X
+Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.
+<tag/DEC-XTRAP/ Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap
+Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.
+<tag/XTestExtension1/ Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension
+Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.
+</descrip>
+
+<sect3>MIT-MISC (not supported)
+
+<p>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag
+that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.
+There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of
+this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.
+The Xdmx server does <em/not/ support MIT-MISC.
+
+<sect3>SCREENSAVER (not supported)
+
+<p>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It
+was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that
+works with it. When Xinerama was not active, <tt/beforelight/ behaved
+as expected. However, when Xinerama was active, <tt/beforelight/ did
+not behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active,
+<tt/xscreensaver/ (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave
+as expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not
+commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this
+extension disabled at this time.
+
+<sect3>GLX (supported)
+
+<p>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In
+Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It
+works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the
+back-end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are
+handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX
+project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.
+
+<sect3>RENDER (supported)
+
+<p>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image
+composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is
+partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing
+operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle
+strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER
+extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.
+Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or
+requests are added to the extension.
+
+<p>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;
+however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the
+extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional
+testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and failed
+the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+
+<sect3>Summary
+
+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension
+support" section -->
+<p>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DMX,
+ DPMS,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ GLX,
+ LBX,
+ RECORD,
+ RENDER,
+ SECURITY,
+ SHAPE,
+ SYNC,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-APPGROUP,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-Bigfont,
+ XINERAMA,
+ XInputExtension,
+ XKEYBOARD, and
+ XTEST.
+
+<p>The following extensions are <em/not/ supported at this time:
+ DOUBLE-BUFFER,
+ FontCache,
+ MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
+ MIT-SHM,
+ MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
+ TOG-CUP,
+ XFree86-DGA,
+ XFree86-Misc,
+ XFree86-VidModeExtension,
+ XTestExtensionExt1, and
+ XVideo.
+
+<sect2>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite
+
+<sect3>XFree86 without XTEST
+
+<p>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server
+with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension
+was <em/not/ used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our
+usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in
+the following tests:
+<verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+</verb>
+
+<sect3>XFree86 with XTEST
+
+<p>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the
+following errors:
+<verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+</verb>
+
+<p>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed
+eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested
+in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional
+failures that are not known Xinerama failures.
+
+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX
+
+<p>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):
+<verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+</verb>
+
+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX
+
+<p>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx:
+<verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+
+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)
+XDrawLine: Test 67
+XDrawLines: Test 91
+XDrawSegments: Test 68
+</verb>
+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error
+resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a
+screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run
+individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will
+investigate these errors further to determine their cause.
+
+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX
+
+<p>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase
+IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):
+<verb>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+
+XClearArea: Test 8
+XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
+XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
+XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102
+XDrawLine: Test 67
+XDrawSegments: Test 68
+</verb>
+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when
+Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new
+visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests
+over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and
+presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This conclusion is
+supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported
+are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a
+screen boundary.
+
+<p>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,
+many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:
+<verb>
+XClearArea: Test 8
+XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
+XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
+</verb>
+
+<sect3>Conclusion
+
+<p>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are
+the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama
+implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably
+fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have
+submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)
+
+<sect2>Dynamic Reconfiguration
+
+<p>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was
+added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the position
+and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if the
+application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could
+query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically
+reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;. When a screen
+is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window
+dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent to
+the user.
+
+<sect3>Dynamic reconfiguration extension
+
+<p>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through
+a function in the DMX extension library:
+<verb>
+Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)
+</verb>
+where <it/dpy/ is DMX server's display, <it/screen/ is the number of the
+screen to be reconfigured, and <it/x/ and <it/y/ are the new upper,
+left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.
+
+<p>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X
+protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In
+addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.
+Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the
+right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.
+
+<sect3>Bounding box
+
+<p>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from
+the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the
+configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the
+lifetime of the Xdmx server.
+
+<p>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it
+is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.
+For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;
+for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was
+previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;. As expected, the screen is moved
+down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the
+left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the
+reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those
+inaccessible regions are filled with black.
+
+<p>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future
+development phase.
+
+<sect3>Sample applications
+
+<p>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video
+wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,
+and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a
+projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is
+now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens
+using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.
+
+<p>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,
+can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector
+alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged
+rectilinearly. Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be
+applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;
+however, this must be done external to Xdmx.
+
+<p>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples
+directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use
+dynamic reconfiguration. See <tt/dmxreconfig.c/ for details.
+
+<sect3>Additional notes
+
+<p>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to
+adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX
+project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was later
+donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which
+freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as
+described above).
+
+<sect2>Doxygen documentation
+
+<p>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating
+browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. We
+have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files
+under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source
+code is available in an easily browseable format.
+
+<sect2>Valgrind
+
+<p>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to
+search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were detected
+and repaired. The following errors were not addressed:
+<enum>
+ <item>
+ When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only
+ those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --
+ unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore
+ noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not
+ repaired.
+ <item>
+ At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that
+ is never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation
+ approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.
+ Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug
+ has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.
+ <item>
+ At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,
+ which allocates a font structure that is not freed.
+ dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first
+ screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are
+ already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.
+ The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal
+ to 80 bytes per font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in
+ the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be
+ able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.
+</enum>
+
+<sect2>RATS
+
+<p>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)
+security analysis tool that scans source code for common
+security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU
+races). RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory
+and all "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either
+re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was
+inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.
+Unrepaired warnings are as follows:
+<enum>
+ <item>
+ Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been
+ added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint).
+ The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in
+ config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and
+ input/usb-common.c.
+ <item>
+ vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In
+ general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a
+ constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is
+ relatively benign.
+ <item>
+ glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these
+ functions is safe and will remain safe as long as
+ ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring
+ this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in
+ automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator
+ enforces this constraint).
+</enum>
+
+ </article>
+
+ <!-- Local Variables: -->
+ <!-- fill-column: 72 -->
+ <!-- End: -->
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
index 31fd431e7..a2fe0b27b 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
@@ -1,3610 +1,3610 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-#include <pixmapstr.h>
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "unpack.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-#include "glxvendor.h"
-#include "glxvisuals.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-extern __GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
-extern int __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen );
-extern int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext );
-extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
-
-#define BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(x) \
- ( (x) >= __glXerrorBase ? \
- (x) - dmxScreen->glxErrorBase + __glXerrorBase \
- : (x) )
-
-Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s )
-{
- if (! cl->be_displays[s] ) {
- cl->be_displays[s] = XOpenDisplay( DisplayString(dmxScreens[s].beDisplay) );
- }
- return( cl->be_displays[s] );
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a GL context with the given properties.
-*/
-static int CreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl,
- GLXContextID gcId,
- VisualID vid, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
- int screen,
- GLXContextID shareList,
- int isDirect )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXCreateContextReq *be_req;
- xGLXCreateNewContextReq *be_new_req;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- __GLXcontext *glxc, *shareglxc;
- __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
- VisualID visual = vid;
- GLint i;
- int from_screen = screen;
- int to_screen = screen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- VisualID be_vid;
- GLXFBConfigID be_fbconfigId;
- int num_be_screens;
- Display *dpy;
-
- /*
- ** Check if screen exists.
- */
- if (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens) {
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Find the display list space that we want to share.
- **
- */
- if (shareList == None) {
- shareglxc = NULL;
- } else {
- shareglxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(shareList, __glXContextRes);
- if (!shareglxc) {
- client->errorValue = shareList;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Allocate memory for the new context
- */
- glxc = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXcontext));
- if (!glxc) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-
- if (fbconfigId != None) {
- glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
- if (!glxc->pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
- __glXFree( glxc );
- return BadValue;
- }
- visual = glxc->pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
- }
- else {
- glxc->pFBConfig = NULL;
- }
-
- if (visual != None) {
- /*
- ** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
- */
- pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
- if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
- client->errorValue = visual;
- __glXFree( glxc );
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
- for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
- if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
- /*
- ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
- */
- client->errorValue = visual;
- __glXFree( glxc );
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
- glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
-
- if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
- /*
- * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
- client->errorValue = visual;
- __glXFree( glxc );
- return BadValue;
- */
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- pVisual = NULL;
- pGlxVisual = NULL;
- }
-
- glxc->pScreen = pScreen;
- glxc->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
- glxc->pVisual = pVisual;
- glxc->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
-
- /*
- * allocate memory for back-end servers info
- */
- num_be_screens = to_screen - from_screen + 1;
- glxc->real_ids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
- if (!glxc->real_ids) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- glxc->real_vids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
- if (!glxc->real_vids) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- for (screen = from_screen; screen <= to_screen; screen++) {
- int sent = 0;
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
- if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
- __GLXFBConfig *beFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( glxc->pFBConfig->id,
- screen );
- be_fbconfigId = beFBConfig->id;
- }
-
- if (pGlxVisual) {
-
- be_vid = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( pGlxVisual,
- dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
- dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );
-
- if (!be_vid) {
- /* visual is not supported on the back-end server */
- __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
- __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
- __glXFree( glxc );
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
-
- glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] = XAllocID(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen));
-
- /* send the create context request to the back-end server */
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
- if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
- /*Since for a certain visual both RGB and COLOR INDEX
- *can be on then the only parmeter to choose the renderType
- * should be the class of the colormap since all 4 first
- * classes does not support RGB mode only COLOR INDEX ,
- * and so TrueColor and DirectColor does not support COLOR INDEX*/
- int renderType = glxc->pFBConfig->renderType;
- if ( pVisual ) {
- switch ( pVisual->class ){
- case PseudoColor:
- case StaticColor:
- case GrayScale:
- case StaticGray:
- renderType = GLX_COLOR_INDEX_TYPE;
- break;
- case TrueColor:
- case DirectColor:
- default:
- renderType = GLX_RGBA_TYPE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXCreateNewContext,be_new_req);
- be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateNewContext;
- be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
- be_new_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
- be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- be_new_req->renderType = renderType;
-
- be_new_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
- be_new_req->isDirect = 0;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
- sent = 1;
- }
- else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
-
- xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
- sz_xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
- vpreq);
- ext_req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
- ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
- ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX;
- ext_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
- ext_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
- ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- ext_req->renderType = renderType;
- ext_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
- ext_req->isDirect = 0;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
- sent = 1;
- }
- }
-
- if (!sent) {
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXCreateContext,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateContext;
- be_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
- be_req->visual = (unsigned int)be_vid;
- be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- be_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
- be_req->isDirect = 0;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_vid;
- }
- SyncHandle();
-
- }
-
- /*
- ** Register this context as a resource.
- */
- if (!AddResource(gcId, __glXContextRes, (pointer)glxc)) {
- __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
- __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
- __glXFree( glxc );
- client->errorValue = gcId;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Finally, now that everything is working, setup the rest of the
- ** context.
- */
- glxc->id = gcId;
- glxc->share_id = shareList;
- glxc->idExists = GL_TRUE;
- glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXCreateContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextReq *) pc;
-
- return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,req->visual, None,
- req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXCreateNewContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXCreateNewContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateNewContextReq *) pc;
-
- return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,None, req->fbconfig,
- req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *) pc;
-
- return( CreateContext(cl, req->context, None, req->fbconfig,
- req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *req =
- (xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *)pc;
- xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply reply;
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.max = QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(req->screen);
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(client, &reply);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply,
- (char *)&reply);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *req = (xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *)pc;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
- int rc;
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
- __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- client->errorValue = req->drawable;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- return BindSwapBarrierSGIX(pDraw, req->barrier);
-}
-
-int __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *req = (xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *)pc;
- DrawablePtr pDraw, pMember = NULL;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
- int rc;
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
- __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- client->errorValue = req->drawable;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- if (req->member != None) {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pMember, req->member, client, 0,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) pMember = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pMember && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
- __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) pMember = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (!pMember) {
- client->errorValue = req->member;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- return JoinSwapGroupSGIX(pDraw, pMember);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Destroy a GL context as an X resource.
-*/
-int __glXDestroyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXDestroyContextReq *req = (xGLXDestroyContextReq *) pc;
- xGLXDestroyContextReq *be_req;
- GLXContextID gcId = req->context;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(gcId, __glXContextRes);
- if (glxc) {
- /*
- ** Just free the resource; don't actually destroy the context,
- ** because it might be in use. The
- ** destroy method will be called by the resource destruction routine
- ** if necessary.
- */
- FreeResourceByType(gcId, __glXContextRes, FALSE);
-
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
- } else {
- client->errorValue = gcId;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- * send DestroyContext request to all back-end servers
- */
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXDestroyContext,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyContext;
- be_req->context = glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen];
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** For each client, the server keeps a table of all the contexts that are
-** current for that client (each thread of a client may have its own current
-** context). These routines add, change, and lookup contexts in the table.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Add a current context, and return the tag that will be used to refer to it.
-*/
-static int AddCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc, DrawablePtr pDraw)
-{
- int i;
- int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
- __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
-
- if (!glxc) return -1;
-
- /*
- ** Try to find an empty slot and use it.
- */
- for (i=0; i < num; i++) {
- if (!table[i]) {
- table[i] = glxc;
- return i+1;
- }
- }
- /*
- ** Didn't find a free slot, so we'll have to grow the table.
- */
- if (!num) {
- table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
- cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(DrawablePtr));
- cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXMalloc(screenInfo.numScreens *sizeof(GLXContextTag));
- } else {
- table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXRealloc(table,
- (num+1)*sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
- cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXRealloc(
- cl->currentDrawables ,
- (num+1)*sizeof(DrawablePtr));
- cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXRealloc(cl->be_currentCTag,
- (num+1)*screenInfo.numScreens*sizeof(GLXContextTag));
- }
- table[num] = glxc;
- cl->currentDrawables[num] = pDraw;
- cl->currentContexts = table;
- cl->numCurrentContexts++;
-
- memset(cl->be_currentCTag + num*screenInfo.numScreens, 0,
- screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(GLXContextTag));
-
- return num+1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, change the current context for the corresponding entry.
-*/
-static void ChangeCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc,
- GLXContextTag tag)
-{
- __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
- table[tag-1] = glxc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, retrives the current back-end
-** tag.
-*/
-int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s)
-{
- if (tag >0) {
- return( cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] );
- }
- else {
- return( 0 );
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, sets the current back-end
-** tag.
-*/
-static void SetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s, GLXContextTag be_tag)
-{
- if (tag >0) {
- cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] = be_tag;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** For this implementation we have chosen to simply use the index of the
-** context's entry in the table as the context tag. A tag must be greater
-** than 0.
-*/
-__GLXcontext *__glXLookupContextByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
- int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
-
- if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
- return 0;
- } else {
- return cl->currentContexts[tag-1];
- }
-}
-
-DrawablePtr __glXLookupDrawableByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
- int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
-
- if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
- return 0;
- } else {
- return cl->currentDrawables[tag-1];
- }
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-static void StopUsingContext(__GLXcontext *glxc)
-{
- if (glxc) {
- if (glxc == __glXLastContext) {
- /* Tell server GL library */
- __glXLastContext = 0;
- }
- glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
- if (!glxc->idExists) {
- __glXFreeContext(glxc);
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void StartUsingContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc)
-{
- glxc->isCurrent = GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
-** Make an OpenGL context and drawable current.
-*/
-static int MakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl,
- GLXDrawable drawable,
- GLXDrawable readdrawable,
- GLXContextID context,
- GLXContextTag oldContextTag)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
- DrawablePtr pReadDraw = NULL;
- xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply new_reply;
- xGLXMakeCurrentReq *be_req;
- xGLXMakeCurrentReply be_reply;
- xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *be_new_req;
- xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply be_new_reply;
- GLXDrawable drawId = drawable;
- GLXDrawable readId = readdrawable;
- GLXContextID contextId = context;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = 0;
- __GLXpixmap *pReadGlxPixmap = 0;
- __GLXcontext *glxc, *prevglxc;
- GLXContextTag tag = oldContextTag;
- WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
- WindowPtr pReadWin = NULL;
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
- __glXWindow *pGlxReadWindow = NULL;
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = NULL;
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxReadPbuffer = NULL;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
- PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
-#endif
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s, rc;
-
- /*
- ** If one is None and the other isn't, it's a bad match.
- */
- if ((drawId == None && contextId != None) ||
- (drawId != None && contextId == None)) {
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Lookup old context. If we have one, it must be in a usable state.
- */
- if (tag != 0) {
- prevglxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
- if (!prevglxc) {
- /*
- ** Tag for previous context is invalid.
- */
- return __glXBadContextTag;
- }
- } else {
- prevglxc = 0;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Lookup new context. It must not be current for someone else.
- */
- if (contextId != None) {
- glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(contextId, __glXContextRes);
- if (!glxc) {
- client->errorValue = contextId;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
- if ((glxc != prevglxc) && glxc->isCurrent) {
- /* Context is current to somebody else */
- return BadAccess;
- }
- } else {
- /* Switching to no context. Ignore new drawable. */
- glxc = 0;
- }
-
- if (drawId != None) {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is an X Window.
- */
- VisualID vid;
- pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- vid = wVisual(pWin);
-
- new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
- new_reply.writeType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
-
- /*
- ** Check if window and context are similar.
- */
- if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
- (pWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- from_screen = to_screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
- } else {
- /*
- ** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
- ** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
- */
- if (pGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
- new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :
- pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid);
-
- new_reply.writeType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
-
- from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
-
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
- **
- ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
- */
- if (pGlxWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- new_reply.writeVid = pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
- new_reply.writeType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
- }
-
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
- if (pGlxPbuffer) {
- if (pGlxPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
- new_reply.writeVid = pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
- new_reply.writeType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- } else {
- pDraw = 0;
- }
-
- if (readId != None && readId != drawId ) {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pReadDraw, readId, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (pReadDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is an X Window.
- */
- VisualID vid;
- pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- vid = wVisual(pReadWin);
-
- new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
- new_reply.readType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
-
- /*
- ** Check if window and context are similar.
- */
- if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
- (pReadWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
- client->errorValue = readId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- /*
- ** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
- ** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
- */
- client->errorValue = readId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pReadDraw) {
- pReadGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(readId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
- */
- if (pReadGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
- client->errorValue = readId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- pReadDraw = pReadGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
- new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :
- pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid );
- new_reply.readType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
-
- }
- }
-
- if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxReadWindow = (__glXWindow *)
- LookupIDByType(readId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxReadWindow) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
- **
- ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
- */
- if (pGlxReadWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = readId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- pReadDraw = pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
- new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
- new_reply.readType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxReadPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(readId, __glXPbufferRes);
- if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
- if (pGlxReadPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
- pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- pReadDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxReadPbuffer;
- new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
- new_reply.readType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pReadDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is neither a Window nor a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = readId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- } else {
- pReadDraw = pDraw;
- pReadGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
- pReadWin = pWin;
- new_reply.readVid = new_reply.writeVid;
- new_reply.readType = new_reply.writeType;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc) {
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxPixmap );
- prevglxc->pGlxPixmap = 0;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap );
- prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxWindow) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxWindow );
- prevglxc->pGlxWindow = 0;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow );
- prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow = 0;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer );
- prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer = 0;
- }
-
- if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
- */
- prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer );
- prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = 0;
- }
-
- ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
- ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
- StopUsingContext(prevglxc);
- } else {
- tag = AddCurrentContext(cl, glxc, pDraw);
- }
- if (glxc) {
-
- glxc->pGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
- glxc->pGlxReadPixmap = pReadGlxPixmap;
- glxc->pGlxWindow = pGlxWindow;
- glxc->pGlxReadWindow = pGlxReadWindow;
- glxc->pGlxPbuffer = pGlxPbuffer;
- glxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = pGlxReadPbuffer;
-
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- pGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
-
- if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
- pReadGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
-
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- pGlxWindow->refcnt++;
- }
-
- if (pGlxReadWindow) {
- pGlxReadWindow->refcnt++;
- }
-
- if (pGlxPbuffer) {
- pGlxPbuffer->refcnt++;
- }
-
- if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
- pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt++;
- }
-
- StartUsingContext(cl, glxc);
- new_reply.contextTag = tag;
- } else {
- new_reply.contextTag = 0;
- }
- new_reply.length = 0;
- new_reply.type = X_Reply;
- new_reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
- if (pDraw && new_reply.writeType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
- pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- }
-
- if (pReadDraw && pReadDraw != pDraw &&
- new_reply.readType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
- pXinReadDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pReadDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- }
- else {
- pXinReadDraw = pXinDraw;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
-
- /* send the MakeCurrent request to all required
- * back-end servers.
- */
- for (s = from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- unsigned int be_draw = None;
- unsigned int be_read_draw = None;
-
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- be_draw = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- }
- else if (pGlxPbuffer) {
- be_draw = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- else if (pXinDraw) {
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
- else if (pGlxWindow) {
- pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (pWin && be_draw == None) {
- be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- if (!be_draw) {
- /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
- /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
- /* creation of the window */
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
- be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Before sending the MakeCurrent request - sync the
- * X11 connection to the back-end servers to make sure
- * that drawable is already created
- */
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- if (drawId == readId) {
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXMakeCurrent, be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeCurrent;
- be_req->drawable = be_draw;
- be_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
- be_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_reply, 0, False)) {
-
- /* The make current failed */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_reply.contextTag );
- }
- else {
-
- if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
- be_read_draw = pReadGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- }
- else if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
- be_read_draw = pGlxReadPbuffer->be_xids[s];
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- else if (pXinReadDraw) {
- dixLookupWindow(&pReadWin, pXinReadDraw->info[s].id, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
- else if (pGlxReadWindow) {
- pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (pReadWin && be_read_draw == None) {
- be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
- if (!be_read_draw) {
- /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
- /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
- /* creation of the window */
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pReadWin, TRUE );
- be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
- }
- }
-
- if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXMakeContextCurrent, be_new_req);
- be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeContextCurrent;
- be_new_req->drawable = be_draw;
- be_new_req->readdrawable = be_read_draw;
- be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
- be_new_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_new_reply, 0, False)) {
-
- /* The make current failed */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_new_reply.contextTag );
- }
- else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGI_make_current_read")) {
- xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *ext_req;
- xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *vpreq;
- xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply ext_reply;
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivateWithReply,
- sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq,
- vpreq);
- ext_req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *)vpreq;
- ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivateWithReply;
- ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI;
- ext_req->drawable = be_draw;
- ext_req->readable = be_read_draw;
- ext_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
- ext_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &ext_reply, 0, False)) {
-
- /* The make current failed */
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, ext_reply.contextTag );
-
- }
- else {
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
-
- XFlush( dpy );
- }
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(client, &new_reply);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply, (char *)&new_reply);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXMakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXMakeCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReq *) pc;
-
- return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->drawable,
- req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXMakeContextCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *) pc;
-
- return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readdrawable,
- req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *) pc;
-
- return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readable,
- req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXIsDirect(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXIsDirectReq *req = (xGLXIsDirectReq *) pc;
- xGLXIsDirectReply reply;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
-
- /*
- ** Find the GL context.
- */
- glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
- if (!glxc) {
- client->errorValue = req->context;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- reply.isDirect = 0;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapIsDirectReply(client, &reply);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXIsDirectReply, (char *)&reply);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryVersion(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-/* xGLXQueryVersionReq *req = (xGLXQueryVersionReq *) pc; */
- xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
-
- /*
- ** Server should take into consideration the version numbers sent by the
- ** client if it wants to work with older clients; however, in this
- ** implementation the server just returns its version number.
- */
- reply.majorVersion = __glXVersionMajor;
- reply.minorVersion = __glXVersionMinor;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapQueryVersionReply(client, &reply);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryVersionReply, (char *)&reply);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXWaitGL(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXWaitGLReq *req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
- xGLXWaitGLReq *be_req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
- __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-
- if (req->contextTag != 0) {
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (glxc) {
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXWaitGL,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitGL;
- be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- XSync(dpy, False);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXWaitX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXWaitXReq *req = (xGLXWaitXReq *)pc;
- xGLXWaitXReq *be_req;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
- __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-
- if (req->contextTag != 0) {
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (glxc) {
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXWaitX,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitX;
- be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- XFlush( dpy );
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCopyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXCopyContextReq *be_req;
- xGLXCopyContextReq *req = (xGLXCopyContextReq *) pc;
- GLXContextID source = req->source;
- GLXContextID dest = req->dest;
- GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
- unsigned long mask = req->mask;
- __GLXcontext *src, *dst;
- int s;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
-
- /*
- ** Check that each context exists.
- */
- src = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(source, __glXContextRes);
- if (!src) {
- client->errorValue = source;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
- dst = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(dest, __glXContextRes);
- if (!dst) {
- client->errorValue = dest;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- /*
- ** They must be in the same address space, and same screen.
- */
- if (src->pGlxScreen != dst->pGlxScreen) {
- client->errorValue = source;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- /*
- ** The destination context must not be current for any client.
- */
- if (dst->isCurrent) {
- client->errorValue = dest;
- return BadAccess;
- }
-
- if (tag) {
- __GLXcontext *tagcx = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
-
- if (!tagcx) {
- return __glXBadContextTag;
- }
- if (tagcx != src) {
- /*
- ** This would be caused by a faulty implementation of the client
- ** library.
- */
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
-
- from_screen = to_screen = src->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXCopyContext,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCopyContext;
- be_req->source = (unsigned int)src->real_ids[s-from_screen];
- be_req->dest = (unsigned int)dst->real_ids[s-from_screen];
- be_req->mask = mask;
- be_req->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetVisualConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *) pc;
- xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
- __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
- CARD32 buf[__GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG];
- unsigned int screen;
- int i, p;
-
- screen = req->screen;
- if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
- /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-
- reply.numVisuals = pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals;
- reply.numProps = __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG;
- reply.length = (pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 *
- __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG) >> 2;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
-
- for (i=0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++) {
- pGlxVisual = &pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[i];
- if (!pGlxScreen->isGLXvis[i] || pGlxVisual->vid == 0) {
- /* not a usable visual */
- continue;
- }
- p = 0;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->vid;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->class;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->rgba;
-
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->redSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->greenSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->blueSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->alphaSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumRedSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumGreenSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumBlueSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumAlphaSize;
-
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->doubleBuffer;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stereo;
-
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->bufferSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->depthSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stencilSize;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->auxBuffers;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->level;
- /*
- ** Add token/value pairs for extensions.
- */
- buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualRating;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentPixel;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentRed;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentGreen;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentBlue;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentAlpha;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentIndex;
- buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->multiSampleSize;
- buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->nMultiSampleBuffers;
- buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
- buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualSelectGroup;
-
- WriteToClient(client, __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 * __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG,
- (char *)buf);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a GLX Pixmap from an X Pixmap.
-*/
-static int CreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl,
- VisualID visual, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
- int screenNum, XID pixmapId, XID glxpixmapId )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *be_req;
- xGLXCreatePixmapReq *be_new_req;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
- __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
- __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
- int i, s, rc;
- int from_screen, to_screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, pixmapId, client, M_DRAWABLE_PIXMAP,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- /*
- ** Check if screen of visual matches screen of pixmap.
- */
- pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
- if (screenNum != pScreen->myNum) {
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- if (fbconfigId == NULL && visual == NULL) {
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (fbconfigId != None) {
- pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
- if (!pFBConfig) {
- client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
- return BadValue;
- }
- visual = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
- }
- else {
- pFBConfig = NULL;
- }
-
- if (visual != None) {
- /*
- ** Find the VisualRec for this visual.
- */
- pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- for (i=0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
- if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
- client->errorValue = visual;
- return BadValue;
- }
- /*
- ** Check if depth of visual matches depth of pixmap.
- */
- if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
- client->errorValue = visual;
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Get configuration of the visual.
- */
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screenNum];
- pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
- for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
- if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
- /*
- ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
- */
- client->errorValue = visual;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
-
- /* find the FBConfig for that visual (if any) */
- if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
- pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
-
- if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
- /*
- * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
- client->errorValue = visual;
- return BadValue;
- */
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- pVisual = NULL;
- pGlxVisual = NULL;
- }
-
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXpixmap));
- if (!pGlxPixmap) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pGlxPixmap->be_xids = (XID *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens);
- if (!pGlxPixmap->be_xids) {
- __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pGlxPixmap->pDraw = pDraw;
- pGlxPixmap->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
- pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
- pGlxPixmap->pFBConfig = pFBConfig;
- pGlxPixmap->pScreen = pScreen;
- pGlxPixmap->idExists = True;
- pGlxPixmap->refcnt = 0;
-
- /*
- ** Bump the ref count on the X pixmap so it won't disappear.
- */
- ((PixmapPtr) pDraw)->refcnt++;
-
- /*
- * send the request to the back-end server(s)
- */
- from_screen = to_screen = screenNum;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
- pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- Pixmap be_pixmap;
- DrawablePtr pRealDraw = pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (pXinDraw) {
- dixLookupDrawable(&pRealDraw, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, 0,
- DixAddAccess);
- }
-#endif
-
- be_pixmap = (DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV((PixmapPtr)pRealDraw))->pixmap;
-
- /* make sure pixmap already created on back-end */
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- if ( pFBConfig && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXCreatePixmap,be_new_req);
- be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePixmap;
- be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- be_new_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
- be_new_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
- be_new_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- be_new_req->numAttribs = 0;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
- else if (pFBConfig && glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
- __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
- xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
- sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq-sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
- vpreq);
- ext_req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
- ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
- ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX;
- ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- ext_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
- ext_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
- ext_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
- else if (pGlxVisual) {
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXCreateGLXPixmap,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateGLXPixmap;
- be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- be_req->visual = (unsigned int)glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(
- pGlxVisual,
- dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
- dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );
- be_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
- be_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = ( visual ? visual : fbconfigId );
- __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- XFlush( dpy );
- }
-
- if (!(AddResource(glxpixmapId, __glXPixmapRes, pGlxPixmap))) {
- __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
-
- return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, req->visual, None,
- req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
-}
-
-int __glXCreatePixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXCreatePixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreatePixmapReq *) pc;
-
- return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, None, req->fbconfig,
- req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
- XID glxpixmap = req->glxpixmap;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
- int s;
- int from_screen, to_screen;
-
- /*
- ** Check if it's a valid GLX pixmap.
- */
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *)LookupIDByType(glxpixmap, __glXPixmapRes);
- if (!pGlxPixmap) {
- client->errorValue = glxpixmap;
- return __glXBadPixmap;
- }
- FreeResource(glxpixmap, FALSE);
-
- /*
- * destroy the pixmap on the back-end server(s).
- */
- from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- /* make sure pixmap exist in back-end */
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXDestroyGLXPixmap,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyGLXPixmap;
- req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** NOTE: There is no portable implementation for swap buffers as of
-** this time that is of value. Consequently, this code must be
-** implemented by somebody other than SGI.
-*/
-int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- xGLXSwapBuffersReq *be_req;
- WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
- __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s, rc;
-
- /*
- ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
- */
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- from_screen = to_screen = pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
-
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is an X window.
- */
- pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- } else {
- /*
- ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
- */
- pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
- */
- pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- from_screen = to_screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- if (tag) {
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return __glXBadContextTag;
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If requested, send a glFinish to all back-end servers before swapping. */
- if (dmxGLXFinishSwap) {
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- xGLXSingleReq *finishReq;
- xGLXSingleReply reply;
-
-#define X_GLXSingle 0 /* needed by GetReq below */
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXSingle,finishReq);
- finishReq->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- finishReq->glxCode = X_GLsop_Finish;
- finishReq->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0);
- (void) _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
- }
-
- /* If requested, send an XSync to all back-end servers before swapping. */
- if (dmxGLXSyncSwap) {
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
- XSync(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s), False);
- }
-
-
- /* send the SwapBuffers request to all back-end servers */
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- unsigned int be_draw = 0;
-
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- be_draw = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- else if (pXinDraw) {
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
- else if (pGlxWindow) {
- pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
-
- if (pWin && !be_draw) {
- be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- if (!be_draw) {
- /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
- /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
- /* creation of the window */
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
- be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- }
- }
-
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXSwapBuffers,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXSwapBuffers;
- be_req->drawable = be_draw;
- be_req->contextTag = ( tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0 );
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- XFlush(dpy);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- xGLXSwapBuffersReq *req = (xGLXSwapBuffersReq *) pc;
- GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
- XID drawId = req->drawable;
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
- __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
- int rc;
-
- /*
- ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
- */
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
- */
- pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
- */
- pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- if (tag) {
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return __glXBadContextTag;
- }
- }
-
- if (pDraw &&
- pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW &&
- DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)pDraw)->swapGroup) {
- return SGSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag, pDraw);
- }
-
- return __glXDoSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag);
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Render and Renderlarge are not in the GLX API. They are used by the GLX
-** client library to send batches of GL rendering commands.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Execute all the drawing commands in a request.
-*/
-int __glXRender(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXRenderReq *req;
- xGLXRenderReq *be_req;
- int size;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- /*
- ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
- ** routine, __glXSwapRender(). Any changes made here should also be
- ** duplicated there.
- */
-
- req = (xGLXRenderReq *) pc;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXRenderReq;
- size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXRenderReq;
-
- /*
- * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXRender,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRender;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, size);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a large rendering request (one that spans multiple X requests).
-*/
-int __glXRenderLarge(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
- xGLXRenderLargeReq *be_req;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- /*
- ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
- ** routine, __glXSwapRenderLarge(). Any changes made here should also be
- ** duplicated there.
- */
-
- req = (xGLXRenderLargeReq *) pc;
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXRenderLargeReq;
-
- /*
- * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->requestNumber = req->requestNumber;
- be_req->requestTotal = req->requestTotal;
- be_req->dataBytes = req->dataBytes;
- Data(dpy, (const char *)pc, req->dataBytes);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-int __glXVendorPrivate(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req;
-
- req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *) pc;
-
- switch( req->vendorCode ) {
-
- case X_GLvop_DeleteTexturesEXT:
- return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_SwapIntervalSGI:
- if (glxIsExtensionSupported("SGI_swap_control")) {
- return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
- }
- else {
- return Success;
- }
- break;
-
-#if 0 /* glx 1.3 */
- case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
- break;
- case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
- break;
- case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX:
- break;
- case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXPbufferSGIX:
- break;
- case X_GLXvop_ChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX:
- break;
-#endif
-
- case X_GLXvop_BindSwapBarrierSGIX:
- return __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX( cl, pc );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_JoinSwapGroupSGIX:
- return __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX( cl, pc );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX:
- return __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX( cl, pc );
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- ** unsupported private request
- */
- cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
- return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
- }
-
- cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
- return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
-
-}
-
-int __glXVendorPrivateWithReply(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *req;
-
- req = (xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *) pc;
-
- switch( req->vendorCode ) {
-
- case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionFilterEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterfvEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterivEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetSeparableFilterEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetHistogramEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterivEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterfvEXT:
- case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterivEXT:
- case X_GLvop_AreTexturesResidentEXT:
- case X_GLvop_IsTextureEXT:
- return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply(cl, pc) );
- break;
-
- case X_GLvop_GenTexturesEXT:
- return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply(cl, pc) );
- break;
-
-
-#if 0 /* glx1.3 */
- case X_GLvop_GetDetailTexFuncSGIS:
- case X_GLvop_GetSharpenTexFuncSGIS:
- case X_GLvop_GetColorTableSGI:
- case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterfvSGI:
- case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterivSGI:
- case X_GLvop_GetTexFilterFuncSGIS:
- case X_GLvop_GetInstrumentsSGIX:
- case X_GLvop_InstrumentsBufferSGIX:
- case X_GLvop_PollInstrumentsSGIX:
- case X_GLvop_FlushRasterSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPbufferSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_GetDrawableAttributesSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_HyperpipeConfigSGIX:
- case X_GLXvop_DestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
-#endif
- case X_GLXvop_QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX:
- return( __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(cl, pc) );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_GetFBConfigsSGIX:
- return( __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(cl, pc) );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI:
- return( __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(cl, pc) );
- break;
-
- case X_GLXvop_QueryContextInfoEXT:
- return( __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(cl,pc) );
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- ** unsupported private request
- */
- cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
- return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
- }
-
-}
-
-int __glXQueryExtensionsString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *) pc;
- xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply reply;
- GLint screen;
- size_t length;
- int len, numbytes;
- char *be_buf;
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
- xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *be_req;
- xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply be_reply;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
- int slop;
-#endif
-
- screen = req->screen;
-
- /*
- ** Check if screen exists.
- */
- if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
- /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryExtensionsString,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
- be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- len = (int)be_reply.length;
- numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
- slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
- if (!be_buf) {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, len);
- } else {
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
- if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
- }
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
-#else
-
- be_buf = __glXGetServerString(GLX_EXTENSIONS);
- numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
- len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
-
-#endif
-
- length = len;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = len;
- reply.n = numbytes;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply,(char *)&reply);
- WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), (char *)be_buf);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryServerString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryServerStringReq *) pc;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
- int name;
- GLint screen;
- size_t length;
- int len, numbytes;
- char *be_buf;
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
- xGLXQueryServerStringReq *be_req;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReply be_reply;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
- int slop;
-#endif
-
- name = req->name;
- screen = req->screen;
- /*
- ** Check if screen exists.
- */
- if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
- /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
- be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- be_req->name = name;
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- len = (int)be_reply.length;
- numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
- slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
- if (!be_buf) {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, len);
- } else {
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
- if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
- }
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
-#else
- be_buf = __glXGetServerString(name);
- numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
- len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
-#endif
-
- length = len;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = length;
- reply.n = numbytes;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReply, (char *)&reply);
- WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), be_buf);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXClientInfo(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXClientInfoReq *req = (xGLXClientInfoReq *) pc;
- xGLXClientInfoReq *be_req;
- const char *buf;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- cl->GLClientmajorVersion = req->major;
- cl->GLClientminorVersion = req->minor;
- if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
- buf = (const char *)(req+1);
- cl->GLClientextensions = strdup(buf);
-
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
- {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXClientInfo,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXClientInfo;
- be_req->major = req->major;
- be_req->minor = req->minor;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->numbytes = req->numbytes;
- Data(dpy, buf, req->numbytes);
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXUseXFont(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXUseXFontReq *req;
- xGLXUseXFontReq *be_req;
- FontPtr pFont;
- __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
- dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
-
- req = (xGLXUseXFontReq *) pc;
-
- if (req->contextTag != 0) {
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (glxc) {
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Font can actually be either the ID of a font or the ID of a GC
- ** containing a font.
- */
- pFont = (FontPtr)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_FONT);
- if (!pFont) {
- GC *pGC = (GC *)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_GC);
- if (!pGC) {
- client->errorValue = req->font;
- return BadFont;
- }
- pFont = pGC->font;
- }
-
- pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXUseXFont,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXUseXFont;
- be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
- be_req->font = pFontPriv->font[s]->fid;
- be_req->first = req->first;
- be_req->count = req->count;
- be_req->listBase = req->listBase;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- XSync( dpy, False );
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * start GLX 1.3 here
- */
-
-int __glXGetFBConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *) pc;
- xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
- __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
- CARD32 buf[2 * __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS];
- int numAttribs = __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS;
- unsigned int screen = req->screen;
- int numFBConfigs, i, p;
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-
- if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
- /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
- numFBConfigs = __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
- reply.numFBConfigs = numFBConfigs;
- reply.numAttribs = numAttribs;
- reply.length = (numFBConfigs * 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32) >> 2;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numFBConfigs);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numAttribs);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
-
- for (i=0; i < numFBConfigs; i++) {
- int associatedVisualId = 0;
- int drawableTypeIndex;
- pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1) ];
-
- p = 0;
- /* core attributes */
- buf[p++] = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->id;
- buf[p++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->indexBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_LEVEL;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->level;
- buf[p++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->doubleBufferMode;
- buf[p++] = GLX_STEREO;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stereoMode;
- buf[p++] = GLX_AUX_BUFFERS;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxAuxBuffers;
- buf[p++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->redBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->greenBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->blueBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->alphaBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->depthBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stencilBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumRedBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumGreenBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumBlueBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumAlphaBits;
- buf[p++] = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->renderType;
- buf[p++] = GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE;
- drawableTypeIndex = p;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
- buf[p++] = GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualType;
- buf[p++] = GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualCaveat;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentType;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentRed;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentGreen;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentBlue;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentAlpha;
- buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentIndex;
- buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferWidth;
- buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferHeight;
- buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferPixels;
-
- /*
- * find the visual of the back-end server and match a visual
- * on the proxy.
- * do only once - if a visual is not yet associated.
- */
- if (pFBConfig->associatedVisualId == (unsigned int)-1) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
- __GLXFBConfig *be_pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1)+screen+1 ];
- __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual = NULL;
- int v;
- int found = 0;
- for (v=0; v<dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals; v++) {
- if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v].vid == be_pFBConfig->associatedVisualId) {
- pGlxVisual = &dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v];
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (pGlxVisual) {
- for (v=0; v<pGlxScreen->numVisuals; v++) {
- if (glxVisualsMatch(&pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v], pGlxVisual)) {
- associatedVisualId = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v].vid;
- found = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (!found) {
- associatedVisualId = 0;
- pFBConfig->drawableType &= ~(GLX_WINDOW_BIT);
- buf[drawableTypeIndex] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- else if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- /* convert the associated visualId to the panoramix one */
- pFBConfig->associatedVisualId =
- PanoramiXTranslateVisualID(screen, v);
- }
-#endif
- }
- else {
- associatedVisualId = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
- }
-
- buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_ID;
- buf[p++] = associatedVisualId;
-
- /* SGIS_multisample attributes */
- buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->multiSampleSize;
- buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->nMultiSampleBuffers;
-
- /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
- buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferWidth;
- buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferHeight;
-
- buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
- buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualSelectGroup;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY((int *)buf, 2*numAttribs);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, 2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, (char *)buf);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *)pc;
- xGLXGetFBConfigsReq new_req;
-
- new_req.reqType = req->reqType;
- new_req.glxCode = req->glxCode;
- new_req.length = req->length;
- new_req.screen = req->screen;
-
- return( __glXGetFBConfigs( cl, (GLbyte *)&new_req ) );
-}
-
-
-int __glXCreateWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXCreateWindowReq *req = (xGLXCreateWindowReq *) pc;
- int screen = req->screen;
- GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
- XID windowId = req->window;
- XID glxwindowId = req->glxwindow;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow;
- __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig = NULL;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- VisualID visId;
- int i, rc;
-
- /*
- ** Check if windowId is valid
- */
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, windowId, client, M_DRAWABLE_WINDOW,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- /*
- ** Check if screen of window matches screen of fbconfig.
- */
- pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
- if (screen != pScreen->myNum) {
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
- */
- if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
- client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
- return __glXBadFBConfig;
- }
- visId = pGlxFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
-
- /*
- ** Check if the fbconfig supports rendering to windows
- */
- if( !(pGlxFBConfig->drawableType & GLX_WINDOW_BIT) ) {
- return BadMatch;
- }
-
- if (visId != None) {
- /*
- ** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
- */
- pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
- if (pVisual->vid == visId) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
- client->errorValue = visId;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Check if color buffer depth of fbconfig matches depth
- ** of window.
- */
- if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
- return BadMatch;
- }
- } else
- /*
- ** The window was created with no visual that corresponds
- ** to fbconfig
- */
- return BadMatch;
-
- /*
- ** Check if there is already a fbconfig associated with this window
- */
- if ( LookupIDByType(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes) ) {
- client->errorValue = glxwindowId;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) xalloc(sizeof(__glXWindow));
- if (!pGlxWindow) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Register this GLX window as a resource
- */
- if (!(AddResource(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes, pGlxWindow))) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pGlxWindow->pDraw = pDraw;
- pGlxWindow->type = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
- pGlxWindow->idExists = True;
- pGlxWindow->refcnt = 0;
- pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
- pGlxWindow->pScreen = pScreen;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXDestroyWindowReq *req = (xGLXDestroyWindowReq *) pc;
- XID glxwindow = req->glxwindow;
-
- /*
- ** Check if it's a valid GLX window.
- */
- if (!LookupIDByType(glxwindow, __glXWindowRes)) {
- client->errorValue = glxwindow;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- /*
- ** The glx window destructor will check whether it's current before
- ** freeing anything.
- */
- FreeResource(glxwindow, RT_NONE);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- __GLXcontext *ctx;
- xGLXQueryContextReq *req;
- xGLXQueryContextReply reply;
- int nProps;
- int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
- int nReplyBytes;
-
- req = (xGLXQueryContextReq *)pc;
- ctx = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
- if (!ctx) {
- client->errorValue = req->context;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- nProps = 3;
-
- reply.length = nProps << 1;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.n = nProps;
-
- nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
- sendBuf = (int *)xalloc(nReplyBytes);
- pSendBuf = sendBuf;
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->id);
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->renderType);
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapQueryContextReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextReply, (char *)&reply);
- WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
- }
- xfree((char *)sendBuf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- __GLXcontext *ctx;
- xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *req;
- xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply reply;
- int nProps;
- int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
- int nReplyBytes;
-
- req = (xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *)pc;
- ctx = (__GLXcontext *) SecurityLookupIDByType(client, req->context, __glXContextRes, DixReadAccess);
- if (!ctx) {
- client->errorValue = req->context;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- nProps = 4;
-
- reply.length = nProps << 1;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.n = nProps;
-
- nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
- sendBuf = (int *)xalloc(nReplyBytes);
- pSendBuf = sendBuf;
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SHARE_CONTEXT_EXT;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->share_id);
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_VISUAL_ID_EXT;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pVisual ? ctx->pVisual->vid : 0);
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN_EXT;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
- *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
- *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig ? ctx->pFBConfig->id : 0);
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
- } else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply, (char *)&reply);
- WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
- }
- xfree((char *)sendBuf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreatePbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXCreatePbufferReq *req = (xGLXCreatePbufferReq *)pc;
- xGLXCreatePbufferReq *be_req;
- int screen = req->screen;
- GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
- GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
- int numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
- int *attr;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig;
- __GLXFBConfig *be_pGlxFBConfig;
- XID be_xid;
- Display *dpy;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- int s;
- int from_screen, to_screen;
-
- /*
- ** Look up screen and FBConfig.
- */
- if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
- /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
- client->errorValue = screen;
- return BadValue;
- }
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
-
- /*
- ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
- */
- if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
- client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
- return __glXBadFBConfig;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Create the GLX part of the Pbuffer.
- */
- pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *) xalloc(sizeof(__glXPbuffer));
- if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pGlxPbuffer->be_xids = (XID *) xalloc( sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens );
- if (!pGlxPbuffer->be_xids) {
- xfree(pGlxPbuffer);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- /*
- * Allocate an XID on the back-end server(s) and send him the request
- */
- from_screen = to_screen = screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- be_xid = XAllocID(dpy);
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- be_pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pGlxFBConfig->id, s );
-
- attr = (int *)( req+1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXCreatePbuffer, 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePbuffer;
- be_req->screen = be_pGlxFBConfig->screen;
- be_req->fbconfig = be_pGlxFBConfig->id;
- be_req->pbuffer = be_xid;
- be_req->numAttribs = numAttribs;
-
- /* Send attributes */
- if ( attr != NULL ) {
- CARD32 *pc = (CARD32 *)(be_req + 1);
-
- while (numAttribs-- > 0) {
- *pc++ = *attr++; /* token */
- *pc++ = *attr++; /* value */
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s] = be_xid;
- }
-
-
- pGlxPbuffer->idExists = True;
- pGlxPbuffer->refcnt = 0;
- pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
- pGlxPbuffer->pScreen = pScreen;
-
- /*
- ** Register the resource.
- */
- if (!(AddResource(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes, pGlxPbuffer))) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- return Success;
-
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyPbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *req = (xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *) pc;
- xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *be_req;
- GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
- Display *dpy;
- int screen;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
- int s;
- int from_screen, to_screen;
-
- /*
- ** Check if it's a valid Pbuffer
- */
- pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes);
- if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
- client->errorValue = pbuffer;
- return __glXBadPbuffer;
- }
-
- screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
-
- from_screen = to_screen = screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-
- /* send the destroy request to the back-end server */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXDestroyPbuffer, be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyPbuffer;
- be_req->pbuffer = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- FreeResource(pbuffer, RT_NONE);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
- xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
- xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply reply;
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
- GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
- DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
- Display *dpy;
- int screen, rc;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- CARD32 *attribs = NULL;
- int attribs_size;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
- if (drawId != None) {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- be_drawable = 0;
- screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
- }
- else {
- /*
- ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = 0;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
- if (pGlxPbuffer) {
- pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
- screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
- }
- }
-
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
-
- /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow -
- * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
- */
- if (!be_drawable) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- if (!pXinDraw) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
-
- if (pWin) {
- be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- if (!be_drawable) {
- /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
- /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
- /* creation of the window */
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
- be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- }
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
-
- /* send the request to the back-end server */
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
- /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXGetDrawableAttributes, be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXGetDrawableAttributes;
- be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &reply, 0, False)) {
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
- }
-
- if (reply.numAttribs) {
- attribs_size = 2 * reply.numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32;
- attribs = (CARD32 *) Xalloc(attribs_size);
- if (attribs == NULL) {
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- _XRead(dpy, (char *) attribs, attribs_size);
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
-
- /* send the reply back to the client */
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (client->swapped) {
- __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(client, &reply, (int *)attribs);
- }
- else {
- WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply, (char *)&reply);
- WriteToClient(client, attribs_size, (char *)attribs);
- }
-
- Xfree(attribs);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXChangeDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
- xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
- GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
- DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
- Display *dpy;
- int screen, rc;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- char *attrbuf;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
- PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
- if (drawId != None) {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- be_drawable = 0;
- screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
- }
- else {
- /*
- ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
- __glXPixmapRes);
- if (pGlxPixmap) {
- pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
- screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
- if (pGlxWindow) {
- pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
- screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = 0;
- }
- }
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
- if (pGlxPbuffer) {
- pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
- screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
- be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
- }
- }
-
-
- if (!pDraw) {
- /*
- ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
- */
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
-
- /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow -
- * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
- */
- if (!be_drawable) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
- SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
- if (!pXinDraw) {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
-
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- }
-#endif
-
- if (pWin) {
- be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- if (!be_drawable) {
- /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
- /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
- /* creation of the window */
- dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
- be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
- }
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = drawId;
- return __glXBadDrawable;
- }
- }
-
-
- /* send the request to the back-end server */
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
- /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
- dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXChangeDrawableAttributes,
- 2 * req->numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLXChangeDrawableAttributes;
- be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
- be_req->numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
- be_req->length = req->length;
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXSendLargeCommand(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag contextTag)
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
- GLint maxSize, amount;
- GLint totalRequests, requestNumber;
- GLint dataLen;
- GLbyte *data;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int s;
- int from_screen, to_screen;
-
- maxSize = cl->largeCmdMaxReqDataSize - (GLint)sizeof(xGLXRenderLargeReq);
- dataLen = cl->largeCmdBytesTotal;
- totalRequests = (dataLen / maxSize);
- if (dataLen % maxSize) totalRequests++;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- client->errorValue = contextTag;
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Send enough requests until the whole array is sent.
- */
- requestNumber = 1;
- data = cl->largeCmdBuf;
- while (dataLen > 0) {
- amount = dataLen;
- if (amount > maxSize) {
- amount = maxSize;
- }
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;
- req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,contextTag,s);
- req->length += (amount + 3) >> 2;
- req->requestNumber = requestNumber++;
- req->requestTotal = totalRequests;
- req->dataBytes = amount;
- Data(dpy, ((const char*)data), amount);
- dataLen -= amount;
- data = ((GLbyte *) data) + amount;
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxsync.h"
+
+#undef Xmalloc
+#undef Xcalloc
+#undef Xrealloc
+#undef Xfree
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
+#include "g_disptab.h"
+#include <pixmapstr.h>
+#include <windowstr.h>
+#include "glxutil.h"
+#include "glxext.h"
+#include "unpack.h"
+
+#include "GL/glxproto.h"
+#include "glxvendor.h"
+#include "glxvisuals.h"
+#include "glxswap.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+extern __GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
+extern int __glXNumFBConfigs;
+
+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id );
+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid );
+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen );
+extern int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext );
+extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
+
+#define BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(x) \
+ ( (x) >= __glXerrorBase ? \
+ (x) - dmxScreen->glxErrorBase + __glXerrorBase \
+ : (x) )
+
+Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s )
+{
+ if (! cl->be_displays[s] ) {
+ cl->be_displays[s] = XOpenDisplay( DisplayString(dmxScreens[s].beDisplay) );
+ }
+ return( cl->be_displays[s] );
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a GL context with the given properties.
+*/
+static int CreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl,
+ GLXContextID gcId,
+ VisualID vid, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
+ int screen,
+ GLXContextID shareList,
+ int isDirect )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXCreateContextReq *be_req;
+ xGLXCreateNewContextReq *be_new_req;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc, *shareglxc;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
+ VisualID visual = vid;
+ GLint i;
+ int from_screen = screen;
+ int to_screen = screen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ VisualID be_vid;
+ GLXFBConfigID be_fbconfigId;
+ int num_be_screens;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if screen exists.
+ */
+ if (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens) {
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ ** Find the display list space that we want to share.
+ **
+ */
+ if (shareList == None) {
+ shareglxc = NULL;
+ } else {
+ shareglxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(shareList, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!shareglxc) {
+ client->errorValue = shareList;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Allocate memory for the new context
+ */
+ glxc = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXcontext));
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
+
+ if (fbconfigId != None) {
+ glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
+ if (!glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ visual = glxc->pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
+ }
+ else {
+ glxc->pFBConfig = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (visual != None) {
+ /*
+ ** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
+ */
+ pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
+ if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
+ for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
+ if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
+ /*
+ ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
+ glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
+
+ if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
+ /*
+ * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ return BadValue;
+ */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ pVisual = NULL;
+ pGlxVisual = NULL;
+ }
+
+ glxc->pScreen = pScreen;
+ glxc->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
+ glxc->pVisual = pVisual;
+ glxc->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
+
+ /*
+ * allocate memory for back-end servers info
+ */
+ num_be_screens = to_screen - from_screen + 1;
+ glxc->real_ids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
+ if (!glxc->real_ids) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ glxc->real_vids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
+ if (!glxc->real_vids) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ for (screen = from_screen; screen <= to_screen; screen++) {
+ int sent = 0;
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+
+ if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *beFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( glxc->pFBConfig->id,
+ screen );
+ be_fbconfigId = beFBConfig->id;
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxVisual) {
+
+ be_vid = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( pGlxVisual,
+ dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
+ dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );
+
+ if (!be_vid) {
+ /* visual is not supported on the back-end server */
+ __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
+ __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] = XAllocID(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen));
+
+ /* send the create context request to the back-end server */
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
+ if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ /*Since for a certain visual both RGB and COLOR INDEX
+ *can be on then the only parmeter to choose the renderType
+ * should be the class of the colormap since all 4 first
+ * classes does not support RGB mode only COLOR INDEX ,
+ * and so TrueColor and DirectColor does not support COLOR INDEX*/
+ int renderType = glxc->pFBConfig->renderType;
+ if ( pVisual ) {
+ switch ( pVisual->class ){
+ case PseudoColor:
+ case StaticColor:
+ case GrayScale:
+ case StaticGray:
+ renderType = GLX_COLOR_INDEX_TYPE;
+ break;
+ case TrueColor:
+ case DirectColor:
+ default:
+ renderType = GLX_RGBA_TYPE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXCreateNewContext,be_new_req);
+ be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateNewContext;
+ be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
+ be_new_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
+ be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ be_new_req->renderType = renderType;
+
+ be_new_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
+ be_new_req->isDirect = 0;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
+ sent = 1;
+ }
+ else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
+
+ xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
+ sz_xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
+ vpreq);
+ ext_req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
+ ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
+ ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX;
+ ext_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
+ ext_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
+ ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ ext_req->renderType = renderType;
+ ext_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
+ ext_req->isDirect = 0;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
+ sent = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!sent) {
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXCreateContext,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateContext;
+ be_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
+ be_req->visual = (unsigned int)be_vid;
+ be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ be_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
+ be_req->isDirect = 0;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_vid;
+ }
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Register this context as a resource.
+ */
+ if (!AddResource(gcId, __glXContextRes, (pointer)glxc)) {
+ __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
+ __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
+ __glXFree( glxc );
+ client->errorValue = gcId;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Finally, now that everything is working, setup the rest of the
+ ** context.
+ */
+ glxc->id = gcId;
+ glxc->share_id = shareList;
+ glxc->idExists = GL_TRUE;
+ glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXCreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXCreateContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextReq *) pc;
+
+ return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,req->visual, None,
+ req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
+
+}
+
+int __glXCreateNewContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXCreateNewContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateNewContextReq *) pc;
+
+ return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,None, req->fbconfig,
+ req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
+
+}
+
+int __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *) pc;
+
+ return( CreateContext(cl, req->context, None, req->fbconfig,
+ req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
+
+}
+
+int __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *req =
+ (xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *)pc;
+ xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply reply;
+
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.max = QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(req->screen);
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(client, &reply);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply,
+ (char *)&reply);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *req = (xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *)pc;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
+ __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ client->errorValue = req->drawable;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ return BindSwapBarrierSGIX(pDraw, req->barrier);
+}
+
+int __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *req = (xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *)pc;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw, pMember = NULL;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
+ __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ client->errorValue = req->drawable;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ if (req->member != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pMember, req->member, client, 0,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) pMember = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pMember && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
+ __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) pMember = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (!pMember) {
+ client->errorValue = req->member;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return JoinSwapGroupSGIX(pDraw, pMember);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Destroy a GL context as an X resource.
+*/
+int __glXDestroyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXDestroyContextReq *req = (xGLXDestroyContextReq *) pc;
+ xGLXDestroyContextReq *be_req;
+ GLXContextID gcId = req->context;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(gcId, __glXContextRes);
+ if (glxc) {
+ /*
+ ** Just free the resource; don't actually destroy the context,
+ ** because it might be in use. The
+ ** destroy method will be called by the resource destruction routine
+ ** if necessary.
+ */
+ FreeResourceByType(gcId, __glXContextRes, FALSE);
+
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+ } else {
+ client->errorValue = gcId;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * send DestroyContext request to all back-end servers
+ */
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXDestroyContext,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyContext;
+ be_req->context = glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen];
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** For each client, the server keeps a table of all the contexts that are
+** current for that client (each thread of a client may have its own current
+** context). These routines add, change, and lookup contexts in the table.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Add a current context, and return the tag that will be used to refer to it.
+*/
+static int AddCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc, DrawablePtr pDraw)
+{
+ int i;
+ int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
+ __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
+
+ if (!glxc) return -1;
+
+ /*
+ ** Try to find an empty slot and use it.
+ */
+ for (i=0; i < num; i++) {
+ if (!table[i]) {
+ table[i] = glxc;
+ return i+1;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ ** Didn't find a free slot, so we'll have to grow the table.
+ */
+ if (!num) {
+ table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
+ cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(DrawablePtr));
+ cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXMalloc(screenInfo.numScreens *sizeof(GLXContextTag));
+ } else {
+ table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXRealloc(table,
+ (num+1)*sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
+ cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXRealloc(
+ cl->currentDrawables ,
+ (num+1)*sizeof(DrawablePtr));
+ cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXRealloc(cl->be_currentCTag,
+ (num+1)*screenInfo.numScreens*sizeof(GLXContextTag));
+ }
+ table[num] = glxc;
+ cl->currentDrawables[num] = pDraw;
+ cl->currentContexts = table;
+ cl->numCurrentContexts++;
+
+ memset(cl->be_currentCTag + num*screenInfo.numScreens, 0,
+ screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(GLXContextTag));
+
+ return num+1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a tag, change the current context for the corresponding entry.
+*/
+static void ChangeCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc,
+ GLXContextTag tag)
+{
+ __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
+ table[tag-1] = glxc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, retrives the current back-end
+** tag.
+*/
+int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s)
+{
+ if (tag >0) {
+ return( cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] );
+ }
+ else {
+ return( 0 );
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, sets the current back-end
+** tag.
+*/
+static void SetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s, GLXContextTag be_tag)
+{
+ if (tag >0) {
+ cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] = be_tag;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** For this implementation we have chosen to simply use the index of the
+** context's entry in the table as the context tag. A tag must be greater
+** than 0.
+*/
+__GLXcontext *__glXLookupContextByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
+{
+ int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
+
+ if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return cl->currentContexts[tag-1];
+ }
+}
+
+DrawablePtr __glXLookupDrawableByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
+{
+ int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
+
+ if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return cl->currentDrawables[tag-1];
+ }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+static void StopUsingContext(__GLXcontext *glxc)
+{
+ if (glxc) {
+ if (glxc == __glXLastContext) {
+ /* Tell server GL library */
+ __glXLastContext = 0;
+ }
+ glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
+ if (!glxc->idExists) {
+ __glXFreeContext(glxc);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void StartUsingContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc)
+{
+ glxc->isCurrent = GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+** Make an OpenGL context and drawable current.
+*/
+static int MakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl,
+ GLXDrawable drawable,
+ GLXDrawable readdrawable,
+ GLXContextID context,
+ GLXContextTag oldContextTag)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
+ DrawablePtr pReadDraw = NULL;
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply new_reply;
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReq *be_req;
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReply be_reply;
+ xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *be_new_req;
+ xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply be_new_reply;
+ GLXDrawable drawId = drawable;
+ GLXDrawable readId = readdrawable;
+ GLXContextID contextId = context;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = 0;
+ __GLXpixmap *pReadGlxPixmap = 0;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc, *prevglxc;
+ GLXContextTag tag = oldContextTag;
+ WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+ WindowPtr pReadWin = NULL;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxReadWindow = NULL;
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = NULL;
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxReadPbuffer = NULL;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
+#endif
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s, rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** If one is None and the other isn't, it's a bad match.
+ */
+ if ((drawId == None && contextId != None) ||
+ (drawId != None && contextId == None)) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Lookup old context. If we have one, it must be in a usable state.
+ */
+ if (tag != 0) {
+ prevglxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
+ if (!prevglxc) {
+ /*
+ ** Tag for previous context is invalid.
+ */
+ return __glXBadContextTag;
+ }
+ } else {
+ prevglxc = 0;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Lookup new context. It must not be current for someone else.
+ */
+ if (contextId != None) {
+ glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(contextId, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ client->errorValue = contextId;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+ if ((glxc != prevglxc) && glxc->isCurrent) {
+ /* Context is current to somebody else */
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Switching to no context. Ignore new drawable. */
+ glxc = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (drawId != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is an X Window.
+ */
+ VisualID vid;
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ vid = wVisual(pWin);
+
+ new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
+ new_reply.writeType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if window and context are similar.
+ */
+ if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
+ (pWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ from_screen = to_screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
+
+ } else {
+ /*
+ ** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
+ ** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
+ */
+ if (pGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+
+ new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :
+ pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid);
+
+ new_reply.writeType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
+
+ from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
+ **
+ ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
+ */
+ if (pGlxWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ new_reply.writeVid = pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
+ new_reply.writeType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
+ if (pGlxPbuffer) {
+ if (pGlxPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
+ new_reply.writeVid = pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
+ new_reply.writeType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ pDraw = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (readId != None && readId != drawId ) {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pReadDraw, readId, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (pReadDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is an X Window.
+ */
+ VisualID vid;
+ pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ vid = wVisual(pReadWin);
+
+ new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
+ new_reply.readType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if window and context are similar.
+ */
+ if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
+ (pReadWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
+ client->errorValue = readId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+
+ /*
+ ** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
+ ** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
+ */
+ client->errorValue = readId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pReadDraw) {
+ pReadGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(readId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
+ */
+ if (pReadGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
+ client->errorValue = readId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ pReadDraw = pReadGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+
+ new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :
+ pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid );
+ new_reply.readType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxReadWindow = (__glXWindow *)
+ LookupIDByType(readId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxReadWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
+ **
+ ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
+ */
+ if (pGlxReadWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = readId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ pReadDraw = pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
+ new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
+ new_reply.readType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxReadPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(readId, __glXPbufferRes);
+ if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
+ if (pGlxReadPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
+ pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ pReadDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxReadPbuffer;
+ new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
+ new_reply.readType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pReadDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is neither a Window nor a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = readId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ pReadDraw = pDraw;
+ pReadGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
+ pReadWin = pWin;
+ new_reply.readVid = new_reply.writeVid;
+ new_reply.readType = new_reply.writeType;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc) {
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxPixmap );
+ prevglxc->pGlxPixmap = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap );
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxWindow );
+ prevglxc->pGlxWindow = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow );
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer );
+ prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
+ */
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer );
+ prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = 0;
+ }
+
+ ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
+ ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
+ StopUsingContext(prevglxc);
+ } else {
+ tag = AddCurrentContext(cl, glxc, pDraw);
+ }
+ if (glxc) {
+
+ glxc->pGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
+ glxc->pGlxReadPixmap = pReadGlxPixmap;
+ glxc->pGlxWindow = pGlxWindow;
+ glxc->pGlxReadWindow = pGlxReadWindow;
+ glxc->pGlxPbuffer = pGlxPbuffer;
+ glxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = pGlxReadPbuffer;
+
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ pGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
+ pReadGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ pGlxWindow->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxReadWindow) {
+ pGlxReadWindow->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxPbuffer) {
+ pGlxPbuffer->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
+ pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ StartUsingContext(cl, glxc);
+ new_reply.contextTag = tag;
+ } else {
+ new_reply.contextTag = 0;
+ }
+ new_reply.length = 0;
+ new_reply.type = X_Reply;
+ new_reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+
+ if (pDraw && new_reply.writeType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
+ pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+
+ if (pReadDraw && pReadDraw != pDraw &&
+ new_reply.readType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
+ pXinReadDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pReadDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+ else {
+ pXinReadDraw = pXinDraw;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ /* send the MakeCurrent request to all required
+ * back-end servers.
+ */
+ for (s = from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ unsigned int be_draw = None;
+ unsigned int be_read_draw = None;
+
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ be_draw = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ }
+ else if (pGlxPbuffer) {
+ be_draw = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ else if (pXinDraw) {
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (pGlxWindow) {
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (pWin && be_draw == None) {
+ be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ if (!be_draw) {
+ /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
+ /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
+ /* creation of the window */
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
+ be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Before sending the MakeCurrent request - sync the
+ * X11 connection to the back-end servers to make sure
+ * that drawable is already created
+ */
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ if (drawId == readId) {
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXMakeCurrent, be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeCurrent;
+ be_req->drawable = be_draw;
+ be_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
+ be_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_reply, 0, False)) {
+
+ /* The make current failed */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_reply.contextTag );
+ }
+ else {
+
+ if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
+ be_read_draw = pReadGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ }
+ else if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
+ be_read_draw = pGlxReadPbuffer->be_xids[s];
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ else if (pXinReadDraw) {
+ dixLookupWindow(&pReadWin, pXinReadDraw->info[s].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (pGlxReadWindow) {
+ pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (pReadWin && be_read_draw == None) {
+ be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
+ if (!be_read_draw) {
+ /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
+ /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
+ /* creation of the window */
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pReadWin, TRUE );
+ be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXMakeContextCurrent, be_new_req);
+ be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeContextCurrent;
+ be_new_req->drawable = be_draw;
+ be_new_req->readdrawable = be_read_draw;
+ be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
+ be_new_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_new_reply, 0, False)) {
+
+ /* The make current failed */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_new_reply.contextTag );
+ }
+ else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGI_make_current_read")) {
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *ext_req;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *vpreq;
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply ext_reply;
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivateWithReply,
+ sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq,
+ vpreq);
+ ext_req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *)vpreq;
+ ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivateWithReply;
+ ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI;
+ ext_req->drawable = be_draw;
+ ext_req->readable = be_read_draw;
+ ext_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
+ ext_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &ext_reply, 0, False)) {
+
+ /* The make current failed */
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, ext_reply.contextTag );
+
+ }
+ else {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ XFlush( dpy );
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(client, &new_reply);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply, (char *)&new_reply);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXMakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReq *) pc;
+
+ return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->drawable,
+ req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
+}
+
+int __glXMakeContextCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *) pc;
+
+ return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readdrawable,
+ req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
+}
+
+int __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *) pc;
+
+ return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readable,
+ req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
+}
+
+int __glXIsDirect(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXIsDirectReq *req = (xGLXIsDirectReq *) pc;
+ xGLXIsDirectReply reply;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Find the GL context.
+ */
+ glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ client->errorValue = req->context;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ reply.isDirect = 0;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapIsDirectReply(client, &reply);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXIsDirectReply, (char *)&reply);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXQueryVersion(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+/* xGLXQueryVersionReq *req = (xGLXQueryVersionReq *) pc; */
+ xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
+
+ /*
+ ** Server should take into consideration the version numbers sent by the
+ ** client if it wants to work with older clients; however, in this
+ ** implementation the server just returns its version number.
+ */
+ reply.majorVersion = __glXVersionMajor;
+ reply.minorVersion = __glXVersionMinor;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapQueryVersionReply(client, &reply);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryVersionReply, (char *)&reply);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXWaitGL(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXWaitGLReq *req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
+ xGLXWaitGLReq *be_req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
+
+ if (req->contextTag != 0) {
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (glxc) {
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXWaitGL,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitGL;
+ be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ XSync(dpy, False);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXWaitX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXWaitXReq *req = (xGLXWaitXReq *)pc;
+ xGLXWaitXReq *be_req;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
+
+ if (req->contextTag != 0) {
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (glxc) {
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXWaitX,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitX;
+ be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ XFlush( dpy );
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXCopyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXCopyContextReq *be_req;
+ xGLXCopyContextReq *req = (xGLXCopyContextReq *) pc;
+ GLXContextID source = req->source;
+ GLXContextID dest = req->dest;
+ GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
+ unsigned long mask = req->mask;
+ __GLXcontext *src, *dst;
+ int s;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check that each context exists.
+ */
+ src = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(source, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!src) {
+ client->errorValue = source;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+ dst = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(dest, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!dst) {
+ client->errorValue = dest;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** They must be in the same address space, and same screen.
+ */
+ if (src->pGlxScreen != dst->pGlxScreen) {
+ client->errorValue = source;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** The destination context must not be current for any client.
+ */
+ if (dst->isCurrent) {
+ client->errorValue = dest;
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+
+ if (tag) {
+ __GLXcontext *tagcx = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
+
+ if (!tagcx) {
+ return __glXBadContextTag;
+ }
+ if (tagcx != src) {
+ /*
+ ** This would be caused by a faulty implementation of the client
+ ** library.
+ */
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ from_screen = to_screen = src->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXCopyContext,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCopyContext;
+ be_req->source = (unsigned int)src->real_ids[s-from_screen];
+ be_req->dest = (unsigned int)dst->real_ids[s-from_screen];
+ be_req->mask = mask;
+ be_req->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXGetVisualConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *) pc;
+ xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
+ CARD32 buf[__GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG];
+ unsigned int screen;
+ int i, p;
+
+ screen = req->screen;
+ if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
+ /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
+
+ reply.numVisuals = pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals;
+ reply.numProps = __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG;
+ reply.length = (pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 *
+ __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG) >> 2;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
+
+ for (i=0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++) {
+ pGlxVisual = &pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[i];
+ if (!pGlxScreen->isGLXvis[i] || pGlxVisual->vid == 0) {
+ /* not a usable visual */
+ continue;
+ }
+ p = 0;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->vid;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->class;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->rgba;
+
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->redSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->greenSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->blueSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->alphaSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumRedSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumGreenSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumBlueSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumAlphaSize;
+
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->doubleBuffer;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stereo;
+
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->bufferSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->depthSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stencilSize;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->auxBuffers;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->level;
+ /*
+ ** Add token/value pairs for extensions.
+ */
+ buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualRating;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentPixel;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentRed;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentGreen;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentBlue;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentAlpha;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentIndex;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->multiSampleSize;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->nMultiSampleBuffers;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
+ buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualSelectGroup;
+
+ WriteToClient(client, __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 * __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG,
+ (char *)buf);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a GLX Pixmap from an X Pixmap.
+*/
+static int CreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl,
+ VisualID visual, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
+ int screenNum, XID pixmapId, XID glxpixmapId )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *be_req;
+ xGLXCreatePixmapReq *be_new_req;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
+ __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
+ int i, s, rc;
+ int from_screen, to_screen;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, pixmapId, client, M_DRAWABLE_PIXMAP,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if screen of visual matches screen of pixmap.
+ */
+ pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
+ if (screenNum != pScreen->myNum) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ if (fbconfigId == NULL && visual == NULL) {
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (fbconfigId != None) {
+ pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
+ if (!pFBConfig) {
+ client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ visual = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
+ }
+ else {
+ pFBConfig = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (visual != None) {
+ /*
+ ** Find the VisualRec for this visual.
+ */
+ pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ for (i=0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
+ if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ /*
+ ** Check if depth of visual matches depth of pixmap.
+ */
+ if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Get configuration of the visual.
+ */
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screenNum];
+ pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
+ for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
+ if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
+ /*
+ ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+
+ /* find the FBConfig for that visual (if any) */
+ if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
+ pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
+
+ if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
+ /*
+ * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
+ client->errorValue = visual;
+ return BadValue;
+ */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ pVisual = NULL;
+ pGlxVisual = NULL;
+ }
+
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXpixmap));
+ if (!pGlxPixmap) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pGlxPixmap->be_xids = (XID *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens);
+ if (!pGlxPixmap->be_xids) {
+ __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pGlxPixmap->pDraw = pDraw;
+ pGlxPixmap->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
+ pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
+ pGlxPixmap->pFBConfig = pFBConfig;
+ pGlxPixmap->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pGlxPixmap->idExists = True;
+ pGlxPixmap->refcnt = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** Bump the ref count on the X pixmap so it won't disappear.
+ */
+ ((PixmapPtr) pDraw)->refcnt++;
+
+ /*
+ * send the request to the back-end server(s)
+ */
+ from_screen = to_screen = screenNum;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+
+ pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ Pixmap be_pixmap;
+ DrawablePtr pRealDraw = pDraw;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (pXinDraw) {
+ dixLookupDrawable(&pRealDraw, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, 0,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ be_pixmap = (DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV((PixmapPtr)pRealDraw))->pixmap;
+
+ /* make sure pixmap already created on back-end */
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ if ( pFBConfig && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXCreatePixmap,be_new_req);
+ be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePixmap;
+ be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ be_new_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
+ be_new_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
+ be_new_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ be_new_req->numAttribs = 0;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+ else if (pFBConfig && glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
+ xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
+ sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq-sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
+ vpreq);
+ ext_req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
+ ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
+ ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX;
+ ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ ext_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
+ ext_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
+ ext_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+ else if (pGlxVisual) {
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXCreateGLXPixmap,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateGLXPixmap;
+ be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ be_req->visual = (unsigned int)glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(
+ pGlxVisual,
+ dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
+ dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );
+ be_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
+ be_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = ( visual ? visual : fbconfigId );
+ __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ XFlush( dpy );
+ }
+
+ if (!(AddResource(glxpixmapId, __glXPixmapRes, pGlxPixmap))) {
+ __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXCreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
+
+ return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, req->visual, None,
+ req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
+}
+
+int __glXCreatePixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXCreatePixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreatePixmapReq *) pc;
+
+ return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, None, req->fbconfig,
+ req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
+}
+
+int __glXDestroyGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
+ XID glxpixmap = req->glxpixmap;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
+ int s;
+ int from_screen, to_screen;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if it's a valid GLX pixmap.
+ */
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *)LookupIDByType(glxpixmap, __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (!pGlxPixmap) {
+ client->errorValue = glxpixmap;
+ return __glXBadPixmap;
+ }
+ FreeResource(glxpixmap, FALSE);
+
+ /*
+ * destroy the pixmap on the back-end server(s).
+ */
+ from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ /* make sure pixmap exist in back-end */
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXDestroyGLXPixmap,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyGLXPixmap;
+ req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** NOTE: There is no portable implementation for swap buffers as of
+** this time that is of value. Consequently, this code must be
+** implemented by somebody other than SGI.
+*/
+int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ xGLXSwapBuffersReq *be_req;
+ WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
+#endif
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s, rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
+ */
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ from_screen = to_screen = pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
+
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is an X window.
+ */
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
+ */
+ pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
+ */
+ pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ from_screen = to_screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ if (tag) {
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return __glXBadContextTag;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If requested, send a glFinish to all back-end servers before swapping. */
+ if (dmxGLXFinishSwap) {
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ xGLXSingleReq *finishReq;
+ xGLXSingleReply reply;
+
+#define X_GLXSingle 0 /* needed by GetReq below */
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXSingle,finishReq);
+ finishReq->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ finishReq->glxCode = X_GLsop_Finish;
+ finishReq->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0);
+ (void) _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If requested, send an XSync to all back-end servers before swapping. */
+ if (dmxGLXSyncSwap) {
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
+ XSync(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s), False);
+ }
+
+
+ /* send the SwapBuffers request to all back-end servers */
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ unsigned int be_draw = 0;
+
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ be_draw = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ else if (pXinDraw) {
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (pGlxWindow) {
+ pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+
+ if (pWin && !be_draw) {
+ be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ if (!be_draw) {
+ /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
+ /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
+ /* creation of the window */
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
+ be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXSwapBuffers,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXSwapBuffers;
+ be_req->drawable = be_draw;
+ be_req->contextTag = ( tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0 );
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ XFlush(dpy);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ xGLXSwapBuffersReq *req = (xGLXSwapBuffersReq *) pc;
+ GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
+ XID drawId = req->drawable;
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
+ int rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
+ */
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
+ */
+ pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
+ */
+ pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ if (tag) {
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return __glXBadContextTag;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pDraw &&
+ pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW &&
+ DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)pDraw)->swapGroup) {
+ return SGSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag, pDraw);
+ }
+
+ return __glXDoSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag);
+}
+
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Render and Renderlarge are not in the GLX API. They are used by the GLX
+** client library to send batches of GL rendering commands.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Execute all the drawing commands in a request.
+*/
+int __glXRender(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXRenderReq *req;
+ xGLXRenderReq *be_req;
+ int size;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
+ ** routine, __glXSwapRender(). Any changes made here should also be
+ ** duplicated there.
+ */
+
+ req = (xGLXRenderReq *) pc;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXRenderReq;
+ size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXRenderReq;
+
+ /*
+ * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXRender,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRender;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, size);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a large rendering request (one that spans multiple X requests).
+*/
+int __glXRenderLarge(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
+ xGLXRenderLargeReq *be_req;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ /*
+ ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
+ ** routine, __glXSwapRenderLarge(). Any changes made here should also be
+ ** duplicated there.
+ */
+
+ req = (xGLXRenderLargeReq *) pc;
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXRenderLargeReq;
+
+ /*
+ * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->requestNumber = req->requestNumber;
+ be_req->requestTotal = req->requestTotal;
+ be_req->dataBytes = req->dataBytes;
+ Data(dpy, (const char *)pc, req->dataBytes);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+int __glXVendorPrivate(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req;
+
+ req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *) pc;
+
+ switch( req->vendorCode ) {
+
+ case X_GLvop_DeleteTexturesEXT:
+ return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_SwapIntervalSGI:
+ if (glxIsExtensionSupported("SGI_swap_control")) {
+ return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
+ }
+ else {
+ return Success;
+ }
+ break;
+
+#if 0 /* glx 1.3 */
+ case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
+ break;
+ case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
+ break;
+ case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX:
+ break;
+ case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXPbufferSGIX:
+ break;
+ case X_GLXvop_ChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX:
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case X_GLXvop_BindSwapBarrierSGIX:
+ return __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX( cl, pc );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_JoinSwapGroupSGIX:
+ return __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX( cl, pc );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX:
+ return __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX( cl, pc );
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /*
+ ** unsupported private request
+ */
+ cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
+ return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
+ }
+
+ cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
+ return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
+
+}
+
+int __glXVendorPrivateWithReply(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *req;
+
+ req = (xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *) pc;
+
+ switch( req->vendorCode ) {
+
+ case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionFilterEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterfvEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterivEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetSeparableFilterEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetHistogramEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterivEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterfvEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterivEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_AreTexturesResidentEXT:
+ case X_GLvop_IsTextureEXT:
+ return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply(cl, pc) );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLvop_GenTexturesEXT:
+ return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply(cl, pc) );
+ break;
+
+
+#if 0 /* glx1.3 */
+ case X_GLvop_GetDetailTexFuncSGIS:
+ case X_GLvop_GetSharpenTexFuncSGIS:
+ case X_GLvop_GetColorTableSGI:
+ case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterfvSGI:
+ case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterivSGI:
+ case X_GLvop_GetTexFilterFuncSGIS:
+ case X_GLvop_GetInstrumentsSGIX:
+ case X_GLvop_InstrumentsBufferSGIX:
+ case X_GLvop_PollInstrumentsSGIX:
+ case X_GLvop_FlushRasterSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPbufferSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_GetDrawableAttributesSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_HyperpipeConfigSGIX:
+ case X_GLXvop_DestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
+#endif
+ case X_GLXvop_QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX:
+ return( __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(cl, pc) );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_GetFBConfigsSGIX:
+ return( __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(cl, pc) );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI:
+ return( __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(cl, pc) );
+ break;
+
+ case X_GLXvop_QueryContextInfoEXT:
+ return( __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(cl,pc) );
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /*
+ ** unsupported private request
+ */
+ cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
+ return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
+ }
+
+}
+
+int __glXQueryExtensionsString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *) pc;
+ xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply reply;
+ GLint screen;
+ size_t length;
+ int len, numbytes;
+ char *be_buf;
+
+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
+ xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *be_req;
+ xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply be_reply;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+ int slop;
+#endif
+
+ screen = req->screen;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if screen exists.
+ */
+ if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryExtensionsString,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
+ be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ len = (int)be_reply.length;
+ numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
+ slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc(numbytes);
+ if (!be_buf) {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, len);
+ } else {
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
+ if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
+ }
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+#else
+
+ be_buf = __glXGetServerString(GLX_EXTENSIONS);
+ numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
+ len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
+
+#endif
+
+ length = len;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = len;
+ reply.n = numbytes;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply,(char *)&reply);
+ WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), (char *)be_buf);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXQueryServerString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryServerStringReq *) pc;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
+ int name;
+ GLint screen;
+ size_t length;
+ int len, numbytes;
+ char *be_buf;
+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReq *be_req;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReply be_reply;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+ int slop;
+#endif
+
+ name = req->name;
+ screen = req->screen;
+ /*
+ ** Check if screen exists.
+ */
+ if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
+ be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ be_req->name = name;
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ len = (int)be_reply.length;
+ numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
+ slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc(numbytes);
+ if (!be_buf) {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, len);
+ } else {
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
+ if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
+ }
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+#else
+ be_buf = __glXGetServerString(name);
+ numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
+ len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
+#endif
+
+ length = len;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = length;
+ reply.n = numbytes;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReply, (char *)&reply);
+ WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), be_buf);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXClientInfo(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXClientInfoReq *req = (xGLXClientInfoReq *) pc;
+ xGLXClientInfoReq *be_req;
+ const char *buf;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ cl->GLClientmajorVersion = req->major;
+ cl->GLClientminorVersion = req->minor;
+ if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
+ buf = (const char *)(req+1);
+ cl->GLClientextensions = strdup(buf);
+
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
+ {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXClientInfo,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXClientInfo;
+ be_req->major = req->major;
+ be_req->minor = req->minor;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->numbytes = req->numbytes;
+ Data(dpy, buf, req->numbytes);
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXUseXFont(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXUseXFontReq *req;
+ xGLXUseXFontReq *be_req;
+ FontPtr pFont;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+ dmxFontPrivPtr pFontPriv;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ req = (xGLXUseXFontReq *) pc;
+
+ if (req->contextTag != 0) {
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (glxc) {
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Font can actually be either the ID of a font or the ID of a GC
+ ** containing a font.
+ */
+ pFont = (FontPtr)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_FONT);
+ if (!pFont) {
+ GC *pGC = (GC *)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_GC);
+ if (!pGC) {
+ client->errorValue = req->font;
+ return BadFont;
+ }
+ pFont = pGC->font;
+ }
+
+ pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXUseXFont,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXUseXFont;
+ be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
+ be_req->font = pFontPriv->font[s]->fid;
+ be_req->first = req->first;
+ be_req->count = req->count;
+ be_req->listBase = req->listBase;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ XSync( dpy, False );
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * start GLX 1.3 here
+ */
+
+int __glXGetFBConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *) pc;
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
+ __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
+ CARD32 buf[2 * __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS];
+ int numAttribs = __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS;
+ unsigned int screen = req->screen;
+ int numFBConfigs, i, p;
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
+
+ if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
+ /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
+ numFBConfigs = __glXNumFBConfigs;
+
+ reply.numFBConfigs = numFBConfigs;
+ reply.numAttribs = numAttribs;
+ reply.length = (numFBConfigs * 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32) >> 2;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numFBConfigs);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numAttribs);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
+
+ for (i=0; i < numFBConfigs; i++) {
+ int associatedVisualId = 0;
+ int drawableTypeIndex;
+ pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1) ];
+
+ p = 0;
+ /* core attributes */
+ buf[p++] = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->id;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->indexBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_LEVEL;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->level;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->doubleBufferMode;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_STEREO;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stereoMode;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_AUX_BUFFERS;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxAuxBuffers;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->redBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->greenBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->blueBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->alphaBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->depthBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stencilBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumRedBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumGreenBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumBlueBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumAlphaBits;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->renderType;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE;
+ drawableTypeIndex = p;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualType;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualCaveat;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentType;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentRed;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentGreen;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentBlue;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentAlpha;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentIndex;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferWidth;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferHeight;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferPixels;
+
+ /*
+ * find the visual of the back-end server and match a visual
+ * on the proxy.
+ * do only once - if a visual is not yet associated.
+ */
+ if (pFBConfig->associatedVisualId == (unsigned int)-1) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+ __GLXFBConfig *be_pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1)+screen+1 ];
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual = NULL;
+ int v;
+ int found = 0;
+ for (v=0; v<dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals; v++) {
+ if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v].vid == be_pFBConfig->associatedVisualId) {
+ pGlxVisual = &dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pGlxVisual) {
+ for (v=0; v<pGlxScreen->numVisuals; v++) {
+ if (glxVisualsMatch(&pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v], pGlxVisual)) {
+ associatedVisualId = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v].vid;
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!found) {
+ associatedVisualId = 0;
+ pFBConfig->drawableType &= ~(GLX_WINDOW_BIT);
+ buf[drawableTypeIndex] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ else if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ /* convert the associated visualId to the panoramix one */
+ pFBConfig->associatedVisualId =
+ PanoramiXTranslateVisualID(screen, v);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ else {
+ associatedVisualId = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
+ }
+
+ buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_ID;
+ buf[p++] = associatedVisualId;
+
+ /* SGIS_multisample attributes */
+ buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->multiSampleSize;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->nMultiSampleBuffers;
+
+ /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
+ buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferWidth;
+ buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferHeight;
+
+ buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
+ buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualSelectGroup;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY((int *)buf, 2*numAttribs);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, 2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, (char *)buf);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *)pc;
+ xGLXGetFBConfigsReq new_req;
+
+ new_req.reqType = req->reqType;
+ new_req.glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ new_req.length = req->length;
+ new_req.screen = req->screen;
+
+ return( __glXGetFBConfigs( cl, (GLbyte *)&new_req ) );
+}
+
+
+int __glXCreateWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXCreateWindowReq *req = (xGLXCreateWindowReq *) pc;
+ int screen = req->screen;
+ GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
+ XID windowId = req->window;
+ XID glxwindowId = req->glxwindow;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow;
+ __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig = NULL;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ VisualID visId;
+ int i, rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if windowId is valid
+ */
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, windowId, client, M_DRAWABLE_WINDOW,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if screen of window matches screen of fbconfig.
+ */
+ pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
+ if (screen != pScreen->myNum) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
+ */
+ if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
+ client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
+ return __glXBadFBConfig;
+ }
+ visId = pGlxFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if the fbconfig supports rendering to windows
+ */
+ if( !(pGlxFBConfig->drawableType & GLX_WINDOW_BIT) ) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+
+ if (visId != None) {
+ /*
+ ** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
+ */
+ pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
+ if (pVisual->vid == visId) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
+ client->errorValue = visId;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if color buffer depth of fbconfig matches depth
+ ** of window.
+ */
+ if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ } else
+ /*
+ ** The window was created with no visual that corresponds
+ ** to fbconfig
+ */
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if there is already a fbconfig associated with this window
+ */
+ if ( LookupIDByType(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes) ) {
+ client->errorValue = glxwindowId;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) malloc(sizeof(__glXWindow));
+ if (!pGlxWindow) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Register this GLX window as a resource
+ */
+ if (!(AddResource(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes, pGlxWindow))) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pGlxWindow->pDraw = pDraw;
+ pGlxWindow->type = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
+ pGlxWindow->idExists = True;
+ pGlxWindow->refcnt = 0;
+ pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
+ pGlxWindow->pScreen = pScreen;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXDestroyWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXDestroyWindowReq *req = (xGLXDestroyWindowReq *) pc;
+ XID glxwindow = req->glxwindow;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if it's a valid GLX window.
+ */
+ if (!LookupIDByType(glxwindow, __glXWindowRes)) {
+ client->errorValue = glxwindow;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ /*
+ ** The glx window destructor will check whether it's current before
+ ** freeing anything.
+ */
+ FreeResource(glxwindow, RT_NONE);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXQueryContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ __GLXcontext *ctx;
+ xGLXQueryContextReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryContextReply reply;
+ int nProps;
+ int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
+ int nReplyBytes;
+
+ req = (xGLXQueryContextReq *)pc;
+ ctx = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
+ if (!ctx) {
+ client->errorValue = req->context;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ nProps = 3;
+
+ reply.length = nProps << 1;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.n = nProps;
+
+ nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
+ sendBuf = (int *)malloc(nReplyBytes);
+ pSendBuf = sendBuf;
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->id);
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->renderType);
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapQueryContextReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextReply, (char *)&reply);
+ WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
+ }
+ free((char *)sendBuf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ __GLXcontext *ctx;
+ xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply reply;
+ int nProps;
+ int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
+ int nReplyBytes;
+
+ req = (xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *)pc;
+ ctx = (__GLXcontext *) SecurityLookupIDByType(client, req->context, __glXContextRes, DixReadAccess);
+ if (!ctx) {
+ client->errorValue = req->context;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ nProps = 4;
+
+ reply.length = nProps << 1;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.n = nProps;
+
+ nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
+ sendBuf = (int *)malloc(nReplyBytes);
+ pSendBuf = sendBuf;
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SHARE_CONTEXT_EXT;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->share_id);
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_VISUAL_ID_EXT;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pVisual ? ctx->pVisual->vid : 0);
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN_EXT;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
+ *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
+ *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig ? ctx->pFBConfig->id : 0);
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
+ } else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply, (char *)&reply);
+ WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
+ }
+ free((char *)sendBuf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXCreatePbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXCreatePbufferReq *req = (xGLXCreatePbufferReq *)pc;
+ xGLXCreatePbufferReq *be_req;
+ int screen = req->screen;
+ GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
+ GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
+ int numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
+ int *attr;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig;
+ __GLXFBConfig *be_pGlxFBConfig;
+ XID be_xid;
+ Display *dpy;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ int s;
+ int from_screen, to_screen;
+
+ /*
+ ** Look up screen and FBConfig.
+ */
+ if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
+ /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
+ client->errorValue = screen;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
+
+ /*
+ ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
+ */
+ if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
+ client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
+ return __glXBadFBConfig;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Create the GLX part of the Pbuffer.
+ */
+ pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *) malloc(sizeof(__glXPbuffer));
+ if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pGlxPbuffer->be_xids = (XID *) malloc( sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens );
+ if (!pGlxPbuffer->be_xids) {
+ free(pGlxPbuffer);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate an XID on the back-end server(s) and send him the request
+ */
+ from_screen = to_screen = screen;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ be_xid = XAllocID(dpy);
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ be_pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pGlxFBConfig->id, s );
+
+ attr = (int *)( req+1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXCreatePbuffer, 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePbuffer;
+ be_req->screen = be_pGlxFBConfig->screen;
+ be_req->fbconfig = be_pGlxFBConfig->id;
+ be_req->pbuffer = be_xid;
+ be_req->numAttribs = numAttribs;
+
+ /* Send attributes */
+ if ( attr != NULL ) {
+ CARD32 *pc = (CARD32 *)(be_req + 1);
+
+ while (numAttribs-- > 0) {
+ *pc++ = *attr++; /* token */
+ *pc++ = *attr++; /* value */
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s] = be_xid;
+ }
+
+
+ pGlxPbuffer->idExists = True;
+ pGlxPbuffer->refcnt = 0;
+ pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
+ pGlxPbuffer->pScreen = pScreen;
+
+ /*
+ ** Register the resource.
+ */
+ if (!(AddResource(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes, pGlxPbuffer))) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+
+}
+
+int __glXDestroyPbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *req = (xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *) pc;
+ xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *be_req;
+ GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
+ Display *dpy;
+ int screen;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
+ int s;
+ int from_screen, to_screen;
+
+ /*
+ ** Check if it's a valid Pbuffer
+ */
+ pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes);
+ if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
+ client->errorValue = pbuffer;
+ return __glXBadPbuffer;
+ }
+
+ screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
+
+ from_screen = to_screen = screen;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+
+ /* send the destroy request to the back-end server */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXDestroyPbuffer, be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyPbuffer;
+ be_req->pbuffer = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ FreeResource(pbuffer, RT_NONE);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXGetDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
+ xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
+ xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply reply;
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
+ GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
+ Display *dpy;
+ int screen, rc;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ CARD32 *attribs = NULL;
+ int attribs_size;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ if (drawId != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ be_drawable = 0;
+ screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
+
+ }
+ else {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
+ if (pGlxPbuffer) {
+ pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
+ screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow -
+ * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
+ */
+ if (!be_drawable) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ if (!pXinDraw) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (pWin) {
+ be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ if (!be_drawable) {
+ /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
+ /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
+ /* creation of the window */
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
+ be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* send the request to the back-end server */
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+
+ /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXGetDrawableAttributes, be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXGetDrawableAttributes;
+ be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &reply, 0, False)) {
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
+ }
+
+ if (reply.numAttribs) {
+ attribs_size = 2 * reply.numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32;
+ attribs = (CARD32 *) malloc(attribs_size);
+ if (attribs == NULL) {
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *) attribs, attribs_size);
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+
+ /* send the reply back to the client */
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(client, &reply, (int *)attribs);
+ }
+ else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply, (char *)&reply);
+ WriteToClient(client, attribs_size, (char *)attribs);
+ }
+
+ Xfree(attribs);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXChangeDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
+ xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
+ GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
+ Display *dpy;
+ int screen, rc;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ char *attrbuf;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
+ PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ if (drawId != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ be_drawable = 0;
+ screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
+
+ }
+ else {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
+ __glXPixmapRes);
+ if (pGlxPixmap) {
+ pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+ screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
+ if (pGlxWindow) {
+ pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+ screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
+ if (pGlxPbuffer) {
+ pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
+ screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
+ be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if (!pDraw) {
+ /*
+ ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
+ */
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow -
+ * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
+ */
+ if (!be_drawable) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
+ SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
+ if (!pXinDraw) {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (pWin) {
+ be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ if (!be_drawable) {
+ /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
+ /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force */
+ /* creation of the window */
+ dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
+ be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = drawId;
+ return __glXBadDrawable;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* send the request to the back-end server */
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
+
+ /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
+ dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXChangeDrawableAttributes,
+ 2 * req->numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLXChangeDrawableAttributes;
+ be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
+ be_req->numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXSendLargeCommand(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag contextTag)
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
+ GLint maxSize, amount;
+ GLint totalRequests, requestNumber;
+ GLint dataLen;
+ GLbyte *data;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int s;
+ int from_screen, to_screen;
+
+ maxSize = cl->largeCmdMaxReqDataSize - (GLint)sizeof(xGLXRenderLargeReq);
+ dataLen = cl->largeCmdBytesTotal;
+ totalRequests = (dataLen / maxSize);
+ if (dataLen % maxSize) totalRequests++;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ client->errorValue = contextTag;
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ ** Send enough requests until the whole array is sent.
+ */
+ requestNumber = 1;
+ data = cl->largeCmdBuf;
+ while (dataLen > 0) {
+ amount = dataLen;
+ if (amount > maxSize) {
+ amount = maxSize;
+ }
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;
+ req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,contextTag,s);
+ req->length += (amount + 3) >> 2;
+ req->requestNumber = requestNumber++;
+ req->requestTotal = totalRequests;
+ req->dataBytes = amount;
+ Data(dpy, ((const char*)data), amount);
+ dataLen -= amount;
+ data = ((GLbyte *) data) + amount;
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
index 6cd8bb41a..6589e43bb 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
@@ -1,532 +1,532 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include <propertyst.h>
-#include <os.h>
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "glxvisuals.h"
-#include "micmap.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-/*
-** Stubs to satisfy miinitext.c references.
-*/
-typedef int __GLXprovider;
-__GLXprovider __glXDRISWRastProvider;
-void GlxPushProvider(__GLXprovider *provider) { }
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations.
-*/
-static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr);
-static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr);
-
-/*
-** Called when the extension is reset.
-*/
-static void ResetExtension(ExtensionEntry* extEntry)
-{
- __glXFlushContextCache();
- __glXScreenReset();
- SwapBarrierReset();
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the per-client context storage.
-*/
-static void ResetClientState(int clientIndex)
-{
- __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
- Display **keep_be_displays;
- int i;
-
- if (cl->returnBuf) __glXFree(cl->returnBuf);
- if (cl->currentContexts) __glXFree(cl->currentContexts);
- if (cl->currentDrawables) __glXFree(cl->currentDrawables);
- if (cl->largeCmdBuf) __glXFree(cl->largeCmdBuf);
-
- for (i=0; i< screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- if (cl->be_displays[i])
- XCloseDisplay( cl->be_displays[i] );
- }
-
- keep_be_displays = cl->be_displays;
- memset(cl, 0, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
- cl->be_displays = keep_be_displays;
-
- /*
- ** By default, assume that the client supports
- ** GLX major version 1 minor version 0 protocol.
- */
- cl->GLClientmajorVersion = 1;
- cl->GLClientminorVersion = 0;
- if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
-
- memset(cl->be_displays, 0, screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(Display *));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This procedure is called when the client who created the context goes
-** away OR when glXDestroyContext is called. In either case, all we do is
-** flag that the ID is no longer valid, and (maybe) free the context.
-** use.
-*/
-static int ContextGone(__GLXcontext* cx, XID id)
-{
- cx->idExists = GL_FALSE;
- if (!cx->isCurrent) {
- __glXFreeContext(cx);
- }
-
- return True;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a client's state.
-*/
-static int ClientGone(int clientIndex, XID id)
-{
- __GLXcontext *cx;
- __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
- int i;
-
- if (cl) {
- /*
- ** Free all the contexts that are current for this client.
- */
- for (i=0; i < cl->numCurrentContexts; i++) {
- cx = cl->currentContexts[i];
- if (cx) {
- cx->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
- if (!cx->idExists) {
- __glXFreeContext(cx);
- }
- }
- }
- /*
- ** Re-initialize the client state structure. Don't free it because
- ** we'll probably get another client with this index and use the struct
- ** again. There is a maximum of MAXCLIENTS of these structures.
- */
- ResetClientState(clientIndex);
- }
-
- return True;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a GLX Pixmap.
-*/
-void __glXFreeGLXPixmap( __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap )
-{
- if (!pGlxPixmap->idExists &&
- !pGlxPixmap->refcnt) {
-
- PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr) pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
- /*
- ** The DestroyPixmap routine should decrement the refcount and free
- ** only if it's zero.
- */
- (*pGlxPixmap->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
- __glXFree(pGlxPixmap->be_xids);
- __glXFree(pGlxPixmap);
- }
-
-}
-
-static int PixmapGone(__GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap, XID id)
-{
-
- pGlxPixmap->idExists = False;
- __glXFreeGLXPixmap( pGlxPixmap );
-
- return True;
-}
-
-void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow)
-{
- if (!pGlxWindow->idExists && !pGlxWindow->refcnt) {
- WindowPtr pWindow = (WindowPtr) pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-
- if (LookupIDByType(pWindow->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW) == pWindow) {
- (*pGlxWindow->pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWindow);
- }
-
- xfree(pGlxWindow);
- }
-}
-
-static void WindowGone(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow, XID id)
-{
- pGlxWindow->idExists = False;
- __glXFreeGLXWindow(pGlxWindow);
-}
-
-void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer)
-{
- if (!pGlxPbuffer->idExists && !pGlxPbuffer->refcnt) {
- xfree(pGlxPbuffer->be_xids);
- xfree(pGlxPbuffer);
- }
-}
-
-static void PbufferGone(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer, XID id)
-{
- pGlxPbuffer->idExists = False;
- __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(pGlxPbuffer);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a context.
-*/
-GLboolean __glXFreeContext(__GLXcontext *cx)
-{
- if (cx->idExists || cx->isCurrent) return GL_FALSE;
-
- if (cx->feedbackBuf) __glXFree(cx->feedbackBuf);
- if (cx->selectBuf) __glXFree(cx->selectBuf);
- if (cx->real_ids) __glXFree(cx->real_ids);
- if (cx->real_vids) __glXFree(cx->real_vids);
-
- if (cx->pGlxPixmap) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
- */
- cx->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxPixmap );
- cx->pGlxPixmap = 0;
- }
-
- if (cx->pGlxReadPixmap) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
- */
- cx->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxReadPixmap );
- cx->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
- }
-
- if (cx->pGlxWindow) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
- */
- cx->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxWindow );
- cx->pGlxWindow = 0;
- }
-
- if (cx->pGlxReadWindow) {
- /*
- ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
- */
- cx->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
- __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxReadWindow );
- cx->pGlxReadWindow = 0;
- }
-
- __glXFree(cx);
-
- if (cx == __glXLastContext) {
- __glXFlushContextCache();
- }
-
- return GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the GLX extension.
-*/
-void GlxExtensionInit(void)
-{
- ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
- int i;
- int glxSupported = 1;
-
- /*
- // do not initialize GLX extension if GLX is not supported
- // by ALL back-end servers.
- */
- for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- glxSupported &= (dmxScreens[i].glxMajorOpcode > 0);
- }
-
- if (!glxSupported || !dmxGLXProxy) {
- return;
- }
-
- __glXContextRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ContextGone,
- "GLXContext");
- __glXClientRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ClientGone,
- "GLXClient");
- __glXPixmapRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PixmapGone,
- "GLXPixmap");
- __glXWindowRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)WindowGone,
- "GLXWindow");
- __glXPbufferRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PbufferGone,
- "GLXPbuffer");
-
- if (!__glXContextRes || !__glXClientRes || !__glXPixmapRes ||
- !__glXWindowRes || !__glXPbufferRes)
- return;
-
- /*
- ** Add extension to server extensions.
- */
- extEntry = AddExtension(GLX_EXTENSION_NAME, __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS,
- __GLX_NUMBER_ERRORS, __glXDispatch,
- __glXSwapDispatch, ResetExtension,
- StandardMinorOpcode);
- if (!extEntry) {
- FatalError("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensions failed\n");
- return;
- }
- /*
- if (!AddExtensionAlias(GLX_EXTENSION_ALIAS, extEntry)) {
- ErrorF("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensionAlias failed\n");
- return;
- }
- */
-
- __glXerrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
- __glXBadContext = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContext;
- __glXBadContextState = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextState;
- __glXBadDrawable = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadDrawable;
- __glXBadPixmap = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPixmap;
- __glXBadContextTag = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextTag;
- __glXBadCurrentWindow = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadCurrentWindow;
- __glXBadRenderRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadRenderRequest;
- __glXBadLargeRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadLargeRequest;
- __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest = extEntry->errorBase +
- GLXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
- __glXBadFBConfig = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadFBConfig;
- __glXBadPbuffer = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPbuffer;
-
- /*
- ** Initialize table of client state. There is never a client 0.
- */
- for (i=1; i <= MAXCLIENTS; i++) {
- __glXClients[i] = 0;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Initialize screen specific data.
- */
- __glXScreenInit(screenInfo.numScreens);
-
- /*
- ** Initialize swap barrier support.
- */
- SwapBarrierInit();
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-Bool __glXCoreType(void)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void GlxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs,
- __GLXvisualConfig *configs, void **privates)
-{
- glxSetVisualConfigs(nconfigs, configs, privates);
-}
-
-static miInitVisualsProcPtr saveInitVisualsProc;
-
-Bool GlxInitVisuals(VisualPtr *visualp, DepthPtr *depthp,
- int *nvisualp, int *ndepthp,
- int *rootDepthp, VisualID *defaultVisp,
- unsigned long sizes, int bitsPerRGB,
- int preferredVis)
-{
- Bool ret;
-
- if (saveInitVisualsProc) {
- ret = saveInitVisualsProc(visualp, depthp, nvisualp, ndepthp,
- rootDepthp, defaultVisp, sizes, bitsPerRGB,
- preferredVis);
- if (!ret)
- return False;
- }
-
- glxInitVisuals(nvisualp, visualp, defaultVisp, *ndepthp, *depthp,*rootDepthp);
-
- return True;
-}
-
-void
-GlxWrapInitVisuals(miInitVisualsProcPtr *initVisProc)
-{
- if (dmxGLXProxy) {
- saveInitVisualsProc = *initVisProc;
- *initVisProc = GlxInitVisuals;
- }
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void __glXFlushContextCache(void)
-{
- __glXLastContext = 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Top level dispatcher; all commands are executed from here down.
-*/
-static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
- CARD8 opcode;
- int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
- __GLXclientState *cl;
-
- opcode = stuff->glxCode;
- cl = __glXClients[client->index];
- if (!cl) {
- cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
- __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
- if (!cl) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
- if (!cl->be_displays) {
- __glXFree( cl );
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- if (!cl->inUse) {
- /*
- ** This is first request from this client. Associate a resource
- ** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
- */
- XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
- if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- ResetClientState(client->index);
- cl->largeCmdRequestsTotal = 0;
- cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
- cl->client = client;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Check for valid opcode.
- */
- if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
- return BadRequest;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
- */
- proc = __glXSingleTable[opcode];
- return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
-}
-
-static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
- CARD8 opcode;
- int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
- __GLXclientState *cl;
-
- opcode = stuff->glxCode;
- cl = __glXClients[client->index];
- if (!cl) {
- cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
- __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
- if (!cl) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
- if (!cl->be_displays) {
- __glXFree( cl );
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- if (!cl->inUse) {
- /*
- ** This is first request from this client. Associate a resource
- ** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
- */
- XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
- if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- ResetClientState(client->index);
- cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
- cl->client = client;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Check for valid opcode.
- */
- if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
- return BadRequest;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
- */
- proc = __glXSwapSingleTable[opcode];
- return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
-}
-
-int __glXNoSuchSingleOpcode(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- return BadRequest;
-}
-
-void __glXNoSuchRenderOpcode(GLbyte *pc)
-{
- return;
-}
-
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include <windowstr.h>
+#include <propertyst.h>
+#include <os.h>
+#include "g_disptab.h"
+#include "glxutil.h"
+#include "glxext.h"
+#include "glxvisuals.h"
+#include "micmap.h"
+#include "glxswap.h"
+
+/*
+** Stubs to satisfy miinitext.c references.
+*/
+typedef int __GLXprovider;
+__GLXprovider __glXDRISWRastProvider;
+void GlxPushProvider(__GLXprovider *provider) { }
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations.
+*/
+static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr);
+static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr);
+
+/*
+** Called when the extension is reset.
+*/
+static void ResetExtension(ExtensionEntry* extEntry)
+{
+ __glXFlushContextCache();
+ __glXScreenReset();
+ SwapBarrierReset();
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the per-client context storage.
+*/
+static void ResetClientState(int clientIndex)
+{
+ __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
+ Display **keep_be_displays;
+ int i;
+
+ if (cl->returnBuf) __glXFree(cl->returnBuf);
+ if (cl->currentContexts) __glXFree(cl->currentContexts);
+ if (cl->currentDrawables) __glXFree(cl->currentDrawables);
+ if (cl->largeCmdBuf) __glXFree(cl->largeCmdBuf);
+
+ for (i=0; i< screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ if (cl->be_displays[i])
+ XCloseDisplay( cl->be_displays[i] );
+ }
+
+ keep_be_displays = cl->be_displays;
+ memset(cl, 0, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
+ cl->be_displays = keep_be_displays;
+
+ /*
+ ** By default, assume that the client supports
+ ** GLX major version 1 minor version 0 protocol.
+ */
+ cl->GLClientmajorVersion = 1;
+ cl->GLClientminorVersion = 0;
+ if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
+
+ memset(cl->be_displays, 0, screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(Display *));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This procedure is called when the client who created the context goes
+** away OR when glXDestroyContext is called. In either case, all we do is
+** flag that the ID is no longer valid, and (maybe) free the context.
+** use.
+*/
+static int ContextGone(__GLXcontext* cx, XID id)
+{
+ cx->idExists = GL_FALSE;
+ if (!cx->isCurrent) {
+ __glXFreeContext(cx);
+ }
+
+ return True;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a client's state.
+*/
+static int ClientGone(int clientIndex, XID id)
+{
+ __GLXcontext *cx;
+ __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
+ int i;
+
+ if (cl) {
+ /*
+ ** Free all the contexts that are current for this client.
+ */
+ for (i=0; i < cl->numCurrentContexts; i++) {
+ cx = cl->currentContexts[i];
+ if (cx) {
+ cx->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
+ if (!cx->idExists) {
+ __glXFreeContext(cx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ ** Re-initialize the client state structure. Don't free it because
+ ** we'll probably get another client with this index and use the struct
+ ** again. There is a maximum of MAXCLIENTS of these structures.
+ */
+ ResetClientState(clientIndex);
+ }
+
+ return True;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a GLX Pixmap.
+*/
+void __glXFreeGLXPixmap( __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap )
+{
+ if (!pGlxPixmap->idExists &&
+ !pGlxPixmap->refcnt) {
+
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr) pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
+
+ /*
+ ** The DestroyPixmap routine should decrement the refcount and free
+ ** only if it's zero.
+ */
+ (*pGlxPixmap->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
+ __glXFree(pGlxPixmap->be_xids);
+ __glXFree(pGlxPixmap);
+ }
+
+}
+
+static int PixmapGone(__GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap, XID id)
+{
+
+ pGlxPixmap->idExists = False;
+ __glXFreeGLXPixmap( pGlxPixmap );
+
+ return True;
+}
+
+void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow)
+{
+ if (!pGlxWindow->idExists && !pGlxWindow->refcnt) {
+ WindowPtr pWindow = (WindowPtr) pGlxWindow->pDraw;
+
+ if (LookupIDByType(pWindow->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW) == pWindow) {
+ (*pGlxWindow->pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWindow);
+ }
+
+ free(pGlxWindow);
+ }
+}
+
+static void WindowGone(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow, XID id)
+{
+ pGlxWindow->idExists = False;
+ __glXFreeGLXWindow(pGlxWindow);
+}
+
+void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer)
+{
+ if (!pGlxPbuffer->idExists && !pGlxPbuffer->refcnt) {
+ free(pGlxPbuffer->be_xids);
+ free(pGlxPbuffer);
+ }
+}
+
+static void PbufferGone(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer, XID id)
+{
+ pGlxPbuffer->idExists = False;
+ __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(pGlxPbuffer);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a context.
+*/
+GLboolean __glXFreeContext(__GLXcontext *cx)
+{
+ if (cx->idExists || cx->isCurrent) return GL_FALSE;
+
+ if (cx->feedbackBuf) __glXFree(cx->feedbackBuf);
+ if (cx->selectBuf) __glXFree(cx->selectBuf);
+ if (cx->real_ids) __glXFree(cx->real_ids);
+ if (cx->real_vids) __glXFree(cx->real_vids);
+
+ if (cx->pGlxPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
+ */
+ cx->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxPixmap );
+ cx->pGlxPixmap = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (cx->pGlxReadPixmap) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
+ */
+ cx->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxReadPixmap );
+ cx->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (cx->pGlxWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
+ */
+ cx->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxWindow );
+ cx->pGlxWindow = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (cx->pGlxReadWindow) {
+ /*
+ ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
+ */
+ cx->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
+ __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxReadWindow );
+ cx->pGlxReadWindow = 0;
+ }
+
+ __glXFree(cx);
+
+ if (cx == __glXLastContext) {
+ __glXFlushContextCache();
+ }
+
+ return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the GLX extension.
+*/
+void GlxExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+ int i;
+ int glxSupported = 1;
+
+ /*
+ // do not initialize GLX extension if GLX is not supported
+ // by ALL back-end servers.
+ */
+ for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ glxSupported &= (dmxScreens[i].glxMajorOpcode > 0);
+ }
+
+ if (!glxSupported || !dmxGLXProxy) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ __glXContextRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ContextGone,
+ "GLXContext");
+ __glXClientRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ClientGone,
+ "GLXClient");
+ __glXPixmapRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PixmapGone,
+ "GLXPixmap");
+ __glXWindowRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)WindowGone,
+ "GLXWindow");
+ __glXPbufferRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PbufferGone,
+ "GLXPbuffer");
+
+ if (!__glXContextRes || !__glXClientRes || !__glXPixmapRes ||
+ !__glXWindowRes || !__glXPbufferRes)
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ ** Add extension to server extensions.
+ */
+ extEntry = AddExtension(GLX_EXTENSION_NAME, __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS,
+ __GLX_NUMBER_ERRORS, __glXDispatch,
+ __glXSwapDispatch, ResetExtension,
+ StandardMinorOpcode);
+ if (!extEntry) {
+ FatalError("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensions failed\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ /*
+ if (!AddExtensionAlias(GLX_EXTENSION_ALIAS, extEntry)) {
+ ErrorF("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensionAlias failed\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ */
+
+ __glXerrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+ __glXBadContext = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContext;
+ __glXBadContextState = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextState;
+ __glXBadDrawable = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadDrawable;
+ __glXBadPixmap = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPixmap;
+ __glXBadContextTag = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextTag;
+ __glXBadCurrentWindow = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadCurrentWindow;
+ __glXBadRenderRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadRenderRequest;
+ __glXBadLargeRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadLargeRequest;
+ __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest = extEntry->errorBase +
+ GLXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
+ __glXBadFBConfig = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadFBConfig;
+ __glXBadPbuffer = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPbuffer;
+
+ /*
+ ** Initialize table of client state. There is never a client 0.
+ */
+ for (i=1; i <= MAXCLIENTS; i++) {
+ __glXClients[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Initialize screen specific data.
+ */
+ __glXScreenInit(screenInfo.numScreens);
+
+ /*
+ ** Initialize swap barrier support.
+ */
+ SwapBarrierInit();
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+Bool __glXCoreType(void)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+void GlxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs,
+ __GLXvisualConfig *configs, void **privates)
+{
+ glxSetVisualConfigs(nconfigs, configs, privates);
+}
+
+static miInitVisualsProcPtr saveInitVisualsProc;
+
+Bool GlxInitVisuals(VisualPtr *visualp, DepthPtr *depthp,
+ int *nvisualp, int *ndepthp,
+ int *rootDepthp, VisualID *defaultVisp,
+ unsigned long sizes, int bitsPerRGB,
+ int preferredVis)
+{
+ Bool ret;
+
+ if (saveInitVisualsProc) {
+ ret = saveInitVisualsProc(visualp, depthp, nvisualp, ndepthp,
+ rootDepthp, defaultVisp, sizes, bitsPerRGB,
+ preferredVis);
+ if (!ret)
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ glxInitVisuals(nvisualp, visualp, defaultVisp, *ndepthp, *depthp,*rootDepthp);
+
+ return True;
+}
+
+void
+GlxWrapInitVisuals(miInitVisualsProcPtr *initVisProc)
+{
+ if (dmxGLXProxy) {
+ saveInitVisualsProc = *initVisProc;
+ *initVisProc = GlxInitVisuals;
+ }
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+void __glXFlushContextCache(void)
+{
+ __glXLastContext = 0;
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Top level dispatcher; all commands are executed from here down.
+*/
+static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
+ CARD8 opcode;
+ int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
+ __GLXclientState *cl;
+
+ opcode = stuff->glxCode;
+ cl = __glXClients[client->index];
+ if (!cl) {
+ cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
+ __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
+ if (!cl) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
+ if (!cl->be_displays) {
+ __glXFree( cl );
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!cl->inUse) {
+ /*
+ ** This is first request from this client. Associate a resource
+ ** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
+ */
+ XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ ResetClientState(client->index);
+ cl->largeCmdRequestsTotal = 0;
+ cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
+ cl->client = client;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Check for valid opcode.
+ */
+ if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
+ */
+ proc = __glXSingleTable[opcode];
+ return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
+}
+
+static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
+ CARD8 opcode;
+ int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
+ __GLXclientState *cl;
+
+ opcode = stuff->glxCode;
+ cl = __glXClients[client->index];
+ if (!cl) {
+ cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
+ __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
+ if (!cl) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
+ if (!cl->be_displays) {
+ __glXFree( cl );
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!cl->inUse) {
+ /*
+ ** This is first request from this client. Associate a resource
+ ** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
+ */
+ XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ ResetClientState(client->index);
+ cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
+ cl->client = client;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Check for valid opcode.
+ */
+ if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
+ */
+ proc = __glXSwapSingleTable[opcode];
+ return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
+}
+
+int __glXNoSuchSingleOpcode(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ return BadRequest;
+}
+
+void __glXNoSuchRenderOpcode(GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
index 39978a74d..4c40d2315 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
@@ -1,377 +1,377 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-
-#include <windowstr.h>
-
-#include "glxfbconfig.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
-GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
-
-__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
-int __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";
-static char GLXServerVersion[64];
-static char GLXServerExtensions[] =
- "GLX_EXT_visual_info "
- "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "
- "GLX_EXT_import_context "
- "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "
- "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "
- "GLX_SGI_swap_control "
- ;
-
-static char ExtensionsString[1024];
-
-static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )
-{
- int s;
- xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;
- xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
- char **be_extensions;
- char *ext;
- char *denied_extensions;
-
- /*
- * set the server glx version to be the minimum version
- * supported by all back-end servers
- */
- __glXVersionMajor = 0;
- __glXVersionMinor = 0;
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
- /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;
- req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
- req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- if (s == 0) {
- __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- else {
- if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {
- __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&
- (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- }
-
- }
-
- if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {
- __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
- __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- }
- else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&
- (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
- __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- }
-
- sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",
- __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );
- /*
- * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string
- */
- ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';
-
- /*
- * read extensions strings of all back-end servers
- */
- be_extensions = (char **)Xalloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );
- if (!be_extensions)
- return;
-
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
- int length, numbytes, slop;
-
- /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
- req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
-
- length = (int)reply.length;
- numbytes = (int)reply.n;
- slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
- be_extensions[s] = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
- if (!be_extensions[s]) {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, length);
- } else {
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);
- if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
- }
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- /*
- * extensions string will include only extensions that our
- * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.
- * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will
- * not be supported.
- */
- denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");
- ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");
- while( ext ) {
- int supported = 1;
-
- if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {
- supported = 0;
- }
- else {
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {
- if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {
- supported = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (supported) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);
- strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");
- }
-
- ext = strtok(NULL, " ");
- }
-
- /*
- * release temporary storage
- */
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- if (be_extensions[s]) Xfree(be_extensions[s]);
- }
- Xfree( be_extensions );
-
- if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {
- if (!denied_extensions ||
- !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");
- if (!denied_extensions ||
- !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)
-{
- int s;
- int c;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];
- __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;
-
-
- CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();
-
-
- __glXFBConfigs = NULL;
- __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-
- if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||
- (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||
- ( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") ) ) {
-
- /*
- // Initialize FBConfig info.
- // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end
- // servers - only those configs will be supported
- */
- __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)Xalloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs *
- (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );
- __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-
- for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) {
- __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;
-
- if (numscreens > 1) {
- for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- __GLXscreenInfo *glxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[s];
-
- cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],
- dmxScreen->fbconfigs,
- dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;
- if (!cfg) {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);
- break;
- }
- else {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to 0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
- }
-
- if (cfg) {
-
- /* filter out overlay visuals */
- if (cfg->level == 0) {
- __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;
-
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] =
- &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
-
- proxy_cfg = Xalloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
- memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
- proxy_cfg->id = FakeClientID(0);
- /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */
- proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId = (unsigned int)-1;
-
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;
-
- __glXNumFBConfigs++;
- }
-
- }
-
- }
-
- }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenReset(void)
-{
- __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;
-}
-
-char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name )
-{
- char *ret = NULL;
-
- switch( name) {
-
- case GLX_VENDOR:
- ret = GLXServerVendorName;
- break;
-
- case GLX_VERSION:
- ret = GLXServerVersion;
- break;
-
- case GLX_EXTENSIONS:
- ret = ExtensionsString;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return( ret );
-
-}
-
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
- return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
- }
-
- return(NULL);
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid)
- return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
- }
-
- return(NULL);
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )
-{
- int i;
- int j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
- return( __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1] );
- }
-
- return(NULL);
-
-}
-
-int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )
-{
- return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );
-}
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+
+#undef Xmalloc
+#undef Xcalloc
+#undef Xrealloc
+#undef Xfree
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+
+#include <windowstr.h>
+
+#include "glxfbconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
+GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
+
+__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
+int __glXNumFBConfigs;
+
+static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";
+static char GLXServerVersion[64];
+static char GLXServerExtensions[] =
+ "GLX_EXT_visual_info "
+ "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "
+ "GLX_EXT_import_context "
+ "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "
+ "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "
+ "GLX_SGI_swap_control "
+ ;
+
+static char ExtensionsString[1024];
+
+static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )
+{
+ int s;
+ xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
+ char **be_extensions;
+ char *ext;
+ char *denied_extensions;
+
+ /*
+ * set the server glx version to be the minimum version
+ * supported by all back-end servers
+ */
+ __glXVersionMajor = 0;
+ __glXVersionMinor = 0;
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;
+ req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ if (s == 0) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&
+ (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ }
+ else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&
+ (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
+ __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ }
+
+ sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",
+ __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );
+ /*
+ * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string
+ */
+ ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * read extensions strings of all back-end servers
+ */
+ be_extensions = (char **)malloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );
+ if (!be_extensions)
+ return;
+
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
+ int length, numbytes, slop;
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
+ req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
+
+ length = (int)reply.length;
+ numbytes = (int)reply.n;
+ slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
+ be_extensions[s] = (char *)malloc(numbytes);
+ if (!be_extensions[s]) {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, length);
+ } else {
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);
+ if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
+ }
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * extensions string will include only extensions that our
+ * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.
+ * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will
+ * not be supported.
+ */
+ denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");
+ ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");
+ while( ext ) {
+ int supported = 1;
+
+ if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {
+ supported = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {
+ if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {
+ supported = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (supported) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");
+ }
+
+ ext = strtok(NULL, " ");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * release temporary storage
+ */
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ if (be_extensions[s]) Xfree(be_extensions[s]);
+ }
+ Xfree( be_extensions );
+
+ if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {
+ if (!denied_extensions ||
+ !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");
+ if (!denied_extensions ||
+ !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)
+{
+ int s;
+ int c;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];
+ __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;
+
+
+ CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();
+
+
+ __glXFBConfigs = NULL;
+ __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
+
+ if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||
+ (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||
+ ( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") ) ) {
+
+ /*
+ // Initialize FBConfig info.
+ // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end
+ // servers - only those configs will be supported
+ */
+ __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)malloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs *
+ (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );
+ __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
+
+ for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;
+
+ if (numscreens > 1) {
+ for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ __GLXscreenInfo *glxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[s];
+
+ cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],
+ dmxScreen->fbconfigs,
+ dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;
+ if (!cfg) {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to 0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
+ }
+
+ if (cfg) {
+
+ /* filter out overlay visuals */
+ if (cfg->level == 0) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;
+
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] =
+ &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
+
+ proxy_cfg = malloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
+ memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
+ proxy_cfg->id = FakeClientID(0);
+ /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */
+ proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId = (unsigned int)-1;
+
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;
+
+ __glXNumFBConfigs++;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+}
+
+void __glXScreenReset(void)
+{
+ __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;
+}
+
+char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name )
+{
+ char *ret = NULL;
+
+ switch( name) {
+
+ case GLX_VENDOR:
+ ret = GLXServerVendorName;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_VERSION:
+ ret = GLXServerVersion;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_EXTENSIONS:
+ ret = ExtensionsString;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return( ret );
+
+}
+
+
+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
+ return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
+ }
+
+ return(NULL);
+}
+
+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid)
+ return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
+ }
+
+ return(NULL);
+}
+
+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )
+{
+ int i;
+ int j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
+ return( __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1] );
+ }
+
+ return(NULL);
+
+}
+
+int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )
+{
+ return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
index dcc604052..19f12ad58 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
@@ -1,1012 +1,1012 @@
-/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxcb.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
-#include "unpack.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * GetReqSingle - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
- * from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
- * this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
- * the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
- */
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
- WORD64ALIGN\
- if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
- _XFlush(dpy);\
- req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
- req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
- dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
- dpy->request++
-
-#else /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
-#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
- WORD64ALIGN\
- if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
- _XFlush(dpy);\
- req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
- req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
- dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
- dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-#define X_GLXSingle 0 /* needed by GetReqExtra */
-
-extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
-extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
-
-static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
- xGLXSingleReply *reply,
- char *buf,
- int buf_size )
-{
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
-
- if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
- /*
- * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
- */
- if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4); /* some requests use also pad4
- * i.e GetConvolutionFilter
- */
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
- __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
- }
- }
- else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
- /*
- * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
- */
- int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
- char *p = buf;
- int i;
-
- for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
- if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
- __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
- }
-
- p += swap_vec_element_size;
- }
-
- /*
- * swap pad words as well - for case that some single reply uses
- * them as well
- */
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
-
- }
-
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)reply);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
-
-}
-
-int __glXForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int buf_size;
- int s;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
- /*
- * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- if (req->glxCode == X_GLsop_Flush) {
- XFlush(dpy);
- }
-
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
- xGLXSingleReply reply;
- xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int buf_size;
- char *be_buf;
- int be_buf_size;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-
- /*
- * send the request to the first back-end server
- */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,glxc->pScreen->myNum);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
- /*
- * get the reply from the back-end server
- */
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
- if (be_buf_size > 0) {
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
- if (be_buf) {
- _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
- }
- else {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- /*
- * send the reply to the client
- */
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = be_reply.length;
- reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
- reply.size = be_reply.size;
- reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
- reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
- }
- else {
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
- if (be_buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
- }
-
- if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
- xGLXSingleReply reply;
- xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int buf_size;
- char *be_buf;
- int be_buf_size;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
- /*
- * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
- /*
- * get the reply from the back-end server
- */
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
- if (be_buf_size > 0) {
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
- if (be_buf) {
- _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
- }
- else {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
- Xfree(be_buf);
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * send the reply to the client
- */
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = be_reply.length;
- reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
- reply.size = be_reply.size;
- reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
- reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
- }
- else {
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
- if (be_buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
- }
-
- if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
-
- return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-static GLint __glReadPixels_size(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint w, GLint h,
- int *elementbits_return, int *rowbytes_return )
-{
- GLint elements, esize;
- GLint rowsize, padding;
-
- if (w < 0 || h < 0) {
- return -1;
- }
- switch (format) {
- case GL_COLOR_INDEX:
- case GL_STENCIL_INDEX:
- case GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT:
- elements = 1;
- break;
- case GL_RED:
- case GL_GREEN:
- case GL_BLUE:
- case GL_ALPHA:
- case GL_LUMINANCE:
- elements = 1;
- break;
- case GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA:
- elements = 2;
- break;
- case GL_RGB:
- case GL_BGR:
- elements = 3;
- break;
- case GL_RGBA:
- case GL_BGRA:
- case GL_ABGR_EXT:
- elements = 4;
- break;
- default:
- return -1;
- }
- /*
- ** According to the GLX protocol, each row must be padded to a multiple of
- ** 4 bytes. 4 bytes also happens to be the default alignment in the pixel
- ** store modes of the GL.
- */
- switch (type) {
- case GL_BITMAP:
- if (format == GL_COLOR_INDEX || format == GL_STENCIL_INDEX) {
- rowsize = ((w * elements)+7)/8;
- padding = rowsize % 4;
- if (padding) {
- rowsize += 4 - padding;
- }
- if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = elements;
- if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
- return (rowsize * h);
- } else {
- return -1;
- }
- case GL_BYTE:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE:
- esize = 1;
- break;
- case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV:
- esize = 1;
- elements = 1;
- break;
- case GL_SHORT:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
- esize = 2;
- break;
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV:
- esize = 2;
- elements = 1;
- break;
- case GL_INT:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_INT:
- case GL_FLOAT:
- esize = 4;
- break;
- case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2:
- case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV:
- esize = 4;
- elements = 1;
- break;
- default:
- return -1;
- }
- rowsize = w * elements * esize;
- padding = rowsize % 4;
- if (padding) {
- rowsize += 4 - padding;
- }
-
- if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = esize*elements*8;
- if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
-
- return (rowsize * h);
-}
-
-static int intersectRect( int x1, int x2, int y1, int y2,
- int X1, int X2, int Y1, int Y2,
- int *ix1, int *ix2, int *iy1, int *iy2 )
-{
- int right = (x2 < X2 ? x2 : X2);
- int bottom = (y2 < Y2 ? y2 : Y2);
- int left = (x1 > X1 ? x1 : X1);
- int top = (y1 > Y1 ? y1 : Y1);
- int width = right - left + 1;
- int height = bottom - top + 1;
-
- if ( (width <= 0) || (height <= 0) ) {
- *ix1 = *ix2 = *iy1 = *iy2 = 0;
- return(0);
- }
- else {
- *ix1 = left;
- *ix2 = right;
- *iy1 = top;
- *iy2 = bottom;
- return( width * height );
- }
-
-}
-
-int __glXDisp_ReadPixels(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
- xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
- xGLXReadPixelsReply reply;
- xGLXReadPixelsReply be_reply;
- GLbyte *be_pc;
- GLint x,y;
- GLsizei width, height;
- GLenum format, type;
- GLboolean swapBytes, lsbFirst;
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- int error;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- char *buf;
- int buf_size;
- int s;
- int win_x1, win_x2;
- int win_y1, win_y2;
- int ebits, rowsize;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
- }
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- x = *(GLint *)(pc + 0);
- y = *(GLint *)(pc + 4);
- width = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 8);
- height = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 12);
- format = *(GLenum *)(pc + 16);
- type = *(GLenum *)(pc + 20);
- swapBytes = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 24);
- lsbFirst = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 25);
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&x);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&y);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&width);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&height);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&format);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&type);
- swapBytes = !swapBytes;
- }
-
- buf_size = __glReadPixels_size(format,type,width,height, &ebits, &rowsize);
- if (buf_size > 0) {
- buf = (char *) Xalloc( buf_size );
- if ( !buf ) {
- return( BadAlloc );
- }
- }
- else {
- buf_size = 0;
- }
-
- if (buf_size > 0) {
- /*
- * Get the current drawable this context is bound to
- */
- pDraw = __glXLookupDrawableByTag( cl, req->contextTag );
- win_x1 = pDraw->x + x;
- win_x2 = win_x1 + width - 1;
- win_y1 = (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height) + y;
- win_y2 = win_y1 + height - 1;
- if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- from_screen = to_screen = 0;
- }
-
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
- int scr_x1 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
- int scr_x2 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnWidth - 1;
- int scr_y1 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
- int scr_y2 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnHeight - 1;
- int wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2;
- int sx, sy, sw, sh;
- int npixels;
-
- /*
- * find the window portion that is on the current screen
- */
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- npixels = intersectRect( scr_x1, scr_x2, scr_y1, scr_y2,
- win_x1, win_x2, win_y1, win_y2,
- &wx1, &wx2, &wy1, &wy2 );
- }
- else {
- wx1 = win_x1;
- wx2 = win_x2;
- wy1 = win_y1;
- wy2 = win_y2;
- npixels = (wx2-wx1+1) * (wy2-wy1+1);
- }
-
- if (npixels > 0) {
-
- /* send the request to the back-end server */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqExtra(GLXSingle,__GLX_PAD(26),be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = X_GLsop_ReadPixels;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- be_pc = ((GLbyte *)(be_req) + sz_xGLXSingleReq);
-
- sx = wx1 - pDraw->x;
- sy = wy1 - (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height);
- sw = (wx2-wx1+1);
- sh = (wy2-wy1+1);
-
- *(GLint *)(be_pc + 0) = sx; /* x */
- *(GLint *)(be_pc + 4) = sy; /* y */
- *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 8) = sw; /* width */
- *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 12) = sh; /* height */
- *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 16) = format;
- *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 20) = type;
- *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 24) = swapBytes;
- *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 25) = lsbFirst;
-
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-
- if (be_reply.length > 0) {
- char *be_buf;
- int be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-
- be_buf = (char *) Xalloc( be_buf_size );
- if (be_buf) {
- _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-
- /* copy pixels data to the right location of the */
- /* reply buffer */
- if ( type != GL_BITMAP ) {
- int pbytes = ebits / 8;
- char *dst = buf + (sy-y)*rowsize + (sx-x)*pbytes;
- char *src = be_buf;
- int pad = (pbytes * sw) % 4;
- int r;
-
- for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
- memcpy( dst, src, pbytes*sw );
- dst += rowsize;
- src += (pbytes*sw + (pad ? 4-pad : 0) );
- }
- }
- else {
- /* this is a GL_BITMAP pixel type, should copy bits */
- int r;
- int src_rowsize = bits_to_bytes(sw * ebits);
- int src_pad = src_rowsize % 4;
- if ( src_pad ) {
- src_rowsize += (4 - src_pad);
- }
-
- for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
- unsigned char dst_mask = 0x80 >> (sx % 8);
- unsigned char src_mask = 0x80;
- char *dst = buf + (sy-y+r)*rowsize + (sx-x)/8;
- char *src = be_buf + r*src_rowsize;
- int b;
-
- for (b=0; b<sw*ebits; b++) {
- if ( *src & src_mask ) {
- *dst |= dst_mask;
- }
- else {
- *dst &= ~dst_mask;
- }
-
- if (dst_mask > 1) dst_mask >>= 1;
- else {
- dst_mask = 0x80;
- dst++;
- }
-
- if (src_mask > 1) src_mask >>= 1;
- else {
- src_mask = 0x80;
- src++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- }
-
- Xfree( be_buf );
- }
- else {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
- Xfree( buf );
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- } /* of npixels > 0 */
-
- } /* of for loop */
-
- } /* of if buf_size > 0 */
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = buf_size >> 2;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
- }
-
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXReadPixelsReply),(char *)&reply);
- if (buf_size > 0) {
- WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
- Xfree( buf );
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXDispSwap_GetTexImage(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- GLbyte *lpc = pc;
-
- lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+12);
-
- /* reverse swapBytes */
- *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16);
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXDispSwap_GetColorTable(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- GLbyte *lpc = pc;
-
- lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
-
- /* reverse swapBytes */
- *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12);
-
- return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-
+/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+#include "dmxcb.h"
+
+#undef Xmalloc
+#undef Xcalloc
+#undef Xrealloc
+#undef Xfree
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include "glxext.h"
+#include "g_disptab.h"
+/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
+#include "unpack.h"
+#include "glxutil.h"
+
+#include "GL/glxproto.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * GetReqSingle - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
+ * from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
+ * this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
+ * the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
+ */
+#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
+#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
+ WORD64ALIGN\
+ if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
+ _XFlush(dpy);\
+ req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
+ req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
+ dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
+ dpy->request++
+
+#else /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
+#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
+ WORD64ALIGN\
+ if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
+ _XFlush(dpy);\
+ req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
+ req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
+ dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
+ dpy->request++
+#endif
+
+#define X_GLXSingle 0 /* needed by GetReqExtra */
+
+extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
+extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
+
+static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXSingleReply *reply,
+ char *buf,
+ int buf_size )
+{
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
+
+ if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
+ /*
+ * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
+ */
+ if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4); /* some requests use also pad4
+ * i.e GetConvolutionFilter
+ */
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
+ /*
+ * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
+ */
+ int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
+ char *p = buf;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
+ if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
+ }
+
+ p += swap_vec_element_size;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * swap pad words as well - for case that some single reply uses
+ * them as well
+ */
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
+
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)reply);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
+
+}
+
+int __glXForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int buf_size;
+ int s;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+
+ /*
+ * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ if (req->glxCode == X_GLsop_Flush) {
+ XFlush(dpy);
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
+ xGLXSingleReply reply;
+ xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int buf_size;
+ char *be_buf;
+ int be_buf_size;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
+
+ /*
+ * send the request to the first back-end server
+ */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,glxc->pScreen->myNum);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+
+ /*
+ * get the reply from the back-end server
+ */
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) {
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );
+ if (be_buf) {
+ _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply to the client
+ */
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = be_reply.length;
+ reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
+ reply.size = be_reply.size;
+ reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
+ reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
+ }
+ else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
+ if (be_buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
+ }
+
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
+ xGLXSingleReply reply;
+ xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int buf_size;
+ char *be_buf;
+ int be_buf_size;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+
+ /*
+ * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+
+ /*
+ * get the reply from the back-end server
+ */
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) {
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );
+ if (be_buf) {
+ _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
+ Xfree(be_buf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply to the client
+ */
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = be_reply.length;
+ reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
+ reply.size = be_reply.size;
+ reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
+ reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
+ }
+ else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
+ if (be_buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
+ }
+
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 2;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 4;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 8;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 2;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 4;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 8;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+
+ return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+static GLint __glReadPixels_size(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint w, GLint h,
+ int *elementbits_return, int *rowbytes_return )
+{
+ GLint elements, esize;
+ GLint rowsize, padding;
+
+ if (w < 0 || h < 0) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ switch (format) {
+ case GL_COLOR_INDEX:
+ case GL_STENCIL_INDEX:
+ case GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT:
+ elements = 1;
+ break;
+ case GL_RED:
+ case GL_GREEN:
+ case GL_BLUE:
+ case GL_ALPHA:
+ case GL_LUMINANCE:
+ elements = 1;
+ break;
+ case GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA:
+ elements = 2;
+ break;
+ case GL_RGB:
+ case GL_BGR:
+ elements = 3;
+ break;
+ case GL_RGBA:
+ case GL_BGRA:
+ case GL_ABGR_EXT:
+ elements = 4;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /*
+ ** According to the GLX protocol, each row must be padded to a multiple of
+ ** 4 bytes. 4 bytes also happens to be the default alignment in the pixel
+ ** store modes of the GL.
+ */
+ switch (type) {
+ case GL_BITMAP:
+ if (format == GL_COLOR_INDEX || format == GL_STENCIL_INDEX) {
+ rowsize = ((w * elements)+7)/8;
+ padding = rowsize % 4;
+ if (padding) {
+ rowsize += 4 - padding;
+ }
+ if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = elements;
+ if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
+ return (rowsize * h);
+ } else {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ case GL_BYTE:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE:
+ esize = 1;
+ break;
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV:
+ esize = 1;
+ elements = 1;
+ break;
+ case GL_SHORT:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
+ esize = 2;
+ break;
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV:
+ esize = 2;
+ elements = 1;
+ break;
+ case GL_INT:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_INT:
+ case GL_FLOAT:
+ esize = 4;
+ break;
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2:
+ case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV:
+ esize = 4;
+ elements = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+ rowsize = w * elements * esize;
+ padding = rowsize % 4;
+ if (padding) {
+ rowsize += 4 - padding;
+ }
+
+ if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = esize*elements*8;
+ if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
+
+ return (rowsize * h);
+}
+
+static int intersectRect( int x1, int x2, int y1, int y2,
+ int X1, int X2, int Y1, int Y2,
+ int *ix1, int *ix2, int *iy1, int *iy2 )
+{
+ int right = (x2 < X2 ? x2 : X2);
+ int bottom = (y2 < Y2 ? y2 : Y2);
+ int left = (x1 > X1 ? x1 : X1);
+ int top = (y1 > Y1 ? y1 : Y1);
+ int width = right - left + 1;
+ int height = bottom - top + 1;
+
+ if ( (width <= 0) || (height <= 0) ) {
+ *ix1 = *ix2 = *iy1 = *iy2 = 0;
+ return(0);
+ }
+ else {
+ *ix1 = left;
+ *ix2 = right;
+ *iy1 = top;
+ *iy2 = bottom;
+ return( width * height );
+ }
+
+}
+
+int __glXDisp_ReadPixels(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
+ xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
+ xGLXReadPixelsReply reply;
+ xGLXReadPixelsReply be_reply;
+ GLbyte *be_pc;
+ GLint x,y;
+ GLsizei width, height;
+ GLenum format, type;
+ GLboolean swapBytes, lsbFirst;
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ int error;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ char *buf;
+ int buf_size;
+ int s;
+ int win_x1, win_x2;
+ int win_y1, win_y2;
+ int ebits, rowsize;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+ }
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ x = *(GLint *)(pc + 0);
+ y = *(GLint *)(pc + 4);
+ width = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 8);
+ height = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 12);
+ format = *(GLenum *)(pc + 16);
+ type = *(GLenum *)(pc + 20);
+ swapBytes = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 24);
+ lsbFirst = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 25);
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&x);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&y);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&width);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&height);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&format);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&type);
+ swapBytes = !swapBytes;
+ }
+
+ buf_size = __glReadPixels_size(format,type,width,height, &ebits, &rowsize);
+ if (buf_size > 0) {
+ buf = (char *) malloc( buf_size );
+ if ( !buf ) {
+ return( BadAlloc );
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ buf_size = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (buf_size > 0) {
+ /*
+ * Get the current drawable this context is bound to
+ */
+ pDraw = __glXLookupDrawableByTag( cl, req->contextTag );
+ win_x1 = pDraw->x + x;
+ win_x2 = win_x1 + width - 1;
+ win_y1 = (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height) + y;
+ win_y2 = win_y1 + height - 1;
+ if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ from_screen = to_screen = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+ int scr_x1 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
+ int scr_x2 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnWidth - 1;
+ int scr_y1 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
+ int scr_y2 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnHeight - 1;
+ int wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2;
+ int sx, sy, sw, sh;
+ int npixels;
+
+ /*
+ * find the window portion that is on the current screen
+ */
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ npixels = intersectRect( scr_x1, scr_x2, scr_y1, scr_y2,
+ win_x1, win_x2, win_y1, win_y2,
+ &wx1, &wx2, &wy1, &wy2 );
+ }
+ else {
+ wx1 = win_x1;
+ wx2 = win_x2;
+ wy1 = win_y1;
+ wy2 = win_y2;
+ npixels = (wx2-wx1+1) * (wy2-wy1+1);
+ }
+
+ if (npixels > 0) {
+
+ /* send the request to the back-end server */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqExtra(GLXSingle,__GLX_PAD(26),be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = X_GLsop_ReadPixels;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ be_pc = ((GLbyte *)(be_req) + sz_xGLXSingleReq);
+
+ sx = wx1 - pDraw->x;
+ sy = wy1 - (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height);
+ sw = (wx2-wx1+1);
+ sh = (wy2-wy1+1);
+
+ *(GLint *)(be_pc + 0) = sx; /* x */
+ *(GLint *)(be_pc + 4) = sy; /* y */
+ *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 8) = sw; /* width */
+ *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 12) = sh; /* height */
+ *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 16) = format;
+ *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 20) = type;
+ *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 24) = swapBytes;
+ *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 25) = lsbFirst;
+
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+
+ if (be_reply.length > 0) {
+ char *be_buf;
+ int be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
+
+ be_buf = (char *) malloc( be_buf_size );
+ if (be_buf) {
+ _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
+
+ /* copy pixels data to the right location of the */
+ /* reply buffer */
+ if ( type != GL_BITMAP ) {
+ int pbytes = ebits / 8;
+ char *dst = buf + (sy-y)*rowsize + (sx-x)*pbytes;
+ char *src = be_buf;
+ int pad = (pbytes * sw) % 4;
+ int r;
+
+ for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
+ memcpy( dst, src, pbytes*sw );
+ dst += rowsize;
+ src += (pbytes*sw + (pad ? 4-pad : 0) );
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* this is a GL_BITMAP pixel type, should copy bits */
+ int r;
+ int src_rowsize = bits_to_bytes(sw * ebits);
+ int src_pad = src_rowsize % 4;
+ if ( src_pad ) {
+ src_rowsize += (4 - src_pad);
+ }
+
+ for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
+ unsigned char dst_mask = 0x80 >> (sx % 8);
+ unsigned char src_mask = 0x80;
+ char *dst = buf + (sy-y+r)*rowsize + (sx-x)/8;
+ char *src = be_buf + r*src_rowsize;
+ int b;
+
+ for (b=0; b<sw*ebits; b++) {
+ if ( *src & src_mask ) {
+ *dst |= dst_mask;
+ }
+ else {
+ *dst &= ~dst_mask;
+ }
+
+ if (dst_mask > 1) dst_mask >>= 1;
+ else {
+ dst_mask = 0x80;
+ dst++;
+ }
+
+ if (src_mask > 1) src_mask >>= 1;
+ else {
+ src_mask = 0x80;
+ src++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ Xfree( be_buf );
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
+ Xfree( buf );
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ } /* of npixels > 0 */
+
+ } /* of for loop */
+
+ } /* of if buf_size > 0 */
+
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = buf_size >> 2;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXReadPixelsReply),(char *)&reply);
+ if (buf_size > 0) {
+ WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
+ Xfree( buf );
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXDispSwap_GetTexImage(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ GLbyte *lpc = pc;
+
+ lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+12);
+
+ /* reverse swapBytes */
+ *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16);
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXDispSwap_GetColorTable(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
+{
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ GLbyte *lpc = pc;
+
+ lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
+
+ /* reverse swapBytes */
+ *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12);
+
+ return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
index 1e184f914..1471d8b5f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
@@ -1,538 +1,538 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-extern int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId,
- GLXContextTag tag);
-
-typedef struct _SwapGroup *SwapGroupPtr;
-
-static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier);
-static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier);
-static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
- SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
- SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap);
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *
- * Swap Groups
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-typedef struct _SwapGroup {
- WindowPtr pWin;
- SwapGroupPtr pNext;
-
- Bool swapping;
- Bool sleeping;
- GLuint barrier;
-
- XID drawable;
- GLXContextTag tag;
- __GLXclientState *clState;
-} SwapGroupRec;
-
-
-static void SwapSwapGroup(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
-{
- SwapGroupPtr pCur;
-
- /* All drawables in swap group are ready to swap, so just swap all
- * drawables buffers and then wake up those clients that were
- * previously sleeping */
-
- for (pCur = pSwap; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext) {
- if (pCur->swapping) {
- /* Swap pCur's buffers */
- __glXDoSwapBuffers(pCur->clState, pCur->drawable, pCur->tag);
- pCur->swapping = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Wakeup client */
- if (pCur->sleeping) {
- ClientWakeup(pCur->clState->client);
- pCur->sleeping = FALSE;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static Bool SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
-{
- Bool isReady = TRUE;
-
- /* The swap group is ready to swap when all drawables are ready to
- * swap. NOTE: A drawable is also ready to swap if it is not
- * currently mapped */
- for (; pSwap; pSwap = pSwap->pNext) {
- isReady &= (pSwap->swapping || !pSwap->pWin->mapped);
- /* FIXME: Should we use pSwap->pWin->mapped or ...->realized ??? */
- }
-
- return isReady;
-}
-
-static Bool SGSwapCleanup(ClientPtr client, pointer closure)
-{
- /* SwapGroupPtr pSwap = (SwapGroupPtr)closure; */
-
- /* This should not be called unless the client has died in which
- * case we should remove the buffer from the swap list */
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int SGSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag,
- DrawablePtr pDraw)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
- SwapGroupPtr pSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
- SwapGroupPtr pCur;
-
- for (pCur = pSwap; pCur && pCur->pWin != pWin; pCur = pCur->pNext);
- if (!pCur)
- return BadDrawable;
-
- pCur->clState = cl;
- pCur->drawable = drawId;
- pCur->tag = tag;
-
- /* We are now in the process of swapping */
- pCur->swapping = TRUE;
-
- if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
- /* The swap group is bound to a barrier and the barrier is ready
- * to swap, so swap all the swap groups that are bound to this
- * group's swap barrier */
- SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
- } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
- /* Do the swap if the entire swap group is ready to swap and the
- * group is not bound to a swap barrier */
- SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
- } else {
- /* The swap group/barrier is not yet ready to swap, so put
- * client to sleep until the rest are ready to swap */
- ClientSleep(cl->client, SGSwapCleanup, (pointer)pWin);
- pCur->sleeping = TRUE;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void SGWindowUnmapped(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
- SwapGroupPtr pSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
-
- /* Now that one of the windows in the swap group has been unmapped,
- * see if the entire swap group/barrier is ready to swap */
-
- if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
- SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
- } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
- SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
- }
-}
-
-static void SGWindowDestroyed(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- JoinSwapGroupSGIX((DrawablePtr)pWin, NULL);
-}
-
-static SwapGroupPtr CreateSwapEntry(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SwapGroupPtr pEntry;
-
- /* Allocate new swap group */
- pEntry = xalloc(sizeof(*pEntry));
- if (!pEntry) return NULL;
-
- /* Initialize swap group */
- pEntry->pWin = pWin;
- pEntry->pNext = NULL;
- pEntry->swapping = FALSE;
- pEntry->sleeping = FALSE;
- pEntry->barrier = 0;
- /* The following are not initialized until SwapBuffers is called:
- * pEntry->drawable
- * pEntry->tag
- * pEntry->clState
- */
-
- return pEntry;
-}
-
-static void FreeSwapEntry(SwapGroupPtr pEntry)
-{
- /* Since we have removed the drawable from its previous swap group
- * and it won't be added to another swap group, the only thing that
- * we need to do is to make sure that the drawable's client is not
- * sleeping. This could happen if one thread is sleeping, while
- * another thread called glxJoinSwapGroup(). Note that all sleeping
- * threads should also be swapping, but there is a small window in
- * the SGSwapBuffer() logic, above, where swapping can be set but
- * sleeping is not. We check both independently here just to be
- * pedantic. */
-
- /* Handle swap buffer request */
- if (pEntry->swapping)
- __glXDoSwapBuffers(pEntry->clState, pEntry->drawable, pEntry->tag);
-
- /* Wake up client */
- if (pEntry->sleeping)
- ClientWakeup(pEntry->clState->client);
-
- /* We can free the pEntry entry since it has already been removed
- * from the swap group list and it won't be needed any longer */
- xfree(pEntry);
-}
-
-int JoinSwapGroupSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, DrawablePtr pMember)
-{
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
- SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap = NULL;
- SwapGroupPtr pEntry;
-
- /* If pDraw and pMember are already members of the same swap
- * group, just return Success since there is nothing to do */
- for (pEntry = pWinPriv->swapGroup; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
- if (pEntry->pWin == (WindowPtr)pMember)
- return Success;
-
- /* Remove pDraw from its current swap group */
- if (pWinPriv->swapGroup) {
- SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
- SwapGroupPtr pPrev;
-
- /* Find old swap entry in swap group and save in pOldSwap
- * for later use */
- for (pOldSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup, pPrev = NULL;
- pOldSwap && pOldSwap->pWin != pWin;
- pPrev = pOldSwap, pOldSwap = pOldSwap->pNext);
- if (!pOldSwap)
- return BadDrawable;
-
- /* Remove pDraw's swap group entry from swap group list */
- if (pPrev) {
- pPrev->pNext = pOldSwap->pNext;
- } else {
- /* pWin is at the head of the swap group list, so we
- * need to update all other members of this swap
- * group */
- for (pEntry = pOldSwap->pNext; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
- DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pEntry->pWin)->swapGroup
- = pOldSwap->pNext;
-
- /* Update the barrier list as well */
- if (pOldSwap->barrier)
- UpdateSwapBarrierList(pOldSwap->barrier,
- pOldSwap, pOldSwap->pNext);
-
- /* Set pSwapGroup to point to the swap group without
- * pOldSwap */
- pSwapGroup = pOldSwap->pNext;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if current swap group can now swap since we
- * know at this point that pDraw and pMember are guaranteed
- * to previously be in different swap groups */
- if (pSwapGroup && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwapGroup)) {
- SwapSwapGroup(pSwapGroup);
- }
-
- /* Make the old swap entry a standalone group */
- pOldSwap->pNext = NULL;
- pOldSwap->barrier = 0;
-
- /* Reset pWin's swap group */
- pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
- pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = NULL;
- pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = NULL;
- }
-
- if (!pMember || pMember->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- /* Free old swap group since it is no longer needed */
- if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
- } else if (pDraw == pMember && pOldSwap) {
- /* Special case where pDraw was previously created and we
- * are now just putting it to its own swap group */
- pWinPriv->swapGroup = pOldSwap;
- pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
- pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
-
- /* Check to see if pDraw is ready to swap */
- if (SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pOldSwap))
- SwapSwapGroup(pOldSwap);
- } else if (pMember->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- WindowPtr pMemberWin = (WindowPtr)pMember;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pMemberPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pMemberWin);
- SwapGroupPtr pMemberSwapGroup = pMemberPriv->swapGroup;
-
- /* Finally, how we can add pDraw to pMember's swap group */
-
- /* If pMember is not currently in a swap group, then create
- * one for it since we are just about to add pDraw to it. */
- if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
- /* Create new swap group */
- pMemberSwapGroup = CreateSwapEntry(pMemberWin);
- if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
- if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- /* Set pMember's swap group */
- pMemberPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
- pMemberPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
- pMemberPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
- }
-
- /* If pDraw == pMember, that means pDraw was not a member of
- * a group previously (or it would have been handled by the
- * special case above), so no additional work is required
- * since we just created a new swap group for pMember (i.e.,
- * pDraw). */
-
- if (pDraw != pMember) {
- /* If pDraw was not previously in a swap group, then create
- * an entry for it */
- if (!pOldSwap) {
- /* Create new swap group */
- pOldSwap = CreateSwapEntry(pWin);
- if (!pOldSwap) {
- /* If we just created a swap group for pMember, we
- * need to free it here */
- if (pMemberSwapGroup->pNext == NULL) {
- FreeSwapEntry(pMemberSwapGroup);
- pMemberPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
- }
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- /* Find last entry in pMember's swap group */
- for (pEntry = pMemberSwapGroup;
- pEntry->pNext;
- pEntry = pEntry->pNext);
-
- /* Add pDraw's swap group entry to pMember's swap group list */
- pEntry->pNext = pOldSwap;
-
- /* Add pDraw to pMember's swap barrier */
- pOldSwap->barrier = pEntry->barrier;
-
- /* Set pDraw's swap group */
- pWinPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
- pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
- pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *
- * Swap Barriers
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#define GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS 10
-
-typedef struct _SwapBarrier *SwapBarrierPtr;
-typedef struct _SwapBarrier {
- SwapGroupPtr pSwap;
- SwapBarrierPtr pNext;
-} SwapBarrierRec;
-
-static SwapBarrierPtr SwapBarrierList[GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS+1];
-
-void SwapBarrierInit(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++)
- SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
-}
-
-void SwapBarrierReset(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++) {
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier, pNextBarrier;
- for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[i];
- pBarrier;
- pBarrier = pNextBarrier) {
- pNextBarrier = pBarrier->pNext;
- xfree(pBarrier);
- }
- SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-int QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(int screen)
-{
- return GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS;
-}
-
-static Bool BindSwapGroupToBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
-{
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
-
- pBarrier = xalloc(sizeof(*pBarrier));
- if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
-
- /* Add the swap group to barrier's list */
- pBarrier->pSwap = pSwapGroup;
- pBarrier->pNext = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
- SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
-{
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier, pPrevBarrier;
-
- /* Find the swap group in barrier's list */
- for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier], pPrevBarrier = NULL;
- pBarrier && pBarrier->pSwap != pSwapGroup;
- pPrevBarrier = pBarrier, pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext);
- if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
-
- /* Remove the swap group from barrier's list */
- if (pPrevBarrier) pPrevBarrier->pNext = pBarrier->pNext;
- else SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier->pNext;
-
- /* Free memory */
- xfree(pBarrier);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
- SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
- SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap)
-{
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
-
- /* If the old swap group is being destroyed, then we need to remove
- * the swap group from the list entirely */
- if (!pNewSwap) {
- UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(barrier, pOldSwap);
- return;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise, find the old swap group in the barrier list and change
- * it to the new swap group */
- for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
- pBarrier;
- pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext) {
- if (pBarrier->pSwap == pOldSwap) {
- pBarrier->pSwap = pNewSwap;
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier)
-{
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
- Bool isReady = TRUE;
-
- /* The swap barier is ready to swap when swap groups that are bound
- * to barrier are ready to swap */
- for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
- pBarrier;
- pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
- isReady &= SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pBarrier->pSwap);
-
- return isReady;
-}
-
-static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier)
-{
- SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
-
- /* Swap each group that is a member of this barrier */
- for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
- pBarrier;
- pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
- SwapSwapGroup(pBarrier->pSwap);
-}
-
-int BindSwapBarrierSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, int barrier)
-{
- /* FIXME: Check for errors when pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW */
-
- if (barrier < 0 || barrier > GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
- SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
- SwapGroupPtr pCur;
-
- if (!pSwapGroup) return BadDrawable;
- if (barrier && pSwapGroup->barrier) return BadValue;
-
- /* Update the swap barrier list */
- if (barrier) {
- if (!BindSwapGroupToBarrier(barrier, pSwapGroup))
- return BadAlloc;
- } else {
- if (!UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(pSwapGroup->barrier, pSwapGroup))
- return BadDrawable;
- }
-
- /* Set the barrier for each member of this swap group */
- for (pCur = pSwapGroup; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext)
- pCur->barrier = barrier;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include "glxswap.h"
+
+extern int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId,
+ GLXContextTag tag);
+
+typedef struct _SwapGroup *SwapGroupPtr;
+
+static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier);
+static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier);
+static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
+ SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
+ SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap);
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Swap Groups
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _SwapGroup {
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ SwapGroupPtr pNext;
+
+ Bool swapping;
+ Bool sleeping;
+ GLuint barrier;
+
+ XID drawable;
+ GLXContextTag tag;
+ __GLXclientState *clState;
+} SwapGroupRec;
+
+
+static void SwapSwapGroup(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
+{
+ SwapGroupPtr pCur;
+
+ /* All drawables in swap group are ready to swap, so just swap all
+ * drawables buffers and then wake up those clients that were
+ * previously sleeping */
+
+ for (pCur = pSwap; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext) {
+ if (pCur->swapping) {
+ /* Swap pCur's buffers */
+ __glXDoSwapBuffers(pCur->clState, pCur->drawable, pCur->tag);
+ pCur->swapping = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Wakeup client */
+ if (pCur->sleeping) {
+ ClientWakeup(pCur->clState->client);
+ pCur->sleeping = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
+{
+ Bool isReady = TRUE;
+
+ /* The swap group is ready to swap when all drawables are ready to
+ * swap. NOTE: A drawable is also ready to swap if it is not
+ * currently mapped */
+ for (; pSwap; pSwap = pSwap->pNext) {
+ isReady &= (pSwap->swapping || !pSwap->pWin->mapped);
+ /* FIXME: Should we use pSwap->pWin->mapped or ...->realized ??? */
+ }
+
+ return isReady;
+}
+
+static Bool SGSwapCleanup(ClientPtr client, pointer closure)
+{
+ /* SwapGroupPtr pSwap = (SwapGroupPtr)closure; */
+
+ /* This should not be called unless the client has died in which
+ * case we should remove the buffer from the swap list */
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int SGSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag,
+ DrawablePtr pDraw)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
+ SwapGroupPtr pSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
+ SwapGroupPtr pCur;
+
+ for (pCur = pSwap; pCur && pCur->pWin != pWin; pCur = pCur->pNext);
+ if (!pCur)
+ return BadDrawable;
+
+ pCur->clState = cl;
+ pCur->drawable = drawId;
+ pCur->tag = tag;
+
+ /* We are now in the process of swapping */
+ pCur->swapping = TRUE;
+
+ if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
+ /* The swap group is bound to a barrier and the barrier is ready
+ * to swap, so swap all the swap groups that are bound to this
+ * group's swap barrier */
+ SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
+ } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
+ /* Do the swap if the entire swap group is ready to swap and the
+ * group is not bound to a swap barrier */
+ SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
+ } else {
+ /* The swap group/barrier is not yet ready to swap, so put
+ * client to sleep until the rest are ready to swap */
+ ClientSleep(cl->client, SGSwapCleanup, (pointer)pWin);
+ pCur->sleeping = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void SGWindowUnmapped(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
+ SwapGroupPtr pSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
+
+ /* Now that one of the windows in the swap group has been unmapped,
+ * see if the entire swap group/barrier is ready to swap */
+
+ if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
+ SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
+ } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
+ SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
+ }
+}
+
+static void SGWindowDestroyed(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ JoinSwapGroupSGIX((DrawablePtr)pWin, NULL);
+}
+
+static SwapGroupPtr CreateSwapEntry(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SwapGroupPtr pEntry;
+
+ /* Allocate new swap group */
+ pEntry = malloc(sizeof(*pEntry));
+ if (!pEntry) return NULL;
+
+ /* Initialize swap group */
+ pEntry->pWin = pWin;
+ pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+ pEntry->swapping = FALSE;
+ pEntry->sleeping = FALSE;
+ pEntry->barrier = 0;
+ /* The following are not initialized until SwapBuffers is called:
+ * pEntry->drawable
+ * pEntry->tag
+ * pEntry->clState
+ */
+
+ return pEntry;
+}
+
+static void FreeSwapEntry(SwapGroupPtr pEntry)
+{
+ /* Since we have removed the drawable from its previous swap group
+ * and it won't be added to another swap group, the only thing that
+ * we need to do is to make sure that the drawable's client is not
+ * sleeping. This could happen if one thread is sleeping, while
+ * another thread called glxJoinSwapGroup(). Note that all sleeping
+ * threads should also be swapping, but there is a small window in
+ * the SGSwapBuffer() logic, above, where swapping can be set but
+ * sleeping is not. We check both independently here just to be
+ * pedantic. */
+
+ /* Handle swap buffer request */
+ if (pEntry->swapping)
+ __glXDoSwapBuffers(pEntry->clState, pEntry->drawable, pEntry->tag);
+
+ /* Wake up client */
+ if (pEntry->sleeping)
+ ClientWakeup(pEntry->clState->client);
+
+ /* We can free the pEntry entry since it has already been removed
+ * from the swap group list and it won't be needed any longer */
+ free(pEntry);
+}
+
+int JoinSwapGroupSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, DrawablePtr pMember)
+{
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
+ SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap = NULL;
+ SwapGroupPtr pEntry;
+
+ /* If pDraw and pMember are already members of the same swap
+ * group, just return Success since there is nothing to do */
+ for (pEntry = pWinPriv->swapGroup; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
+ if (pEntry->pWin == (WindowPtr)pMember)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* Remove pDraw from its current swap group */
+ if (pWinPriv->swapGroup) {
+ SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
+ SwapGroupPtr pPrev;
+
+ /* Find old swap entry in swap group and save in pOldSwap
+ * for later use */
+ for (pOldSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup, pPrev = NULL;
+ pOldSwap && pOldSwap->pWin != pWin;
+ pPrev = pOldSwap, pOldSwap = pOldSwap->pNext);
+ if (!pOldSwap)
+ return BadDrawable;
+
+ /* Remove pDraw's swap group entry from swap group list */
+ if (pPrev) {
+ pPrev->pNext = pOldSwap->pNext;
+ } else {
+ /* pWin is at the head of the swap group list, so we
+ * need to update all other members of this swap
+ * group */
+ for (pEntry = pOldSwap->pNext; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
+ DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pEntry->pWin)->swapGroup
+ = pOldSwap->pNext;
+
+ /* Update the barrier list as well */
+ if (pOldSwap->barrier)
+ UpdateSwapBarrierList(pOldSwap->barrier,
+ pOldSwap, pOldSwap->pNext);
+
+ /* Set pSwapGroup to point to the swap group without
+ * pOldSwap */
+ pSwapGroup = pOldSwap->pNext;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if current swap group can now swap since we
+ * know at this point that pDraw and pMember are guaranteed
+ * to previously be in different swap groups */
+ if (pSwapGroup && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwapGroup)) {
+ SwapSwapGroup(pSwapGroup);
+ }
+
+ /* Make the old swap entry a standalone group */
+ pOldSwap->pNext = NULL;
+ pOldSwap->barrier = 0;
+
+ /* Reset pWin's swap group */
+ pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
+ pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = NULL;
+ pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (!pMember || pMember->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ /* Free old swap group since it is no longer needed */
+ if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
+ } else if (pDraw == pMember && pOldSwap) {
+ /* Special case where pDraw was previously created and we
+ * are now just putting it to its own swap group */
+ pWinPriv->swapGroup = pOldSwap;
+ pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
+ pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
+
+ /* Check to see if pDraw is ready to swap */
+ if (SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pOldSwap))
+ SwapSwapGroup(pOldSwap);
+ } else if (pMember->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ WindowPtr pMemberWin = (WindowPtr)pMember;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pMemberPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pMemberWin);
+ SwapGroupPtr pMemberSwapGroup = pMemberPriv->swapGroup;
+
+ /* Finally, how we can add pDraw to pMember's swap group */
+
+ /* If pMember is not currently in a swap group, then create
+ * one for it since we are just about to add pDraw to it. */
+ if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
+ /* Create new swap group */
+ pMemberSwapGroup = CreateSwapEntry(pMemberWin);
+ if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
+ if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /* Set pMember's swap group */
+ pMemberPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
+ pMemberPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
+ pMemberPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
+ }
+
+ /* If pDraw == pMember, that means pDraw was not a member of
+ * a group previously (or it would have been handled by the
+ * special case above), so no additional work is required
+ * since we just created a new swap group for pMember (i.e.,
+ * pDraw). */
+
+ if (pDraw != pMember) {
+ /* If pDraw was not previously in a swap group, then create
+ * an entry for it */
+ if (!pOldSwap) {
+ /* Create new swap group */
+ pOldSwap = CreateSwapEntry(pWin);
+ if (!pOldSwap) {
+ /* If we just created a swap group for pMember, we
+ * need to free it here */
+ if (pMemberSwapGroup->pNext == NULL) {
+ FreeSwapEntry(pMemberSwapGroup);
+ pMemberPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
+ }
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Find last entry in pMember's swap group */
+ for (pEntry = pMemberSwapGroup;
+ pEntry->pNext;
+ pEntry = pEntry->pNext);
+
+ /* Add pDraw's swap group entry to pMember's swap group list */
+ pEntry->pNext = pOldSwap;
+
+ /* Add pDraw to pMember's swap barrier */
+ pOldSwap->barrier = pEntry->barrier;
+
+ /* Set pDraw's swap group */
+ pWinPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
+ pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
+ pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Swap Barriers
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#define GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS 10
+
+typedef struct _SwapBarrier *SwapBarrierPtr;
+typedef struct _SwapBarrier {
+ SwapGroupPtr pSwap;
+ SwapBarrierPtr pNext;
+} SwapBarrierRec;
+
+static SwapBarrierPtr SwapBarrierList[GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS+1];
+
+void SwapBarrierInit(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++)
+ SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
+}
+
+void SwapBarrierReset(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++) {
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier, pNextBarrier;
+ for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[i];
+ pBarrier;
+ pBarrier = pNextBarrier) {
+ pNextBarrier = pBarrier->pNext;
+ free(pBarrier);
+ }
+ SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+int QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(int screen)
+{
+ return GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS;
+}
+
+static Bool BindSwapGroupToBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
+{
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
+
+ pBarrier = malloc(sizeof(*pBarrier));
+ if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
+
+ /* Add the swap group to barrier's list */
+ pBarrier->pSwap = pSwapGroup;
+ pBarrier->pNext = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
+ SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
+{
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier, pPrevBarrier;
+
+ /* Find the swap group in barrier's list */
+ for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier], pPrevBarrier = NULL;
+ pBarrier && pBarrier->pSwap != pSwapGroup;
+ pPrevBarrier = pBarrier, pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext);
+ if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
+
+ /* Remove the swap group from barrier's list */
+ if (pPrevBarrier) pPrevBarrier->pNext = pBarrier->pNext;
+ else SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier->pNext;
+
+ /* Free memory */
+ free(pBarrier);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
+ SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
+ SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap)
+{
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
+
+ /* If the old swap group is being destroyed, then we need to remove
+ * the swap group from the list entirely */
+ if (!pNewSwap) {
+ UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(barrier, pOldSwap);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, find the old swap group in the barrier list and change
+ * it to the new swap group */
+ for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
+ pBarrier;
+ pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext) {
+ if (pBarrier->pSwap == pOldSwap) {
+ pBarrier->pSwap = pNewSwap;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier)
+{
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
+ Bool isReady = TRUE;
+
+ /* The swap barier is ready to swap when swap groups that are bound
+ * to barrier are ready to swap */
+ for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
+ pBarrier;
+ pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
+ isReady &= SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pBarrier->pSwap);
+
+ return isReady;
+}
+
+static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier)
+{
+ SwapBarrierPtr pBarrier;
+
+ /* Swap each group that is a member of this barrier */
+ for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
+ pBarrier;
+ pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
+ SwapSwapGroup(pBarrier->pSwap);
+}
+
+int BindSwapBarrierSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, int barrier)
+{
+ /* FIXME: Check for errors when pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW */
+
+ if (barrier < 0 || barrier > GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ dmxWinPrivPtr pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
+ SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
+ SwapGroupPtr pCur;
+
+ if (!pSwapGroup) return BadDrawable;
+ if (barrier && pSwapGroup->barrier) return BadValue;
+
+ /* Update the swap barrier list */
+ if (barrier) {
+ if (!BindSwapGroupToBarrier(barrier, pSwapGroup))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ } else {
+ if (!UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(pSwapGroup->barrier, pSwapGroup))
+ return BadDrawable;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the barrier for each member of this swap group */
+ for (pCur = pSwapGroup; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext)
+ pCur->barrier = barrier;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
index d0ce50486..2460ed0dc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
@@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
-#include <pixmapstr.h>
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void __glXNop(void) {}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/* Memory Allocation for GLX */
-
-void *
-__glXMalloc(size_t size)
-{
- void *addr;
-
- if (size == 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
- addr = malloc(size);
- if (addr == NULL) {
- /* XXX: handle out of memory error */
- return NULL;
- }
- return addr;
-}
-
-void *
-__glXCalloc(size_t numElements, size_t elementSize)
-{
- void *addr;
- size_t size;
-
- if ((numElements == 0) || (elementSize == 0)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- addr = calloc(numElements, elementSize);
- if (addr == NULL) {
- /* XXX: handle out of memory error */
- return NULL;
- }
- return addr;
-}
-
-void *
-__glXRealloc(void *addr, size_t newSize)
-{
- void *newAddr;
-
- if (addr) {
- if (newSize == 0) {
- xfree(addr);
- return NULL;
- } else {
- newAddr = realloc(addr, newSize);
- }
- } else {
- if (newSize == 0) {
- return NULL;
- } else {
- newAddr = malloc(newSize);
- }
- }
- if (newAddr == NULL) {
- return NULL; /* XXX: out of memory */
- }
-
- return newAddr;
-}
-
-void
-__glXFree(void *addr)
-{
- if (addr) {
- free(addr);
- }
-}
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
+#include <pixmapstr.h>
+#include <windowstr.h>
+#include "glxutil.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+void __glXNop(void) {}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/* Memory Allocation for GLX */
+
+void *
+__glXMalloc(size_t size)
+{
+ void *addr;
+
+ if (size == 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ addr = malloc(size);
+ if (addr == NULL) {
+ /* XXX: handle out of memory error */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return addr;
+}
+
+void *
+__glXCalloc(size_t numElements, size_t elementSize)
+{
+ void *addr;
+ size_t size;
+
+ if ((numElements == 0) || (elementSize == 0)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ addr = calloc(numElements, elementSize);
+ if (addr == NULL) {
+ /* XXX: handle out of memory error */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return addr;
+}
+
+void *
+__glXRealloc(void *addr, size_t newSize)
+{
+ void *newAddr;
+
+ if (addr) {
+ if (newSize == 0) {
+ free(addr);
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ newAddr = realloc(addr, newSize);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (newSize == 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ newAddr = malloc(newSize);
+ }
+ }
+ if (newAddr == NULL) {
+ return NULL; /* XXX: out of memory */
+ }
+
+ return newAddr;
+}
+
+void
+__glXFree(void *addr)
+{
+ if (addr) {
+ free(addr);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
index 6b1f9a820..e8460fad8 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
@@ -1,582 +1,582 @@
-/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
-#include "unpack.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * GetReqVendorPrivate - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
- * from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
- * this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
- * the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
- */
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
- WORD64ALIGN\
- if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
- _XFlush(dpy);\
- req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
- req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
- dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
- dpy->request++
-
-#else /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
-#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
- WORD64ALIGN\
- if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
- _XFlush(dpy);\
- req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
- req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
- dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
- dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
-extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
-
-static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
- xGLXVendorPrivReply *reply,
- char *buf,
- int buf_size )
-{
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
-
- if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
- /*
- * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
- */
- if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
- __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
- }
- }
- else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
- /*
- * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
- */
- int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
- char *p = buf;
- int i;
-
- for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
- if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
- }
- else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
- __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
- }
-
- p += swap_vec_element_size;
- }
-
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
-
- }
-
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)reply);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
-
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int buf_size;
- int s;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
- /*
- * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
- xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
- xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int buf_size;
- char *be_buf;
- int be_buf_size;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return __glXBadContext;
- }
-
- pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-
- /*
- * send the request to the first back-end server
- */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
- /*
- * get the reply from the back-end server
- */
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
- if (be_buf_size > 0) {
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
- if (be_buf) {
- _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
- }
- else {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- /*
- * send the reply to the client
- */
- memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
- }
- else {
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
- if (be_buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
- }
-
- if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- ClientPtr client = cl->client;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
- xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
- xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
- __GLXcontext *glxc;
- int buf_size;
- char *be_buf;
- int be_buf_size;
- int from_screen = 0;
- int to_screen = 0;
- int s;
-
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- Display *dpy;
-
- glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
- if (!glxc) {
- return 0;
- }
- from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- from_screen = 0;
- to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
- buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
- /*
- * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
- */
- for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
- be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
- be_req->length = req->length;
- be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
- be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
- if (buf_size > 0)
- _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
- /*
- * get the reply from the back-end server
- */
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
- be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
- if (be_buf_size > 0) {
- be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
- if (be_buf) {
- _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
- }
- else {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
- Xfree(be_buf);
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * send the reply to the client
- */
- memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
- }
- else {
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
- if (be_buf_size > 0)
- WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
- }
-
- if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- return( __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
- xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
- __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
- swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
- /*
- * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
- * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
- */
- if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
- int *data = (int *)(req+1);
- int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
- __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
- }
-
- return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
+/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxwindow.h"
+#include "dmxpixmap.h"
+#include "dmxfont.h"
+
+#undef Xmalloc
+#undef Xcalloc
+#undef Xrealloc
+#undef Xfree
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include "glxext.h"
+#include "g_disptab.h"
+/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
+#include "unpack.h"
+#include "glxutil.h"
+
+#include "GL/glxproto.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * GetReqVendorPrivate - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
+ * from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
+ * this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
+ * the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
+ */
+#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
+#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
+ WORD64ALIGN\
+ if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
+ _XFlush(dpy);\
+ req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
+ req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
+ dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
+ dpy->request++
+
+#else /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
+#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
+ WORD64ALIGN\
+ if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
+ _XFlush(dpy);\
+ req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
+ req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
+ dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
+ dpy->request++
+#endif
+
+extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
+extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
+
+static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXVendorPrivReply *reply,
+ char *buf,
+ int buf_size )
+{
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
+
+ if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
+ /*
+ * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
+ */
+ if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
+ /*
+ * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
+ */
+ int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
+ char *p = buf;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
+ if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
+ }
+ else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
+ __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
+ }
+
+ p += swap_vec_element_size;
+ }
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
+
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)reply);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
+
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int buf_size;
+ int s;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+
+ /*
+ * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
+ xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
+ xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int buf_size;
+ char *be_buf;
+ int be_buf_size;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return __glXBadContext;
+ }
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
+
+ /*
+ * send the request to the first back-end server
+ */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+
+ /*
+ * get the reply from the back-end server
+ */
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) {
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );
+ if (be_buf) {
+ _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply to the client
+ */
+ memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
+ }
+ else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
+ if (be_buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
+ }
+
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ ClientPtr client = cl->client;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
+ xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
+ xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
+ __GLXcontext *glxc;
+ int buf_size;
+ char *be_buf;
+ int be_buf_size;
+ int from_screen = 0;
+ int to_screen = 0;
+ int s;
+
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+ glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
+ if (!glxc) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ from_screen = 0;
+ to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+ buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
+
+ /*
+ * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
+ */
+ for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
+
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
+ be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
+ be_req->length = req->length;
+ be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
+ be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
+ if (buf_size > 0)
+ _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
+
+ /*
+ * get the reply from the back-end server
+ */
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
+ be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) {
+ be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );
+ if (be_buf) {
+ _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
+ }
+ else {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
+ Xfree(be_buf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply to the client
+ */
+ memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
+ }
+ else {
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
+ if (be_buf_size > 0)
+ WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
+ }
+
+ if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ return( __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 2;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 4;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 8;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 2;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 4;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
+{
+ xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
+ __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
+
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
+
+ swap_vec_element_size = 8;
+
+ /*
+ * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
+ * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
+ */
+ if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
+ int *data = (int *)(req+1);
+ int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
+ }
+
+ return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
index 898c6be7b..6e30b4edc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
@@ -1,539 +1,539 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-static int numConfigs = 0;
-static __GLXvisualConfig *visualConfigs = NULL;
-static void **visualPrivates = NULL;
-
-int glxVisualsMatch( __GLXvisualConfig *v1, __GLXvisualConfig *v2 )
-{
- if ( (v1->class == v2->class) &&
- (v1->rgba == v2->rgba) &&
- (v1->redSize == v2->redSize) &&
- (v1->greenSize == v2->greenSize) &&
- (v1->blueSize == v2->blueSize) &&
- (v1->alphaSize == v2->alphaSize) &&
- (v1->redMask == v2->redMask) &&
- (v1->greenMask == v2->greenMask) &&
- (v1->blueMask == v2->blueMask) &&
- (v1->alphaMask == v2->alphaMask) &&
- (v1->accumRedSize == v2->accumRedSize) &&
- (v1->accumGreenSize == v2->accumGreenSize) &&
- (v1->accumBlueSize == v2->accumBlueSize) &&
- (v1->accumAlphaSize == v2->accumAlphaSize) &&
- (v1->doubleBuffer == v2->doubleBuffer) &&
- (v1->stereo == v2->stereo) &&
- (v1->bufferSize == v2->bufferSize) &&
- (v1->depthSize == v2->depthSize) &&
- (v1->stencilSize == v2->stencilSize) &&
- (v1->auxBuffers == v2->auxBuffers) &&
- (v1->level == v2->level) &&
- (v1->visualRating == v2->visualRating) &&
- (v1->transparentPixel == v2->transparentPixel) &&
- (v1->transparentRed == v2->transparentRed) &&
- (v1->transparentGreen == v2->transparentGreen) &&
- (v1->transparentBlue == v2->transparentBlue) &&
- (v1->transparentAlpha == v2->transparentAlpha) &&
- (v1->transparentIndex == v2->transparentIndex) &&
- (v1->multiSampleSize == v2->multiSampleSize) &&
- (v1->nMultiSampleBuffers == v2->nMultiSampleBuffers) &&
- (v1->visualSelectGroup == v2->visualSelectGroup) ) {
-
- return(1);
-
- }
-
- return(0);
-
-}
-
-VisualID glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i=0; i<nconfigs; i++) {
-
- if (glxVisualsMatch( pGlxVisual, &configs[i] )) {
-
- return( configs[i].vid );
-
- }
- }
-
- return(0);
-}
-
-VisualID glxMatchVisualInConfigList( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
-{
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
- __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
- int i;
-
- /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
- if ( !__glXActiveScreens )
- return(0);
-
- pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[pScreen->myNum];
- pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
-
- /* find the glx visual info for pVisual */
- for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
- if (pGlxVisual->vid == pVisual->vid) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
- /*
- * the visual is not supported by glx
- */
- return(0);
- }
-
- return( glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(pGlxVisual, configs, nconfigs) );
-}
-
-VisualPtr glxMatchVisual( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, ScreenPtr pMatchScreen )
-{
- __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen2;
- int j;
- VisualID vid;
-
- /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
- if ( !__glXActiveScreens )
- return NULL;
-
- pGlxScreen2 = &__glXActiveScreens[pMatchScreen->myNum];
-
- vid = glxMatchVisualInConfigList( pScreen, pVisual,
- pGlxScreen2->pGlxVisual,
- pGlxScreen2->numVisuals );
- if (vid) {
- /*
- * find the X visual of the matching glx visual
- */
- for (j=0; j<pMatchScreen->numVisuals; j++) {
- if (vid == pMatchScreen->visuals[j].vid) {
- return( &pMatchScreen->visuals[j] );
- }
- }
- }
-
- return(0);
-}
-
-void glxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, __GLXvisualConfig *configs,
- void **privates)
-{
- numConfigs = nconfigs;
- visualConfigs = configs;
- visualPrivates = privates;
-}
-
-static int count_bits(unsigned int n)
-{
- int bits = 0;
-
- while (n > 0) {
- if (n & 1) bits++;
- n >>= 1;
- }
- return bits;
-}
-
-static VisualID FindClosestVisual( VisualPtr pVisual, int rootDepth,
- DepthPtr pdepth, int ndepths,
- VisualPtr pNewVisual, int numNewVisuals)
-{
- int d, v;
- VisualPtr vis;
-
- /*
- * find the first visual with the same or deeper depth
- * of the same class.
- */
- for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
- if (pdepth[d].depth >= rootDepth) {
- for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
-
- /* find the new visual structure */
- vis = pNewVisual;
- while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
-
- if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
- return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * did not find any.
- * try to look for the same class only.
- */
- for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
- for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
-
- /* find the new visual structure */
- vis = pNewVisual;
- while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
-
- if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
- return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * if not found - just take the first visual
- */
- return( pdepth[0].vids[0] );
-}
-
-Bool glxInitVisuals(int *nvisualp, VisualPtr *visualp,
- VisualID *defaultVisp,
- int ndepth, DepthPtr pdepth,
- int rootDepth)
-{
- int numRGBconfigs;
- int numCIconfigs;
- int numVisuals = *nvisualp;
- int numNewVisuals;
- int numNewConfigs;
- VisualPtr pVisual = *visualp;
- VisualPtr pVisualNew = NULL;
- VisualID *orig_vid = NULL;
- __GLXvisualConfig *glXVisualPtr = NULL;
- __GLXvisualConfig *pNewVisualConfigs = NULL;
- void **glXVisualPriv;
- dmxGlxVisualPrivate **pNewVisualPriv;
- int found_default;
- int i, j, k;
- int numGLXvis = 0;
- GLint *isGLXvis;
-
- if (numConfigs > 0)
- numNewConfigs = numConfigs;
- else
- return False;
-
- MAXSCREENSALLOC(__glXActiveScreens);
- if (!__glXActiveScreens)
- return False;
-
- /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visuals */
- pNewVisualConfigs = (__GLXvisualConfig *)
- __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
- if (!pNewVisualConfigs) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visual privates */
- pNewVisualPriv = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate **) __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate *));
- if (!pNewVisualPriv) {
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* copy driver's visual config info */
- for (i = 0; i < numConfigs; i++) {
- pNewVisualConfigs[i] = visualConfigs[i];
- pNewVisualPriv[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)visualPrivates[i];
- }
-
-#if 1
- /* FIXME: This is a hack to workaround a hang in xtest caused by a
- * mismatch between what the front end (i.e., DMX) server calculates
- * for the visual configs and what the back-end servers have.
- */
- {
- int numTCRGBconfigs = 0;
- int numDCRGBconfigs = 0;
-
- numRGBconfigs = 0;
- numCIconfigs = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
- if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba) {
- if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].class == TrueColor)
- numTCRGBconfigs++;
- else
- numDCRGBconfigs++;
- numRGBconfigs++;
- } else
- numCIconfigs++;
- }
-
- /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
- numNewVisuals = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
- numNewVisuals +=
- (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor) ? numTCRGBconfigs :
- (pVisual[i].class == DirectColor) ? numDCRGBconfigs :
- numCIconfigs;
- }
- }
-#else
- /* Count the number of RGB and CI visual configs */
- numRGBconfigs = 0;
- numCIconfigs = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
- if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba)
- numRGBconfigs++;
- else
- numCIconfigs++;
- }
-
- /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
- numNewVisuals = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
- numNewVisuals +=
- (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor || pVisual[i].class == DirectColor)
- ? numRGBconfigs : numCIconfigs;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Reset variables for use with the next screen/driver's visual configs */
- visualConfigs = NULL;
- numConfigs = 0;
-
- /* Alloc temp space for the list of orig VisualIDs for each new visual */
- orig_vid = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualID));
- if (!orig_vid) {
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisuals */
- glXVisualPtr = (__GLXvisualConfig *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals *
- sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
- if (!glXVisualPtr) {
- __glXFree(orig_vid);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisualPrivates */
- glXVisualPriv = (void **)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(void *));
- if (!glXVisualPriv) {
- __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
- __glXFree(orig_vid);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Alloc space for the new list of the X server's visuals */
- pVisualNew = (VisualPtr)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
- if (!pVisualNew) {
- __glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
- __glXFree(orig_vid);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- isGLXvis = (GLint *) __glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(GLint));
- if (!isGLXvis) {
- __glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
- __glXFree(orig_vid);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
- __glXFree(pVisualNew);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Initialize the new visuals */
- found_default = FALSE;
- for (i = j = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
-
- for (k = 0; k < numNewConfigs; k++) {
-
- int new_depth;
- int depth;
- int d,v;
-
- /* find the depth of the new visual config */
- new_depth = pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_depth;
-
- /* find the depth of the original visual */
- depth = 0;
- d = 0;
- while( (depth==0) && (d < ndepth) ) {
- v = 0;
- while( (depth==0) && (v < pdepth[d].numVids) ) {
- if (pdepth[d].vids[v] == pVisual[i].vid) {
- depth = pdepth[d].depth;
- }
- v++;
- }
- d++;
- }
-
- /* check that the visual has the same class and depth
- * as the new config
- */
- if ( pVisual[i].class != pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_class ||
- (depth != new_depth) )
- continue;
-
- /* Initialize the new visual */
- pVisualNew[j] = pVisual[i];
- pVisualNew[j].vid = FakeClientID(0);
-
- /* Check for the default visual */
- if (!found_default && pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp) {
- *defaultVisp = pVisualNew[j].vid;
- found_default = TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Save the old VisualID */
- orig_vid[j] = pVisual[i].vid;
-
- /* Initialize the glXVisual */
- glXVisualPtr[j] = pNewVisualConfigs[k];
- glXVisualPtr[j].vid = pVisualNew[j].vid;
-
- /*
- * If the class is -1, then assume the X visual information
- * is identical to what GLX needs, and take them from the X
- * visual. NOTE: if class != -1, then all other fields MUST
- * be initialized.
- */
- if (glXVisualPtr[j].class == -1) {
- glXVisualPtr[j].class = pVisual[i].class;
- glXVisualPtr[j].redSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].redMask);
- glXVisualPtr[j].greenSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].greenMask);
- glXVisualPtr[j].blueSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].blueMask);
- glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize;
- glXVisualPtr[j].redMask = pVisual[i].redMask;
- glXVisualPtr[j].greenMask = pVisual[i].greenMask;
- glXVisualPtr[j].blueMask = pVisual[i].blueMask;
- glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask;
- glXVisualPtr[j].bufferSize = rootDepth;
- }
-
- /* Save the device-dependent private for this visual */
- glXVisualPriv[j] = pNewVisualPriv[k];
-
- isGLXvis[j] = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( &glXVisualPtr[j],
- dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].glxVisuals,
- dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGlxVisuals );
- if (isGLXvis[j]) numGLXvis++;
-
- j++;
- }
- }
-
- assert(j <= numNewVisuals);
- numNewVisuals = j; /* correct number of new visuals */
-
- /* Save the GLX visuals in the screen structure */
- __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numVisuals = numNewVisuals;
- __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGLXVisuals = numGLXvis;
- __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].isGLXvis = isGLXvis;
- __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].pGlxVisual = glXVisualPtr;
-
-
- /* Set up depth's VisualIDs */
- for (i = 0; i < ndepth; i++) {
- int numVids = 0;
- VisualID *pVids = NULL;
- int k, n = 0;
-
- /* Count the new number of VisualIDs at this depth */
- for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
- for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
- if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
- numVids++;
-
- /* Allocate a new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
- pVids = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numVids * sizeof(VisualID));
-
- /* Initialize the new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
- for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
- for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
- if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
- pVids[n++] = pVisualNew[k].vid;
-
- /* Update this depth's list of VisualIDs */
- __glXFree(pdepth[i].vids);
- pdepth[i].vids = pVids;
- pdepth[i].numVids = numVids;
- }
-
- /*
- * if the default visual was rejected - need to choose new
- * default visual !
- */
- if ( !found_default ) {
-
- for (i=0; i<numVisuals; i++)
- if (pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp)
- break;
-
- if (i < numVisuals) {
- *defaultVisp = FindClosestVisual( &pVisual[i], rootDepth, pdepth, ndepth, pVisualNew, numNewVisuals );
- }
- }
-
- /* Update the X server's visuals */
- *nvisualp = numNewVisuals;
- *visualp = pVisualNew;
-
- /* Free the old list of the X server's visuals */
- __glXFree(pVisual);
-
- /* Clean up temporary allocations */
- __glXFree(orig_vid);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
- __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-
- /* Free the private list created by DDX HW driver */
- if (visualPrivates)
- xfree(visualPrivates);
- visualPrivates = NULL;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "glxserver.h"
+#include "glxutil.h"
+#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static int numConfigs = 0;
+static __GLXvisualConfig *visualConfigs = NULL;
+static void **visualPrivates = NULL;
+
+int glxVisualsMatch( __GLXvisualConfig *v1, __GLXvisualConfig *v2 )
+{
+ if ( (v1->class == v2->class) &&
+ (v1->rgba == v2->rgba) &&
+ (v1->redSize == v2->redSize) &&
+ (v1->greenSize == v2->greenSize) &&
+ (v1->blueSize == v2->blueSize) &&
+ (v1->alphaSize == v2->alphaSize) &&
+ (v1->redMask == v2->redMask) &&
+ (v1->greenMask == v2->greenMask) &&
+ (v1->blueMask == v2->blueMask) &&
+ (v1->alphaMask == v2->alphaMask) &&
+ (v1->accumRedSize == v2->accumRedSize) &&
+ (v1->accumGreenSize == v2->accumGreenSize) &&
+ (v1->accumBlueSize == v2->accumBlueSize) &&
+ (v1->accumAlphaSize == v2->accumAlphaSize) &&
+ (v1->doubleBuffer == v2->doubleBuffer) &&
+ (v1->stereo == v2->stereo) &&
+ (v1->bufferSize == v2->bufferSize) &&
+ (v1->depthSize == v2->depthSize) &&
+ (v1->stencilSize == v2->stencilSize) &&
+ (v1->auxBuffers == v2->auxBuffers) &&
+ (v1->level == v2->level) &&
+ (v1->visualRating == v2->visualRating) &&
+ (v1->transparentPixel == v2->transparentPixel) &&
+ (v1->transparentRed == v2->transparentRed) &&
+ (v1->transparentGreen == v2->transparentGreen) &&
+ (v1->transparentBlue == v2->transparentBlue) &&
+ (v1->transparentAlpha == v2->transparentAlpha) &&
+ (v1->transparentIndex == v2->transparentIndex) &&
+ (v1->multiSampleSize == v2->multiSampleSize) &&
+ (v1->nMultiSampleBuffers == v2->nMultiSampleBuffers) &&
+ (v1->visualSelectGroup == v2->visualSelectGroup) ) {
+
+ return(1);
+
+ }
+
+ return(0);
+
+}
+
+VisualID glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i<nconfigs; i++) {
+
+ if (glxVisualsMatch( pGlxVisual, &configs[i] )) {
+
+ return( configs[i].vid );
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+VisualID glxMatchVisualInConfigList( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
+{
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
+ int i;
+
+ /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
+ if ( !__glXActiveScreens )
+ return(0);
+
+ pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[pScreen->myNum];
+ pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
+
+ /* find the glx visual info for pVisual */
+ for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
+ if (pGlxVisual->vid == pVisual->vid) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
+ /*
+ * the visual is not supported by glx
+ */
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ return( glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(pGlxVisual, configs, nconfigs) );
+}
+
+VisualPtr glxMatchVisual( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, ScreenPtr pMatchScreen )
+{
+ __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen2;
+ int j;
+ VisualID vid;
+
+ /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
+ if ( !__glXActiveScreens )
+ return NULL;
+
+ pGlxScreen2 = &__glXActiveScreens[pMatchScreen->myNum];
+
+ vid = glxMatchVisualInConfigList( pScreen, pVisual,
+ pGlxScreen2->pGlxVisual,
+ pGlxScreen2->numVisuals );
+ if (vid) {
+ /*
+ * find the X visual of the matching glx visual
+ */
+ for (j=0; j<pMatchScreen->numVisuals; j++) {
+ if (vid == pMatchScreen->visuals[j].vid) {
+ return( &pMatchScreen->visuals[j] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+void glxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, __GLXvisualConfig *configs,
+ void **privates)
+{
+ numConfigs = nconfigs;
+ visualConfigs = configs;
+ visualPrivates = privates;
+}
+
+static int count_bits(unsigned int n)
+{
+ int bits = 0;
+
+ while (n > 0) {
+ if (n & 1) bits++;
+ n >>= 1;
+ }
+ return bits;
+}
+
+static VisualID FindClosestVisual( VisualPtr pVisual, int rootDepth,
+ DepthPtr pdepth, int ndepths,
+ VisualPtr pNewVisual, int numNewVisuals)
+{
+ int d, v;
+ VisualPtr vis;
+
+ /*
+ * find the first visual with the same or deeper depth
+ * of the same class.
+ */
+ for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
+ if (pdepth[d].depth >= rootDepth) {
+ for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
+
+ /* find the new visual structure */
+ vis = pNewVisual;
+ while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
+
+ if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
+ return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * did not find any.
+ * try to look for the same class only.
+ */
+ for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
+ for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
+
+ /* find the new visual structure */
+ vis = pNewVisual;
+ while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
+
+ if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
+ return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if not found - just take the first visual
+ */
+ return( pdepth[0].vids[0] );
+}
+
+Bool glxInitVisuals(int *nvisualp, VisualPtr *visualp,
+ VisualID *defaultVisp,
+ int ndepth, DepthPtr pdepth,
+ int rootDepth)
+{
+ int numRGBconfigs;
+ int numCIconfigs;
+ int numVisuals = *nvisualp;
+ int numNewVisuals;
+ int numNewConfigs;
+ VisualPtr pVisual = *visualp;
+ VisualPtr pVisualNew = NULL;
+ VisualID *orig_vid = NULL;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *glXVisualPtr = NULL;
+ __GLXvisualConfig *pNewVisualConfigs = NULL;
+ void **glXVisualPriv;
+ dmxGlxVisualPrivate **pNewVisualPriv;
+ int found_default;
+ int i, j, k;
+ int numGLXvis = 0;
+ GLint *isGLXvis;
+
+ if (numConfigs > 0)
+ numNewConfigs = numConfigs;
+ else
+ return False;
+
+ MAXSCREENSALLOC(__glXActiveScreens);
+ if (!__glXActiveScreens)
+ return False;
+
+ /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visuals */
+ pNewVisualConfigs = (__GLXvisualConfig *)
+ __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+ if (!pNewVisualConfigs) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visual privates */
+ pNewVisualPriv = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate **) __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate *));
+ if (!pNewVisualPriv) {
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* copy driver's visual config info */
+ for (i = 0; i < numConfigs; i++) {
+ pNewVisualConfigs[i] = visualConfigs[i];
+ pNewVisualPriv[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)visualPrivates[i];
+ }
+
+#if 1
+ /* FIXME: This is a hack to workaround a hang in xtest caused by a
+ * mismatch between what the front end (i.e., DMX) server calculates
+ * for the visual configs and what the back-end servers have.
+ */
+ {
+ int numTCRGBconfigs = 0;
+ int numDCRGBconfigs = 0;
+
+ numRGBconfigs = 0;
+ numCIconfigs = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
+ if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba) {
+ if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].class == TrueColor)
+ numTCRGBconfigs++;
+ else
+ numDCRGBconfigs++;
+ numRGBconfigs++;
+ } else
+ numCIconfigs++;
+ }
+
+ /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
+ numNewVisuals = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
+ numNewVisuals +=
+ (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor) ? numTCRGBconfigs :
+ (pVisual[i].class == DirectColor) ? numDCRGBconfigs :
+ numCIconfigs;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ /* Count the number of RGB and CI visual configs */
+ numRGBconfigs = 0;
+ numCIconfigs = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
+ if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba)
+ numRGBconfigs++;
+ else
+ numCIconfigs++;
+ }
+
+ /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
+ numNewVisuals = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
+ numNewVisuals +=
+ (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor || pVisual[i].class == DirectColor)
+ ? numRGBconfigs : numCIconfigs;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Reset variables for use with the next screen/driver's visual configs */
+ visualConfigs = NULL;
+ numConfigs = 0;
+
+ /* Alloc temp space for the list of orig VisualIDs for each new visual */
+ orig_vid = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualID));
+ if (!orig_vid) {
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisuals */
+ glXVisualPtr = (__GLXvisualConfig *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals *
+ sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
+ if (!glXVisualPtr) {
+ __glXFree(orig_vid);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisualPrivates */
+ glXVisualPriv = (void **)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(void *));
+ if (!glXVisualPriv) {
+ __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
+ __glXFree(orig_vid);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Alloc space for the new list of the X server's visuals */
+ pVisualNew = (VisualPtr)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
+ if (!pVisualNew) {
+ __glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
+ __glXFree(orig_vid);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ isGLXvis = (GLint *) __glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(GLint));
+ if (!isGLXvis) {
+ __glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
+ __glXFree(orig_vid);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+ __glXFree(pVisualNew);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the new visuals */
+ found_default = FALSE;
+ for (i = j = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
+
+ for (k = 0; k < numNewConfigs; k++) {
+
+ int new_depth;
+ int depth;
+ int d,v;
+
+ /* find the depth of the new visual config */
+ new_depth = pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_depth;
+
+ /* find the depth of the original visual */
+ depth = 0;
+ d = 0;
+ while( (depth==0) && (d < ndepth) ) {
+ v = 0;
+ while( (depth==0) && (v < pdepth[d].numVids) ) {
+ if (pdepth[d].vids[v] == pVisual[i].vid) {
+ depth = pdepth[d].depth;
+ }
+ v++;
+ }
+ d++;
+ }
+
+ /* check that the visual has the same class and depth
+ * as the new config
+ */
+ if ( pVisual[i].class != pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_class ||
+ (depth != new_depth) )
+ continue;
+
+ /* Initialize the new visual */
+ pVisualNew[j] = pVisual[i];
+ pVisualNew[j].vid = FakeClientID(0);
+
+ /* Check for the default visual */
+ if (!found_default && pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp) {
+ *defaultVisp = pVisualNew[j].vid;
+ found_default = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the old VisualID */
+ orig_vid[j] = pVisual[i].vid;
+
+ /* Initialize the glXVisual */
+ glXVisualPtr[j] = pNewVisualConfigs[k];
+ glXVisualPtr[j].vid = pVisualNew[j].vid;
+
+ /*
+ * If the class is -1, then assume the X visual information
+ * is identical to what GLX needs, and take them from the X
+ * visual. NOTE: if class != -1, then all other fields MUST
+ * be initialized.
+ */
+ if (glXVisualPtr[j].class == -1) {
+ glXVisualPtr[j].class = pVisual[i].class;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].redSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].redMask);
+ glXVisualPtr[j].greenSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].greenMask);
+ glXVisualPtr[j].blueSize = count_bits(pVisual[i].blueMask);
+ glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].redMask = pVisual[i].redMask;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].greenMask = pVisual[i].greenMask;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].blueMask = pVisual[i].blueMask;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask;
+ glXVisualPtr[j].bufferSize = rootDepth;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the device-dependent private for this visual */
+ glXVisualPriv[j] = pNewVisualPriv[k];
+
+ isGLXvis[j] = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( &glXVisualPtr[j],
+ dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].glxVisuals,
+ dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGlxVisuals );
+ if (isGLXvis[j]) numGLXvis++;
+
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert(j <= numNewVisuals);
+ numNewVisuals = j; /* correct number of new visuals */
+
+ /* Save the GLX visuals in the screen structure */
+ __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numVisuals = numNewVisuals;
+ __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGLXVisuals = numGLXvis;
+ __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].isGLXvis = isGLXvis;
+ __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].pGlxVisual = glXVisualPtr;
+
+
+ /* Set up depth's VisualIDs */
+ for (i = 0; i < ndepth; i++) {
+ int numVids = 0;
+ VisualID *pVids = NULL;
+ int k, n = 0;
+
+ /* Count the new number of VisualIDs at this depth */
+ for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
+ for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
+ if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
+ numVids++;
+
+ /* Allocate a new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
+ pVids = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numVids * sizeof(VisualID));
+
+ /* Initialize the new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
+ for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
+ for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
+ if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
+ pVids[n++] = pVisualNew[k].vid;
+
+ /* Update this depth's list of VisualIDs */
+ __glXFree(pdepth[i].vids);
+ pdepth[i].vids = pVids;
+ pdepth[i].numVids = numVids;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if the default visual was rejected - need to choose new
+ * default visual !
+ */
+ if ( !found_default ) {
+
+ for (i=0; i<numVisuals; i++)
+ if (pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp)
+ break;
+
+ if (i < numVisuals) {
+ *defaultVisp = FindClosestVisual( &pVisual[i], rootDepth, pdepth, ndepth, pVisualNew, numNewVisuals );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the X server's visuals */
+ *nvisualp = numNewVisuals;
+ *visualp = pVisualNew;
+
+ /* Free the old list of the X server's visuals */
+ __glXFree(pVisual);
+
+ /* Clean up temporary allocations */
+ __glXFree(orig_vid);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
+ __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
+
+ /* Free the private list created by DDX HW driver */
+ if (visualPrivates)
+ free(visualPrivates);
+ visualPrivates = NULL;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
index 98fa10ee7..73d0485e3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
@@ -1,228 +1,228 @@
-#ifndef __GLX_unpack_h__
-#define __GLX_unpack_h__
-
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#define __GLX_PAD(s) (((s)+3) & (GLuint)~3)
-
-/*
-** Fetch the context-id out of a SingleReq request pointed to by pc.
-*/
-#define __GLX_GET_SINGLE_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXSingleReq*)pc)->contextTag)
-#define __GLX_GET_VENDPRIV_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXVendorPrivateReq*)pc)->contextTag)
-
-/*
-** Fetch a double from potentially unaligned memory.
-*/
-#ifdef __GLX_ALIGN64
-#define __GLX_MEM_COPY(dst,src,n) memcpy(dst,src,n)
-#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src) __GLX_MEM_COPY(&dst,src,8)
-#else
-#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src) (dst) = *((GLdouble*)(src))
-#endif
-
-extern void __glXMemInit(void);
-
-extern xGLXSingleReply __glXReply;
-
-#define __GLX_BEGIN_REPLY(size) \
- __glXReply.length = __GLX_PAD(size) >> 2; \
- __glXReply.type = X_Reply; \
- __glXReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_HEADER() \
- WriteToClient( client, sz_xGLXSingleReply, (char *)&__glXReply);
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_RETVAL(a) \
- __glXReply.retval = (a);
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_SIZE(a) \
- __glXReply.size = (a);
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_RENDERMODE(m) \
- __glXReply.pad3 = (m)
-
-/*
-** Get a buffer to hold returned data, with the given alignment. If we have
-** to realloc, allocate size+align, in case the pointer has to be bumped for
-** alignment. The answerBuffer should already be aligned.
-**
-** NOTE: the cast (long)res below assumes a long is large enough to hold a
-** pointer.
-*/
-#define __GLX_GET_ANSWER_BUFFER(res,cl,size,align) \
- if ((size) > sizeof(answerBuffer)) { \
- int bump; \
- if ((cl)->returnBufSize < (size)+(align)) { \
- (cl)->returnBuf = (GLbyte*)Xrealloc((cl)->returnBuf, \
- (size)+(align)); \
- if (!(cl)->returnBuf) { \
- return BadAlloc; \
- } \
- (cl)->returnBufSize = (size)+(align); \
- } \
- res = (char*)cl->returnBuf; \
- bump = (long)(res) % (align); \
- if (bump) res += (align) - (bump); \
- } else { \
- res = (char *)answerBuffer; \
- }
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_BYTE() \
- *(GLbyte *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLbyte *)answer
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_SHORT() \
- *(GLshort *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLshort *)answer
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_INT() \
- *(GLint *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLint *)answer
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_FLOAT() \
- *(GLfloat *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLfloat *)answer
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_DOUBLE() \
- *(GLdouble *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLdouble *)answer
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len) \
- WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT8), (char *)answer)
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len) \
- WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16), (char *)answer)
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len) \
- WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32, (char *)answer)
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_FLOAT_ARRAY(len) \
- WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32, (char *)answer)
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_DOUBLE_ARRAY(len) \
- WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64, (char *)answer)
-
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_VOID_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_UBYTE_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_USHORT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_UINT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len)
-
-/*
-** PERFORMANCE NOTE:
-** Machine dependent optimizations abound here; these swapping macros can
-** conceivably be replaced with routines that do the job faster.
-*/
-#define __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES \
- GLbyte sw; \
- GLbyte *swapPC; \
- GLbyte *swapEnd
-
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_INT(pc) \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(pc) \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = sw;
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(pc) \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7] = sw; \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6] = sw; \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5] = sw; \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4] = sw;
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(pc) \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; \
- sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
- ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
- swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
- swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32;\
- while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(swapPC); \
- swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT32; \
- }
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
- swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
- swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16;\
- while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(swapPC); \
- swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT16; \
- }
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE_ARRAY(pc, count) \
- swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
- swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;\
- while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
- __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(swapPC); \
- swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64; \
- }
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
- swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
- swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;\
- while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
- __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(swapPC); \
- swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32; \
- }
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_HEADER() \
- __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&__glXReply.sequenceNumber); \
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.length);
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_RETVAL() \
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.retval)
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_SIZE() \
- __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.size)
-
-#endif /* !__GLX_unpack_h__ */
-
-
-
-
-
+#ifndef __GLX_unpack_h__
+#define __GLX_unpack_h__
+
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#define __GLX_PAD(s) (((s)+3) & (GLuint)~3)
+
+/*
+** Fetch the context-id out of a SingleReq request pointed to by pc.
+*/
+#define __GLX_GET_SINGLE_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXSingleReq*)pc)->contextTag)
+#define __GLX_GET_VENDPRIV_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXVendorPrivateReq*)pc)->contextTag)
+
+/*
+** Fetch a double from potentially unaligned memory.
+*/
+#ifdef __GLX_ALIGN64
+#define __GLX_MEM_COPY(dst,src,n) memcpy(dst,src,n)
+#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src) __GLX_MEM_COPY(&dst,src,8)
+#else
+#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src) (dst) = *((GLdouble*)(src))
+#endif
+
+extern void __glXMemInit(void);
+
+extern xGLXSingleReply __glXReply;
+
+#define __GLX_BEGIN_REPLY(size) \
+ __glXReply.length = __GLX_PAD(size) >> 2; \
+ __glXReply.type = X_Reply; \
+ __glXReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_HEADER() \
+ WriteToClient( client, sz_xGLXSingleReply, (char *)&__glXReply);
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_RETVAL(a) \
+ __glXReply.retval = (a);
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_SIZE(a) \
+ __glXReply.size = (a);
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_RENDERMODE(m) \
+ __glXReply.pad3 = (m)
+
+/*
+** Get a buffer to hold returned data, with the given alignment. If we have
+** to realloc, allocate size+align, in case the pointer has to be bumped for
+** alignment. The answerBuffer should already be aligned.
+**
+** NOTE: the cast (long)res below assumes a long is large enough to hold a
+** pointer.
+*/
+#define __GLX_GET_ANSWER_BUFFER(res,cl,size,align) \
+ if ((size) > sizeof(answerBuffer)) { \
+ int bump; \
+ if ((cl)->returnBufSize < (size)+(align)) { \
+ (cl)->returnBuf = (GLbyte*)realloc((cl)->returnBuf, \
+ (size)+(align)); \
+ if (!(cl)->returnBuf) { \
+ return BadAlloc; \
+ } \
+ (cl)->returnBufSize = (size)+(align); \
+ } \
+ res = (char*)cl->returnBuf; \
+ bump = (long)(res) % (align); \
+ if (bump) res += (align) - (bump); \
+ } else { \
+ res = (char *)answerBuffer; \
+ }
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_BYTE() \
+ *(GLbyte *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLbyte *)answer
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_SHORT() \
+ *(GLshort *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLshort *)answer
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_INT() \
+ *(GLint *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLint *)answer
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_FLOAT() \
+ *(GLfloat *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLfloat *)answer
+
+#define __GLX_PUT_DOUBLE() \
+ *(GLdouble *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLdouble *)answer
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len) \
+ WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT8), (char *)answer)
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len) \
+ WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16), (char *)answer)
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len) \
+ WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32, (char *)answer)
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_FLOAT_ARRAY(len) \
+ WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32, (char *)answer)
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_DOUBLE_ARRAY(len) \
+ WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64, (char *)answer)
+
+
+#define __GLX_SEND_VOID_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
+#define __GLX_SEND_UBYTE_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
+#define __GLX_SEND_USHORT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len)
+#define __GLX_SEND_UINT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len)
+
+/*
+** PERFORMANCE NOTE:
+** Machine dependent optimizations abound here; these swapping macros can
+** conceivably be replaced with routines that do the job faster.
+*/
+#define __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES \
+ GLbyte sw; \
+ GLbyte *swapPC; \
+ GLbyte *swapEnd
+
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_INT(pc) \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(pc) \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = sw;
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(pc) \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7] = sw; \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6] = sw; \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5] = sw; \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4] = sw;
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(pc) \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; \
+ sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; \
+ ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
+ swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
+ swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32;\
+ while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(swapPC); \
+ swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT32; \
+ }
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
+ swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
+ swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16;\
+ while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(swapPC); \
+ swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT16; \
+ }
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE_ARRAY(pc, count) \
+ swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
+ swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;\
+ while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
+ __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(swapPC); \
+ swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64; \
+ }
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
+ swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc)); \
+ swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;\
+ while (swapPC < swapEnd) { \
+ __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(swapPC); \
+ swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32; \
+ }
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_HEADER() \
+ __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&__glXReply.sequenceNumber); \
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.length);
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_RETVAL() \
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.retval)
+
+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_SIZE() \
+ __GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.size)
+
+#endif /* !__GLX_unpack_h__ */
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
index 5a486a464..f9acaa039 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
@@ -1,1311 +1,1311 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides generic input support. Functions here set up
- * input and lead to the calling of low-level device drivers for
- * input. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "dmxextension.h" /* For dmxInputCount */
-
-#include "dmxdummy.h"
-#include "dmxbackend.h"
-#include "dmxconsole.h"
-#include "dmxcommon.h"
-#include "dmxevents.h"
-#include "dmxmotion.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "config/dmxconfig.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-
-#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
-#include "lnx-ms.h"
-#include "lnx-ps2.h"
-#include "usb-keyboard.h"
-#include "usb-mouse.h"
-#include "usb-other.h"
-#include "usb-common.h"
-
-#include "dmxsigio.h"
-#include "dmxarg.h"
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extinit.h"
-
-DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocalCorePointer, dmxLocalCoreKeyboard;
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyMou = {
- "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyKbd = {
- "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendMou = {
- "backend-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND, 2,
- dmxBackendCreatePrivate, dmxBackendDestroyPrivate,
- dmxBackendInit, NULL, dmxBackendLateReInit, dmxBackendMouGetInfo,
- dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxBackendUpdatePosition,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- dmxBackendCollectEvents, dmxBackendProcessInput, dmxBackendFunctions, NULL,
- dmxCommonMouCtrl
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendKbd = {
- "backend-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND,
- 1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
- dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
- dmxBackendInit, NULL, NULL, dmxBackendKbdGetInfo,
- dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleMou = {
- "console-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE, 2,
- dmxConsoleCreatePrivate, dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate,
- dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleMouGetInfo,
- dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxConsoleUpdatePosition,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- dmxConsoleCollectEvents, NULL, dmxConsoleFunctions, dmxConsoleUpdateInfo,
- dmxCommonMouCtrl
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleKbd = {
- "console-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE,
- 1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
- dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
- dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo,
- dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXCommonOth = {
- "common-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_COMMON, 1,
- dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxCommonOthGetInfo,
- dmxCommonOthOn, dmxCommonOthOff
-};
-
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXLocalDevices[] = {
- /* Dummy drivers that can compile on any OS */
-#ifdef __linux__
- /* Linux-specific drivers */
- {
- "kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- kbdLinuxCreatePrivate, kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate,
- kbdLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, kbdLinuxGetInfo,
- kbdLinuxOn, kbdLinuxOff, NULL,
- kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch, kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch, kbdLinuxVTSwitch,
- kbdLinuxRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, kbdLinuxCtrl, kbdLinuxBell
- },
- {
- "ms", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- msLinuxCreatePrivate, msLinuxDestroyPrivate,
- msLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, msLinuxGetInfo,
- msLinuxOn, msLinuxOff, NULL,
- msLinuxVTPreSwitch, msLinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
- msLinuxRead
- },
- {
- "ps2", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- ps2LinuxCreatePrivate, ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate,
- ps2LinuxInit, NULL, NULL, ps2LinuxGetInfo,
- ps2LinuxOn, ps2LinuxOff, NULL,
- ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch, ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
- ps2LinuxRead
- },
-#endif
-#ifdef __linux__
- /* USB drivers, currently only for
- Linux, but relatively easy to port to
- other OSs */
- {
- "usb-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
- kbdUSBInit, NULL, NULL, kbdUSBGetInfo,
- kbdUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- kbdUSBRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, kbdUSBCtrl
- },
- {
- "usb-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
- mouUSBInit, NULL, NULL, mouUSBGetInfo,
- mouUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- mouUSBRead
- },
- {
- "usb-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
- othUSBInit, NULL, NULL, othUSBGetInfo,
- othUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL,
- othUSBRead
- },
-#endif
- {
- "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
- },
- {
- "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
- },
- { NULL } /* Must be last */
-};
-
-
-#if 11 /*BP*/
-void
-DDXRingBell(int volume, int pitch, int duration)
-{
- /* NO-OP */
-}
-
-/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
-static void
-dmxKbdCtrl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-#if 0
- KdKeyboardInfo *ki;
-
- for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
- if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDevice->id)
- break;
- }
-
- if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDevice->id || !ki->driver)
- return;
-
- KdSetLeds(ki, ctrl->leds);
- ki->bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
- ki->bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
-#endif
-}
-
-/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
-static void
-dmxBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
-{
-#if 0
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
- KdKeyboardInfo *ki = NULL;
-
- for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
- if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDev->id)
- break;
- }
-
- if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDev->id || !ki->driver)
- return;
-
- KdRingBell(ki, volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
-#endif
-}
-
-#endif /*BP*/
-
-static void _dmxChangePointerControl(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
- PtrCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- if (!dmxLocal) return;
- dmxLocal->mctrl = *ctrl;
- if (dmxLocal->mCtrl) dmxLocal->mCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
-}
-
-/** Change the pointer control information for the \a pDevice. If the
- * device sends core events, then also change the control information
- * for all of the pointer devices that send core events. */
-void dmxChangePointerControl(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
- int i, j;
-
- if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
- if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
- _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
- }
- } else { /* Do for this device only */
- _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxLocal, ctrl);
- }
-}
-
-static void _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- dmxLocal->kctrl = *ctrl;
- if (dmxLocal->kCtrl) {
- dmxLocal->kCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
- if (dmxLocal->pDevice->kbdfeed) {
- XkbEventCauseRec cause;
- XkbSetCauseUnknown(&cause);
- /* Generate XKB events, as necessary */
- XkbUpdateIndicators(dmxLocal->pDevice, XkbAllIndicatorsMask, False,
- NULL, &cause);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/** Change the keyboard control information for the \a pDevice. If the
- * device sends core events, then also change the control information
- * for all of the keyboard devices that send core events. */
-void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
- int i, j;
-
- if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
- if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
- _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
- }
- } else { /* Do for this device only */
- _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxLocal, ctrl);
- }
-}
-
-static void _dmxKeyboardBellProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int percent)
-{
- if (dmxLocal->kBell) dmxLocal->kBell(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public,
- percent,
- dmxLocal->kctrl.bell,
- dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_pitch,
- dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_duration);
-}
-
-/** Sound the bell on the device. If the device send core events, then
- * sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events. */
-void dmxKeyboardBellProc(int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
- pointer ctrl, int unknown)
-{
- GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
- int i, j;
-
- if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
- if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
- _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxInput->devs[j], percent);
- }
- } else { /* Do for this device only */
- _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxLocal, percent);
- }
-}
-
-static void dmxKeyboardFreeNames(XkbComponentNamesPtr names)
-{
- if (names->keycodes) XFree(names->keycodes);
- if (names->types) XFree(names->types);
- if (names->compat) XFree(names->compat);
- if (names->symbols) XFree(names->symbols);
- if (names->geometry) XFree(names->geometry);
-}
-
-
-static int dmxKeyboardOn(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, DMXLocalInitInfo *info)
-{
- GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
- XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
-
- rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
- rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
- rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
- rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
- rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
-
- XkbSetRulesDflts(&rmlvo);
- if (!info->force && (dmxInput->keycodes
- || dmxInput->symbols
- || dmxInput->geometry)) {
- if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
- info->freenames = 0;
- info->names.keycodes = dmxInput->keycodes;
- info->names.types = NULL;
- info->names.compat = NULL;
- info->names.symbols = dmxInput->symbols;
- info->names.geometry = dmxInput->geometry;
-
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From command line: %s",
- info->names.keycodes);
- if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
- if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
- } else if (info->names.keycodes) {
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From device: %s",
- info->names.keycodes);
- if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
- if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
- dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
- } else {
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: Defaults: %s %s %s %s %s\n",
- dmxConfigGetXkbRules(),
- dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(),
- dmxConfigGetXkbModel(),
- dmxConfigGetXkbVariant()
- ? dmxConfigGetXkbVariant() : "",
- dmxConfigGetXkbOptions()
- ? dmxConfigGetXkbOptions() : "");
- }
- InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice, &rmlvo,
- dmxKeyboardBellProc,
- dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc);
-
- if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-static int dmxDeviceOnOff(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int what)
-{
- GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
- int fd;
- DMXLocalInitInfo info;
- int i;
- Atom btn_labels[MAX_BUTTONS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
- Atom axis_labels[MAX_VALUATORS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
-
- if (dmxInput->detached) return Success;
-
- memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- if (dmxLocal->init)
- dmxLocal->init(pDev);
- if (dmxLocal->get_info)
- dmxLocal->get_info(pDev, &info);
- if (info.keyboard) { /* XKEYBOARD makes this a special case */
- dmxKeyboardOn(pDevice, &info);
- break;
- }
- if (info.keyClass) {
- XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
-
- rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
- rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
- rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
- rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
- rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
-
- InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice,
- &rmlvo,
- dmxBell, dmxKbdCtrl);
- }
- if (info.buttonClass) {
- InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numButtons,
- btn_labels, info.map);
- }
- if (info.valuatorClass) {
- if (info.numRelAxes && dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
- axis_labels,
- GetMaximumEventsNum(),
- Relative);
- for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
- info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
- info.res[i],
- info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
- } else if (info.numRelAxes) {
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
- axis_labels,
- dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
- Relative);
- for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
- info.minval[i],
- info.maxval[i], info.res[i],
- info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
- } else if (info.numAbsAxes) {
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numAbsAxes,
- axis_labels,
- dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
- Absolute);
- for (i = 0; i < info.numAbsAxes; i++)
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i,
- axis_labels[i],
- info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
- info.res[i], info.minres[i],
- info.maxres[i]);
- }
- }
- if (info.focusClass) InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
- if (info.proximityClass) InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
- if (info.ptrFeedbackClass)
- InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, dmxChangePointerControl);
- if (info.intFeedbackClass || info.strFeedbackClass)
- dmxLog(dmxWarning,
- "Integer and string feedback not supported for %s\n",
- pDevice->name);
- if (!info.keyboard && (info.ledFeedbackClass || info.belFeedbackClass))
- dmxLog(dmxWarning,
- "Led and bel feedback not supported for non-keyboard %s\n",
- pDevice->name);
- break;
- case DEVICE_ON:
- if (!pDev->on) {
- if (dmxLocal->on && (fd = dmxLocal->on(pDev)) >= 0)
- dmxSigioRegister(dmxInput, fd);
- pDev->on = TRUE;
- }
- break;
- case DEVICE_OFF:
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- /* This can get called twice consecutively: once for a
- * detached screen (DEVICE_OFF), and then again at server
- * generation time (DEVICE_CLOSE). */
- if (pDev->on) {
- dmxSigioUnregister(dmxInput);
- if (dmxLocal->off) dmxLocal->off(pDev);
- pDev->on = FALSE;
- }
- break;
- }
- if (info.keySyms.map && info.freemap) {
- XFree(info.keySyms.map);
- info.keySyms.map = NULL;
- }
- if (info.xkb) XkbFreeKeyboard(info.xkb, 0, True);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void dmxProcessInputEvents(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- mieqProcessInputEvents();
-#if 00 /*BP*/
- miPointerUpdate();
-#endif
- if (dmxInput->detached)
- return;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input) {
-#if 11 /*BP*/
- miPointerUpdateSprite(dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice);
-#endif
- dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
- }
-
-#if 11 /*BP*/
- mieqProcessInputEvents();
-#endif
-}
-
-static void dmxUpdateWindowInformation(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
- DMXUpdateType type,
- WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
- int i;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension && pWindow && pWindow->parent != WindowTable[0])
- return;
-#endif
-#if DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG
- {
- const char *name = "Unknown";
- switch (type) {
- case DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE: name = "Realize"; break;
- case DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE: name = "Unrealize"; break;
- case DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK: name = "Restack"; break;
- case DMX_UPDATE_COPY: name = "Copy"; break;
- case DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE: name = "Resize"; break;
- case DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT: name = "Repaint"; break;
- }
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "Window %p changed: %s\n", pWindow, name);
- }
-#endif
-
- if (dmxInput->detached)
- return;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info)
- dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
- type, pWindow);
-}
-
-static void dmxCollectAll(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (dmxInput->detached)
- return;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events)
- dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events(&dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice->public,
- dmxMotion,
- dmxEnqueue,
- dmxCheckSpecialKeys, DMX_BLOCK);
-}
-
-static void dmxBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
- pointer pReadMask)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
- static unsigned long generation = 0;
-
- if (generation != serverGeneration) {
- generation = serverGeneration;
- dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
- }
-}
-
-static void dmxSwitchReturn(pointer p)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = p;
- int i;
-
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Returning from VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switched);
-
- if (!dmxInput->vt_switched)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSwitchReturn called, but not switched\n");
- dmxSigioEnableInput();
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch)
- dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
- dmxInput->vt_switched = 0;
-}
-
-static void dmxWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result, pointer pReadMask)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
- int i;
-
- if (dmxInput->vt_switch_pending) {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Switching to VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switch_pending);
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch)
- dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
- dmxInput->vt_switched = dmxInput->vt_switch_pending;
- dmxInput->vt_switch_pending = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch) {
- dmxSigioDisableInput();
- if (!dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
- dmxInput->vt_switched,
- dmxSwitchReturn,
- dmxInput))
- dmxSwitchReturn(dmxInput);
- break; /* Only call one vt_switch routine */
- }
- }
- }
- dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
-}
-
-static char *dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
-{
- static int k = 0;
- static int m = 0;
- static int o = 0;
- static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
-#define LEN 32
- char * buf = xalloc(LEN);
-
- if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
- k = m = o = 0;
- dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
- }
-
- switch (dmxLocal->type) {
- case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;
- case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++); break;
- default: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++); break;
- }
-
- return buf;
-}
-
-static DeviceIntPtr dmxAddDevice(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDevice;
- Atom atom;
- const char *name = NULL;
- void (*registerProcPtr)(DeviceIntPtr) = NULL;
- char *devname;
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
-
- if (!dmxLocal)
- return NULL;
- dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx];
-
- if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
- if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD && !dmxLocalCoreKeyboard) {
- dmxLocal->isCore = 1;
- dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = dmxLocal;
- name = "keyboard";
- registerProcPtr = RegisterKeyboardDevice;
- }
- if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && !dmxLocalCorePointer) {
- dmxLocal->isCore = 1;
- dmxLocalCorePointer = dmxLocal;
- name = "pointer";
- registerProcPtr = RegisterPointerDevice;
- }
- }
-
- if (!name) {
- name = "extension";
- registerProcPtr = RegisterOtherDevice;
- }
-
- if (!name || !registerProcPtr)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Cannot add device %s\n", dmxLocal->name);
-
- pDevice = AddInputDevice(serverClient, dmxDeviceOnOff, TRUE);
- if (!pDevice) {
- dmxLog(dmxError, "Too many devices -- cannot add device %s\n",
- dmxLocal->name);
- return NULL;
- }
- pDevice->public.devicePrivate = dmxLocal;
- dmxLocal->pDevice = pDevice;
-
- devname = dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(dmxLocal);
- atom = MakeAtom((char *)devname, strlen(devname), TRUE);
- pDevice->type = atom;
- pDevice->name = devname;
-
- registerProcPtr(pDevice);
-
- if (dmxLocal->isCore && dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE) {
-#if 00 /*BP*/
- miRegisterPointerDevice(screenInfo.screens[0], pDevice);
-#else
- /* Nothing? dmxDeviceOnOff() should get called to init, right? */
-#endif
- }
-
- if (dmxLocal->create_private)
- dmxLocal->private = dmxLocal->create_private(pDevice);
-
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Added %s as %s device called %s%s\n",
- dmxLocal->name, name, devname,
- dmxLocal->isCore
- ? " [core]"
- : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
- ? " [sends core events]"
- : ""));
-
- return pDevice;
-}
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLookupLocal(const char *name)
-{
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr pt;
-
- for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt)
- if (!strcmp(pt->name, name)) return pt; /* search for device name */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Copy the local input information from \a s into a new \a devs slot
- * in \a dmxInput. */
-DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)
-{
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = xalloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal));
-
- if (!dmxLocal)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "DMXLocalInputInfoPtr: out of memory\n");
-
- memcpy(dmxLocal, s, sizeof(*dmxLocal));
- dmxLocal->inputIdx = dmxInput->inputIdx;
- dmxLocal->sendsCore = dmxInput->core;
- dmxLocal->savedSendsCore = dmxInput->core;
- dmxLocal->deviceId = -1;
-
- ++dmxInput->numDevs;
- dmxInput->devs = xrealloc(dmxInput->devs,
- dmxInput->numDevs * sizeof(*dmxInput->devs));
- dmxInput->devs[dmxInput->numDevs-1] = dmxLocal;
-
- return dmxLocal;
-}
-
-static void dmxPopulateLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, dmxArg a)
-{
- int i;
- int help = 0;
- DMXLocalInputInfoRec *pt;
-
- for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
- const char *name = dmxArgV(a, i);
- if ((pt = dmxLookupLocal(name))) {
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, pt);
- } else {
- if (strlen(name))
- dmxLog(dmxWarning,
- "Could not find a driver called %s\n", name);
- ++help;
- }
- }
- if (help) {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Available local device drivers:\n");
- for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt) {
- const char *type;
- switch (pt->type) {
- case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: type = "keyboard"; break;
- case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: type = "pointer"; break;
- default: type = "unknown"; break;
- }
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, " %s (%s)\n", pt->name, type);
- }
- dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Must have valid local device driver\n");
- }
-}
-
-int dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler(Display *dsp, char *name, char *reason)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void dmxInputScanForExtensions(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int doXI)
-{
- XExtensionVersion *ext;
- XDeviceInfo *devices;
- Display *display;
- int num;
- int i, j;
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal;
- int (*handler)(Display *, char *, char *);
-
- if (!(display = XOpenDisplay(dmxInput->name))) return;
-
- /* Print out information about the XInput Extension. */
- handler = XSetExtensionErrorHandler(dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler);
- ext = XGetExtensionVersion(display, INAME);
- XSetExtensionErrorHandler(handler);
-
- if (!ext || ext == (XExtensionVersion *)NoSuchExtension) {
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "%s is not available\n", INAME);
- } else {
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Locating devices on %s (%s version %d.%d)\n",
- dmxInput->name, INAME,
- ext->major_version, ext->minor_version);
- devices = XListInputDevices(display, &num);
-
- XFree(ext);
- ext = NULL;
-
- /* Print a list of all devices */
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
- const char *use = "Unknown";
- switch (devices[i].use) {
- case IsXPointer: use = "XPointer"; break;
- case IsXKeyboard: use = "XKeyboard"; break;
- case IsXExtensionDevice: use = "XExtensionDevice"; break;
- case IsXExtensionPointer: use = "XExtensionPointer"; break;
- case IsXExtensionKeyboard: use = "XExtensionKeyboard"; break;
- }
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, " %2d %-10.10s %-16.16s\n",
- devices[i].id,
- devices[i].name ? devices[i].name : "",
- use);
- }
-
- /* Search for extensions */
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
- switch (devices[i].use) {
- case IsXKeyboard:
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
- if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD
- && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
- dmxL->deviceId = devices[i].id;
- dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
- ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
- : NULL);
- }
- }
- break;
- case IsXPointer:
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
- if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
- dmxL->deviceId = devices[i].id;
- dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
- ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
- : NULL);
- }
- }
- break;
-#if 0
- case IsXExtensionDevice:
- case IsXExtensionKeyboard:
- case IsXExtensionPointer:
- if (doXI) {
- if (!dmxInput->numDevs) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning,
- "Cannot use remote (%s) XInput devices if"
- " not also using core devices\n",
- dmxInput->name);
- } else {
- dmxLocal = dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput,
- &DMXCommonOth);
- dmxLocal->isCore = FALSE;
- dmxLocal->sendsCore = FALSE;
- dmxLocal->deviceId = devices[i].id;
- dmxLocal->deviceName = (devices[i].name
- ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
- : NULL);
- }
- }
- break;
-#endif
- }
- }
- XFreeDeviceList(devices);
- }
- XCloseDisplay(display);
-}
-
-/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput. Called from
- #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries before the cursor is redisplayed. */
-void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
- if (dmxLocal->reinit)
- dmxLocal->reinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
- }
-}
-
-/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput. Called from
- #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries after the cursor is redisplayed. */
-void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
- if (dmxLocal->latereinit)
- dmxLocal->latereinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialize all of the devices described in \a dmxInput. */
-void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pPointer = NULL, pKeyboard = NULL;
- dmxArg a;
- const char *name;
- int i;
- int doXI = 1; /* Include by default */
- int forceConsole = 0;
- int doWindows = 1; /* On by default */
- int hasXkb = 0;
-
- a = dmxArgParse(dmxInput->name);
-
- for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
- switch (hasXkb) {
- case 1:
- dmxInput->keycodes = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
- ++hasXkb;
- break;
- case 2:
- dmxInput->symbols = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
- ++hasXkb;
- break;
- case 3:
- dmxInput->geometry = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
- hasXkb = 0;
- break;
- case 0:
- if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noxi")) doXI = 0;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xi")) doXI = 1;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "console")) forceConsole = 1;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noconsole")) forceConsole = 0;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "windows")) doWindows = 1;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "nowindows")) doWindows = 0;
- else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xkb")) hasXkb = 1;
- else {
- dmxLog(dmxFatal,
- "Unknown input argument: %s\n", dmxArgV(a, i));
- }
- }
- }
-
- name = dmxArgV(a, 0);
-
- if (!strcmp(name, "local")) {
- dmxPopulateLocal(dmxInput, a);
- } else if (!strcmp(name, "dummy")) {
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyMou);
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyKbd);
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Using dummy input\n");
- } else {
- int found;
-
- for (found = 0, i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
- if (dmxPropertySameDisplay(&dmxScreens[i], name)) {
- if (dmxScreens[i].shared)
- dmxLog(dmxFatal,
- "Cannot take input from shared backend (%s)\n",
- name);
- if (!dmxInput->core) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning,
- "Cannot use core devices on a backend (%s)"
- " as XInput devices\n", name);
- } else {
- char *pt;
- for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
- if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendMou);
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendKbd);
- dmxInput->scrnIdx = i;
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
- "Using backend input from %s\n", name);
- }
- ++found;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!found || forceConsole) {
- char *pt;
- if (found) dmxInput->console = TRUE;
- for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
- if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleMou);
- dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleKbd);
- if (doWindows) {
- dmxInput->windows = TRUE;
- dmxInput->updateWindowInfo = dmxUpdateWindowInformation;
- }
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
- "Using console input from %s (%s windows)\n",
- name, doWindows ? "with" : "without");
- }
- }
-
- dmxArgFree(a);
-
- /* Locate extensions we may be interested in */
- dmxInputScanForExtensions(dmxInput, doXI);
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
- dmxLocal->pDevice = dmxAddDevice(dmxLocal);
- if (dmxLocal->isCore) {
- if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
- pPointer = dmxLocal->pDevice;
- if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
- pKeyboard = dmxLocal->pDevice;
- }
- }
-
- dmxInput->processInputEvents = dmxProcessInputEvents;
- dmxInput->detached = False;
-
- RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxBlockHandler,
- dmxWakeupHandler,
- (void *)dmxInput->inputIdx);
-}
-
-static void dmxInputFreeLocal(DMXLocalInputInfoRec *local)
-{
- if (!local) return;
- if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
- dmxLocalCorePointer = NULL;
- if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
- dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = NULL;
- if (local->destroy_private) local->destroy_private(local->private);
- if (local->history) xfree(local->history);
- if (local->valuators) xfree(local->valuators);
- if (local->deviceName) xfree(local->deviceName);
- local->private = NULL;
- local->history = NULL;
- local->deviceName = NULL;
- xfree(local);
-}
-
-/** Free all of the memory associated with \a dmxInput */
-void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (!dmxInput) return;
-
- if (dmxInput->keycodes) xfree(dmxInput->keycodes);
- if (dmxInput->symbols) xfree(dmxInput->symbols);
- if (dmxInput->geometry) xfree(dmxInput->geometry);
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- dmxInputFreeLocal(dmxInput->devs[i]);
- dmxInput->devs[i] = NULL;
- }
- xfree(dmxInput->devs);
- dmxInput->devs = NULL;
- dmxInput->numDevs = 0;
- if (dmxInput->freename) xfree(dmxInput->name);
- dmxInput->name = NULL;
-}
-
-/** Log information about all of the known devices using #dmxLog(). */
-void dmxInputLogDevices(void)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d devices:\n", dmxGetInputCount());
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, " Id Name Classes\n");
- for (j = 0; j < dmxNumInputs; j++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[j];
- const char *pt = strchr(dmxInput->name, ',');
- int len = (pt
- ? (size_t)(pt-dmxInput->name)
- : strlen(dmxInput->name));
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DeviceIntPtr pDevice = dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice;
- if (pDevice) {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo, " %2d%c %-20.20s",
- pDevice->id,
- dmxInput->detached ? 'D' : ' ',
- pDevice->name);
- if (pDevice->key) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " key");
- if (pDevice->valuator) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " val");
- if (pDevice->button) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " btn");
- if (pDevice->focus) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " foc");
- if (pDevice->kbdfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/kbd");
- if (pDevice->ptrfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/ptr");
- if (pDevice->intfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/int");
- if (pDevice->stringfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/str");
- if (pDevice->bell) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/bel");
- if (pDevice->leds) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/led");
- if (!pDevice->key && !pDevice->valuator && !pDevice->button
- && !pDevice->focus && !pDevice->kbdfeed
- && !pDevice->ptrfeed && !pDevice->intfeed
- && !pDevice->stringfeed && !pDevice->bell
- && !pDevice->leds) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " (none)");
-
- dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "\t[i%d/%*.*s",
- dmxInput->inputIdx, len, len, dmxInput->name);
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId >= 0)
- dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "/id%d", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId);
- if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName)
- dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "=%s", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName);
- dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "] %s\n",
- dmxInput->devs[i]->isCore
- ? "core"
- : (dmxInput->devs[i]->sendsCore
- ? "extension (sends core events)"
- : "extension"));
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Detach an input */
-int dmxInputDetach(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Detaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
- dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
- dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
- dmxLocal->isCore
- ? " [core]"
- : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
- ? " [sends core events]"
- : ""));
- DisableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
- }
- dmxInput->detached = True;
- dmxInputLogDevices();
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Search for input associated with \a dmxScreen, and detach. */
-void dmxInputDetachAll(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == dmxScreen->index) dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
- }
-}
-
-/** Search for input associated with \a deviceId, and detach. */
-int dmxInputDetachId(int id)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = dmxInputLocateId(id);
-
- if (!dmxInput) return BadValue;
-
- return dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
-}
-
-DMXInputInfo *dmxInputLocateId(int id)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[j];
- if (dmxLocal->pDevice->id == id) return dmxInput;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static int dmxInputAttachNew(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
-{
- dmxInputInit(dmxInput);
- InitAndStartDevices();
- if (id && dmxInput->devs) *id = dmxInput->devs[0]->pDevice->id;
- dmxInputLogDevices();
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int dmxInputAttachOld(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
-{
- int i;
-
- dmxInput->detached = False;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
- DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
- if (id) *id = dmxLocal->pDevice->id;
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
- "Attaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
- dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
- dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
- dmxLocal->isCore
- ? " [core]"
- : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
- ? " [sends core events]"
- : ""));
- EnableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
- }
- dmxInputLogDevices();
- return 0;
-}
-
-int dmxInputAttachConsole(const char *name, int isCore, int *id)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == -1
- && dmxInput->detached
- && !strcmp(dmxInput->name, name)) {
- /* Found match */
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached console input\n");
- return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
- }
- }
-
- /* No match found */
- dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(xstrdup(name), isCore);
- dmxInput->freename = TRUE;
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new console input\n");
- return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
-}
-
-int dmxInputAttachBackend(int physicalScreen, int isCore, int *id)
-{
- DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
- int i;
-
- if (physicalScreen < 0 || physicalScreen >= dmxNumScreens) return BadValue;
- for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
- dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
- if (dmxInput->scrnIdx != -1 && dmxInput->scrnIdx == physicalScreen) {
- /* Found match */
- if (!dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess; /* Already attached */
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached backend input\n");
- return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
- }
- }
- /* No match found */
- dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
- if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
- dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(dmxScreen->name, isCore);
- dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new backend input\n");
- return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides generic input support. Functions here set up
+ * input and lead to the calling of low-level device drivers for
+ * input. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#define DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG 0
+
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxextension.h" /* For dmxInputCount */
+
+#include "dmxdummy.h"
+#include "dmxbackend.h"
+#include "dmxconsole.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxevents.h"
+#include "dmxmotion.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "config/dmxconfig.h"
+#include "dmxcursor.h"
+
+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
+#include "lnx-ms.h"
+#include "lnx-ps2.h"
+#include "usb-keyboard.h"
+#include "usb-mouse.h"
+#include "usb-other.h"
+#include "usb-common.h"
+
+#include "dmxsigio.h"
+#include "dmxarg.h"
+
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+
+DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocalCorePointer, dmxLocalCoreKeyboard;
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyMou = {
+ "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyKbd = {
+ "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendMou = {
+ "backend-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND, 2,
+ dmxBackendCreatePrivate, dmxBackendDestroyPrivate,
+ dmxBackendInit, NULL, dmxBackendLateReInit, dmxBackendMouGetInfo,
+ dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxBackendUpdatePosition,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ dmxBackendCollectEvents, dmxBackendProcessInput, dmxBackendFunctions, NULL,
+ dmxCommonMouCtrl
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendKbd = {
+ "backend-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND,
+ 1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
+ dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
+ dmxBackendInit, NULL, NULL, dmxBackendKbdGetInfo,
+ dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleMou = {
+ "console-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE, 2,
+ dmxConsoleCreatePrivate, dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate,
+ dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleMouGetInfo,
+ dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxConsoleUpdatePosition,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ dmxConsoleCollectEvents, NULL, dmxConsoleFunctions, dmxConsoleUpdateInfo,
+ dmxCommonMouCtrl
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleKbd = {
+ "console-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE,
+ 1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
+ dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
+ dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo,
+ dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
+};
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXCommonOth = {
+ "common-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_COMMON, 1,
+ dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxCommonOthGetInfo,
+ dmxCommonOthOn, dmxCommonOthOff
+};
+
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXLocalDevices[] = {
+ /* Dummy drivers that can compile on any OS */
+#ifdef __linux__
+ /* Linux-specific drivers */
+ {
+ "kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ kbdLinuxCreatePrivate, kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate,
+ kbdLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, kbdLinuxGetInfo,
+ kbdLinuxOn, kbdLinuxOff, NULL,
+ kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch, kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch, kbdLinuxVTSwitch,
+ kbdLinuxRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, kbdLinuxCtrl, kbdLinuxBell
+ },
+ {
+ "ms", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ msLinuxCreatePrivate, msLinuxDestroyPrivate,
+ msLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, msLinuxGetInfo,
+ msLinuxOn, msLinuxOff, NULL,
+ msLinuxVTPreSwitch, msLinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
+ msLinuxRead
+ },
+ {
+ "ps2", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ ps2LinuxCreatePrivate, ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate,
+ ps2LinuxInit, NULL, NULL, ps2LinuxGetInfo,
+ ps2LinuxOn, ps2LinuxOff, NULL,
+ ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch, ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
+ ps2LinuxRead
+ },
+#endif
+#ifdef __linux__
+ /* USB drivers, currently only for
+ Linux, but relatively easy to port to
+ other OSs */
+ {
+ "usb-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
+ kbdUSBInit, NULL, NULL, kbdUSBGetInfo,
+ kbdUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ kbdUSBRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, kbdUSBCtrl
+ },
+ {
+ "usb-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
+ mouUSBInit, NULL, NULL, mouUSBGetInfo,
+ mouUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ mouUSBRead
+ },
+ {
+ "usb-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
+ othUSBInit, NULL, NULL, othUSBGetInfo,
+ othUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ othUSBRead
+ },
+#endif
+ {
+ "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
+ },
+ {
+ "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
+ },
+ { NULL } /* Must be last */
+};
+
+
+#if 11 /*BP*/
+void
+DDXRingBell(int volume, int pitch, int duration)
+{
+ /* NO-OP */
+}
+
+/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
+static void
+dmxKbdCtrl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+#if 0
+ KdKeyboardInfo *ki;
+
+ for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
+ if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDevice->id)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDevice->id || !ki->driver)
+ return;
+
+ KdSetLeds(ki, ctrl->leds);
+ ki->bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
+ ki->bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
+static void
+dmxBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
+{
+#if 0
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
+ KdKeyboardInfo *ki = NULL;
+
+ for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
+ if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDev->id)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDev->id || !ki->driver)
+ return;
+
+ KdRingBell(ki, volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /*BP*/
+
+static void _dmxChangePointerControl(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
+ PtrCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ if (!dmxLocal) return;
+ dmxLocal->mctrl = *ctrl;
+ if (dmxLocal->mCtrl) dmxLocal->mCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
+}
+
+/** Change the pointer control information for the \a pDevice. If the
+ * device sends core events, then also change the control information
+ * for all of the pointer devices that send core events. */
+void dmxChangePointerControl(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
+ _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
+ }
+ } else { /* Do for this device only */
+ _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxLocal, ctrl);
+ }
+}
+
+static void _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ dmxLocal->kctrl = *ctrl;
+ if (dmxLocal->kCtrl) {
+ dmxLocal->kCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
+ if (dmxLocal->pDevice->kbdfeed) {
+ XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+ XkbSetCauseUnknown(&cause);
+ /* Generate XKB events, as necessary */
+ XkbUpdateIndicators(dmxLocal->pDevice, XkbAllIndicatorsMask, False,
+ NULL, &cause);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/** Change the keyboard control information for the \a pDevice. If the
+ * device sends core events, then also change the control information
+ * for all of the keyboard devices that send core events. */
+void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
+ _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
+ }
+ } else { /* Do for this device only */
+ _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxLocal, ctrl);
+ }
+}
+
+static void _dmxKeyboardBellProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int percent)
+{
+ if (dmxLocal->kBell) dmxLocal->kBell(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public,
+ percent,
+ dmxLocal->kctrl.bell,
+ dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_pitch,
+ dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_duration);
+}
+
+/** Sound the bell on the device. If the device send core events, then
+ * sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events. */
+void dmxKeyboardBellProc(int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+ pointer ctrl, int unknown)
+{
+ GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) { /* Do for all core devices */
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
+ _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxInput->devs[j], percent);
+ }
+ } else { /* Do for this device only */
+ _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxLocal, percent);
+ }
+}
+
+static void dmxKeyboardFreeNames(XkbComponentNamesPtr names)
+{
+ if (names->keycodes) XFree(names->keycodes);
+ if (names->types) XFree(names->types);
+ if (names->compat) XFree(names->compat);
+ if (names->symbols) XFree(names->symbols);
+ if (names->geometry) XFree(names->geometry);
+}
+
+
+static int dmxKeyboardOn(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, DMXLocalInitInfo *info)
+{
+ GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
+ XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
+
+ rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
+ rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
+ rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
+ rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
+ rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
+
+ XkbSetRulesDflts(&rmlvo);
+ if (!info->force && (dmxInput->keycodes
+ || dmxInput->symbols
+ || dmxInput->geometry)) {
+ if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
+ info->freenames = 0;
+ info->names.keycodes = dmxInput->keycodes;
+ info->names.types = NULL;
+ info->names.compat = NULL;
+ info->names.symbols = dmxInput->symbols;
+ info->names.geometry = dmxInput->geometry;
+
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From command line: %s",
+ info->names.keycodes);
+ if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
+ if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
+ } else if (info->names.keycodes) {
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From device: %s",
+ info->names.keycodes);
+ if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
+ if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
+ dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
+ } else {
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: Defaults: %s %s %s %s %s\n",
+ dmxConfigGetXkbRules(),
+ dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(),
+ dmxConfigGetXkbModel(),
+ dmxConfigGetXkbVariant()
+ ? dmxConfigGetXkbVariant() : "",
+ dmxConfigGetXkbOptions()
+ ? dmxConfigGetXkbOptions() : "");
+ }
+ InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice, &rmlvo,
+ dmxKeyboardBellProc,
+ dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc);
+
+ if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+static int dmxDeviceOnOff(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int what)
+{
+ GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
+ int fd;
+ DMXLocalInitInfo info;
+ int i;
+ Atom btn_labels[MAX_BUTTONS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
+ Atom axis_labels[MAX_VALUATORS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
+
+ if (dmxInput->detached) return Success;
+
+ memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+ switch (what) {
+ case DEVICE_INIT:
+ if (dmxLocal->init)
+ dmxLocal->init(pDev);
+ if (dmxLocal->get_info)
+ dmxLocal->get_info(pDev, &info);
+ if (info.keyboard) { /* XKEYBOARD makes this a special case */
+ dmxKeyboardOn(pDevice, &info);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (info.keyClass) {
+ XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
+
+ rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
+ rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
+ rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
+ rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
+ rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
+
+ InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice,
+ &rmlvo,
+ dmxBell, dmxKbdCtrl);
+ }
+ if (info.buttonClass) {
+ InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numButtons,
+ btn_labels, info.map);
+ }
+ if (info.valuatorClass) {
+ if (info.numRelAxes && dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
+ InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
+ axis_labels,
+ GetMaximumEventsNum(),
+ Relative);
+ for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
+ info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
+ info.res[i],
+ info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
+ } else if (info.numRelAxes) {
+ InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
+ axis_labels,
+ dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
+ Relative);
+ for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
+ info.minval[i],
+ info.maxval[i], info.res[i],
+ info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
+ } else if (info.numAbsAxes) {
+ InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numAbsAxes,
+ axis_labels,
+ dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
+ Absolute);
+ for (i = 0; i < info.numAbsAxes; i++)
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i,
+ axis_labels[i],
+ info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
+ info.res[i], info.minres[i],
+ info.maxres[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ if (info.focusClass) InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
+ if (info.proximityClass) InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
+ if (info.ptrFeedbackClass)
+ InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, dmxChangePointerControl);
+ if (info.intFeedbackClass || info.strFeedbackClass)
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning,
+ "Integer and string feedback not supported for %s\n",
+ pDevice->name);
+ if (!info.keyboard && (info.ledFeedbackClass || info.belFeedbackClass))
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning,
+ "Led and bel feedback not supported for non-keyboard %s\n",
+ pDevice->name);
+ break;
+ case DEVICE_ON:
+ if (!pDev->on) {
+ if (dmxLocal->on && (fd = dmxLocal->on(pDev)) >= 0)
+ dmxSigioRegister(dmxInput, fd);
+ pDev->on = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case DEVICE_OFF:
+ case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+ /* This can get called twice consecutively: once for a
+ * detached screen (DEVICE_OFF), and then again at server
+ * generation time (DEVICE_CLOSE). */
+ if (pDev->on) {
+ dmxSigioUnregister(dmxInput);
+ if (dmxLocal->off) dmxLocal->off(pDev);
+ pDev->on = FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (info.keySyms.map && info.freemap) {
+ XFree(info.keySyms.map);
+ info.keySyms.map = NULL;
+ }
+ if (info.xkb) XkbFreeKeyboard(info.xkb, 0, True);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void dmxProcessInputEvents(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ mieqProcessInputEvents();
+#if 00 /*BP*/
+ miPointerUpdate();
+#endif
+ if (dmxInput->detached)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input) {
+#if 11 /*BP*/
+ miPointerUpdateSprite(dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice);
+#endif
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
+ }
+
+#if 11 /*BP*/
+ mieqProcessInputEvents();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void dmxUpdateWindowInformation(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
+ DMXUpdateType type,
+ WindowPtr pWindow)
+{
+ int i;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension && pWindow && pWindow->parent != WindowTable[0])
+ return;
+#endif
+#if DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG
+ {
+ const char *name = "Unknown";
+ switch (type) {
+ case DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE: name = "Realize"; break;
+ case DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE: name = "Unrealize"; break;
+ case DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK: name = "Restack"; break;
+ case DMX_UPDATE_COPY: name = "Copy"; break;
+ case DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE: name = "Resize"; break;
+ case DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT: name = "Repaint"; break;
+ }
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "Window %p changed: %s\n", pWindow, name);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (dmxInput->detached)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info)
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
+ type, pWindow);
+}
+
+static void dmxCollectAll(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxInput->detached)
+ return;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events)
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events(&dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice->public,
+ dmxMotion,
+ dmxEnqueue,
+ dmxCheckSpecialKeys, DMX_BLOCK);
+}
+
+static void dmxBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
+ pointer pReadMask)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
+ static unsigned long generation = 0;
+
+ if (generation != serverGeneration) {
+ generation = serverGeneration;
+ dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
+ }
+}
+
+static void dmxSwitchReturn(pointer p)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = p;
+ int i;
+
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Returning from VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switched);
+
+ if (!dmxInput->vt_switched)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSwitchReturn called, but not switched\n");
+ dmxSigioEnableInput();
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch)
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
+ dmxInput->vt_switched = 0;
+}
+
+static void dmxWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result, pointer pReadMask)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxInput->vt_switch_pending) {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Switching to VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switch_pending);
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch)
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
+ dmxInput->vt_switched = dmxInput->vt_switch_pending;
+ dmxInput->vt_switch_pending = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch) {
+ dmxSigioDisableInput();
+ if (!dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
+ dmxInput->vt_switched,
+ dmxSwitchReturn,
+ dmxInput))
+ dmxSwitchReturn(dmxInput);
+ break; /* Only call one vt_switch routine */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
+}
+
+static char *dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
+{
+ static int k = 0;
+ static int m = 0;
+ static int o = 0;
+ static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
+#define LEN 32
+ char * buf = malloc(LEN);
+
+ if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
+ k = m = o = 0;
+ dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
+ }
+
+ switch (dmxLocal->type) {
+ case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;
+ case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++); break;
+ default: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++); break;
+ }
+
+ return buf;
+}
+
+static DeviceIntPtr dmxAddDevice(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDevice;
+ Atom atom;
+ const char *name = NULL;
+ void (*registerProcPtr)(DeviceIntPtr) = NULL;
+ char *devname;
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
+
+ if (!dmxLocal)
+ return NULL;
+ dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx];
+
+ if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
+ if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD && !dmxLocalCoreKeyboard) {
+ dmxLocal->isCore = 1;
+ dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = dmxLocal;
+ name = "keyboard";
+ registerProcPtr = RegisterKeyboardDevice;
+ }
+ if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && !dmxLocalCorePointer) {
+ dmxLocal->isCore = 1;
+ dmxLocalCorePointer = dmxLocal;
+ name = "pointer";
+ registerProcPtr = RegisterPointerDevice;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!name) {
+ name = "extension";
+ registerProcPtr = RegisterOtherDevice;
+ }
+
+ if (!name || !registerProcPtr)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Cannot add device %s\n", dmxLocal->name);
+
+ pDevice = AddInputDevice(serverClient, dmxDeviceOnOff, TRUE);
+ if (!pDevice) {
+ dmxLog(dmxError, "Too many devices -- cannot add device %s\n",
+ dmxLocal->name);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ pDevice->public.devicePrivate = dmxLocal;
+ dmxLocal->pDevice = pDevice;
+
+ devname = dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(dmxLocal);
+ atom = MakeAtom((char *)devname, strlen(devname), TRUE);
+ pDevice->type = atom;
+ pDevice->name = devname;
+
+ registerProcPtr(pDevice);
+
+ if (dmxLocal->isCore && dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE) {
+#if 00 /*BP*/
+ miRegisterPointerDevice(screenInfo.screens[0], pDevice);
+#else
+ /* Nothing? dmxDeviceOnOff() should get called to init, right? */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (dmxLocal->create_private)
+ dmxLocal->private = dmxLocal->create_private(pDevice);
+
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Added %s as %s device called %s%s\n",
+ dmxLocal->name, name, devname,
+ dmxLocal->isCore
+ ? " [core]"
+ : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
+ ? " [sends core events]"
+ : ""));
+
+ return pDevice;
+}
+
+static DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLookupLocal(const char *name)
+{
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr pt;
+
+ for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt)
+ if (!strcmp(pt->name, name)) return pt; /* search for device name */
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Copy the local input information from \a s into a new \a devs slot
+ * in \a dmxInput. */
+DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)
+{
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = malloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal));
+
+ if (!dmxLocal)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "DMXLocalInputInfoPtr: out of memory\n");
+
+ memcpy(dmxLocal, s, sizeof(*dmxLocal));
+ dmxLocal->inputIdx = dmxInput->inputIdx;
+ dmxLocal->sendsCore = dmxInput->core;
+ dmxLocal->savedSendsCore = dmxInput->core;
+ dmxLocal->deviceId = -1;
+
+ ++dmxInput->numDevs;
+ dmxInput->devs = realloc(dmxInput->devs,
+ dmxInput->numDevs * sizeof(*dmxInput->devs));
+ dmxInput->devs[dmxInput->numDevs-1] = dmxLocal;
+
+ return dmxLocal;
+}
+
+static void dmxPopulateLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, dmxArg a)
+{
+ int i;
+ int help = 0;
+ DMXLocalInputInfoRec *pt;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
+ const char *name = dmxArgV(a, i);
+ if ((pt = dmxLookupLocal(name))) {
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, pt);
+ } else {
+ if (strlen(name))
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning,
+ "Could not find a driver called %s\n", name);
+ ++help;
+ }
+ }
+ if (help) {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Available local device drivers:\n");
+ for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt) {
+ const char *type;
+ switch (pt->type) {
+ case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: type = "keyboard"; break;
+ case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: type = "pointer"; break;
+ default: type = "unknown"; break;
+ }
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, " %s (%s)\n", pt->name, type);
+ }
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Must have valid local device driver\n");
+ }
+}
+
+int dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler(Display *dsp, char *name, char *reason)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void dmxInputScanForExtensions(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int doXI)
+{
+ XExtensionVersion *ext;
+ XDeviceInfo *devices;
+ Display *display;
+ int num;
+ int i, j;
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal;
+ int (*handler)(Display *, char *, char *);
+
+ if (!(display = XOpenDisplay(dmxInput->name))) return;
+
+ /* Print out information about the XInput Extension. */
+ handler = XSetExtensionErrorHandler(dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler);
+ ext = XGetExtensionVersion(display, INAME);
+ XSetExtensionErrorHandler(handler);
+
+ if (!ext || ext == (XExtensionVersion *)NoSuchExtension) {
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "%s is not available\n", INAME);
+ } else {
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Locating devices on %s (%s version %d.%d)\n",
+ dmxInput->name, INAME,
+ ext->major_version, ext->minor_version);
+ devices = XListInputDevices(display, &num);
+
+ XFree(ext);
+ ext = NULL;
+
+ /* Print a list of all devices */
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ const char *use = "Unknown";
+ switch (devices[i].use) {
+ case IsXPointer: use = "XPointer"; break;
+ case IsXKeyboard: use = "XKeyboard"; break;
+ case IsXExtensionDevice: use = "XExtensionDevice"; break;
+ case IsXExtensionPointer: use = "XExtensionPointer"; break;
+ case IsXExtensionKeyboard: use = "XExtensionKeyboard"; break;
+ }
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, " %2d %-10.10s %-16.16s\n",
+ devices[i].id,
+ devices[i].name ? devices[i].name : "",
+ use);
+ }
+
+ /* Search for extensions */
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ switch (devices[i].use) {
+ case IsXKeyboard:
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
+ if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD
+ && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
+ dmxL->deviceId = devices[i].id;
+ dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
+ ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
+ : NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case IsXPointer:
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
+ if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
+ dmxL->deviceId = devices[i].id;
+ dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
+ ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
+ : NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#if 0
+ case IsXExtensionDevice:
+ case IsXExtensionKeyboard:
+ case IsXExtensionPointer:
+ if (doXI) {
+ if (!dmxInput->numDevs) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning,
+ "Cannot use remote (%s) XInput devices if"
+ " not also using core devices\n",
+ dmxInput->name);
+ } else {
+ dmxLocal = dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput,
+ &DMXCommonOth);
+ dmxLocal->isCore = FALSE;
+ dmxLocal->sendsCore = FALSE;
+ dmxLocal->deviceId = devices[i].id;
+ dmxLocal->deviceName = (devices[i].name
+ ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
+ : NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ XFreeDeviceList(devices);
+ }
+ XCloseDisplay(display);
+}
+
+/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput. Called from
+ #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries before the cursor is redisplayed. */
+void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
+ if (dmxLocal->reinit)
+ dmxLocal->reinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput. Called from
+ #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries after the cursor is redisplayed. */
+void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
+ if (dmxLocal->latereinit)
+ dmxLocal->latereinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialize all of the devices described in \a dmxInput. */
+void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pPointer = NULL, pKeyboard = NULL;
+ dmxArg a;
+ const char *name;
+ int i;
+ int doXI = 1; /* Include by default */
+ int forceConsole = 0;
+ int doWindows = 1; /* On by default */
+ int hasXkb = 0;
+
+ a = dmxArgParse(dmxInput->name);
+
+ for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
+ switch (hasXkb) {
+ case 1:
+ dmxInput->keycodes = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
+ ++hasXkb;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ dmxInput->symbols = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
+ ++hasXkb;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ dmxInput->geometry = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
+ hasXkb = 0;
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noxi")) doXI = 0;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xi")) doXI = 1;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "console")) forceConsole = 1;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noconsole")) forceConsole = 0;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "windows")) doWindows = 1;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "nowindows")) doWindows = 0;
+ else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xkb")) hasXkb = 1;
+ else {
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal,
+ "Unknown input argument: %s\n", dmxArgV(a, i));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ name = dmxArgV(a, 0);
+
+ if (!strcmp(name, "local")) {
+ dmxPopulateLocal(dmxInput, a);
+ } else if (!strcmp(name, "dummy")) {
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyMou);
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyKbd);
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Using dummy input\n");
+ } else {
+ int found;
+
+ for (found = 0, i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
+ if (dmxPropertySameDisplay(&dmxScreens[i], name)) {
+ if (dmxScreens[i].shared)
+ dmxLog(dmxFatal,
+ "Cannot take input from shared backend (%s)\n",
+ name);
+ if (!dmxInput->core) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning,
+ "Cannot use core devices on a backend (%s)"
+ " as XInput devices\n", name);
+ } else {
+ char *pt;
+ for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
+ if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendMou);
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendKbd);
+ dmxInput->scrnIdx = i;
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
+ "Using backend input from %s\n", name);
+ }
+ ++found;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!found || forceConsole) {
+ char *pt;
+ if (found) dmxInput->console = TRUE;
+ for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
+ if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleMou);
+ dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleKbd);
+ if (doWindows) {
+ dmxInput->windows = TRUE;
+ dmxInput->updateWindowInfo = dmxUpdateWindowInformation;
+ }
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
+ "Using console input from %s (%s windows)\n",
+ name, doWindows ? "with" : "without");
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxArgFree(a);
+
+ /* Locate extensions we may be interested in */
+ dmxInputScanForExtensions(dmxInput, doXI);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
+ dmxLocal->pDevice = dmxAddDevice(dmxLocal);
+ if (dmxLocal->isCore) {
+ if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
+ pPointer = dmxLocal->pDevice;
+ if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
+ pKeyboard = dmxLocal->pDevice;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxInput->processInputEvents = dmxProcessInputEvents;
+ dmxInput->detached = False;
+
+ RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxBlockHandler,
+ dmxWakeupHandler,
+ (void *)dmxInput->inputIdx);
+}
+
+static void dmxInputFreeLocal(DMXLocalInputInfoRec *local)
+{
+ if (!local) return;
+ if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
+ dmxLocalCorePointer = NULL;
+ if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
+ dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = NULL;
+ if (local->destroy_private) local->destroy_private(local->private);
+ if (local->history) free(local->history);
+ if (local->valuators) free(local->valuators);
+ if (local->deviceName) free(local->deviceName);
+ local->private = NULL;
+ local->history = NULL;
+ local->deviceName = NULL;
+ free(local);
+}
+
+/** Free all of the memory associated with \a dmxInput */
+void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (!dmxInput) return;
+
+ if (dmxInput->keycodes) free(dmxInput->keycodes);
+ if (dmxInput->symbols) free(dmxInput->symbols);
+ if (dmxInput->geometry) free(dmxInput->geometry);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ dmxInputFreeLocal(dmxInput->devs[i]);
+ dmxInput->devs[i] = NULL;
+ }
+ free(dmxInput->devs);
+ dmxInput->devs = NULL;
+ dmxInput->numDevs = 0;
+ if (dmxInput->freename) free(dmxInput->name);
+ dmxInput->name = NULL;
+}
+
+/** Log information about all of the known devices using #dmxLog(). */
+void dmxInputLogDevices(void)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d devices:\n", dmxGetInputCount());
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, " Id Name Classes\n");
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxNumInputs; j++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[j];
+ const char *pt = strchr(dmxInput->name, ',');
+ int len = (pt
+ ? (size_t)(pt-dmxInput->name)
+ : strlen(dmxInput->name));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DeviceIntPtr pDevice = dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice;
+ if (pDevice) {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo, " %2d%c %-20.20s",
+ pDevice->id,
+ dmxInput->detached ? 'D' : ' ',
+ pDevice->name);
+ if (pDevice->key) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " key");
+ if (pDevice->valuator) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " val");
+ if (pDevice->button) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " btn");
+ if (pDevice->focus) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " foc");
+ if (pDevice->kbdfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/kbd");
+ if (pDevice->ptrfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/ptr");
+ if (pDevice->intfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/int");
+ if (pDevice->stringfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/str");
+ if (pDevice->bell) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/bel");
+ if (pDevice->leds) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/led");
+ if (!pDevice->key && !pDevice->valuator && !pDevice->button
+ && !pDevice->focus && !pDevice->kbdfeed
+ && !pDevice->ptrfeed && !pDevice->intfeed
+ && !pDevice->stringfeed && !pDevice->bell
+ && !pDevice->leds) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " (none)");
+
+ dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "\t[i%d/%*.*s",
+ dmxInput->inputIdx, len, len, dmxInput->name);
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId >= 0)
+ dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "/id%d", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId);
+ if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName)
+ dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "=%s", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName);
+ dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "] %s\n",
+ dmxInput->devs[i]->isCore
+ ? "core"
+ : (dmxInput->devs[i]->sendsCore
+ ? "extension (sends core events)"
+ : "extension"));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Detach an input */
+int dmxInputDetach(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Detaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
+ dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
+ dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
+ dmxLocal->isCore
+ ? " [core]"
+ : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
+ ? " [sends core events]"
+ : ""));
+ DisableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
+ }
+ dmxInput->detached = True;
+ dmxInputLogDevices();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Search for input associated with \a dmxScreen, and detach. */
+void dmxInputDetachAll(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == dmxScreen->index) dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Search for input associated with \a deviceId, and detach. */
+int dmxInputDetachId(int id)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = dmxInputLocateId(id);
+
+ if (!dmxInput) return BadValue;
+
+ return dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
+}
+
+DMXInputInfo *dmxInputLocateId(int id)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[j];
+ if (dmxLocal->pDevice->id == id) return dmxInput;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static int dmxInputAttachNew(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
+{
+ dmxInputInit(dmxInput);
+ InitAndStartDevices();
+ if (id && dmxInput->devs) *id = dmxInput->devs[0]->pDevice->id;
+ dmxInputLogDevices();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int dmxInputAttachOld(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ dmxInput->detached = False;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
+ DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
+ if (id) *id = dmxLocal->pDevice->id;
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
+ "Attaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
+ dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
+ dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
+ dmxLocal->isCore
+ ? " [core]"
+ : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
+ ? " [sends core events]"
+ : ""));
+ EnableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
+ }
+ dmxInputLogDevices();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int dmxInputAttachConsole(const char *name, int isCore, int *id)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == -1
+ && dmxInput->detached
+ && !strcmp(dmxInput->name, name)) {
+ /* Found match */
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached console input\n");
+ return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No match found */
+ dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(xstrdup(name), isCore);
+ dmxInput->freename = TRUE;
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new console input\n");
+ return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
+}
+
+int dmxInputAttachBackend(int physicalScreen, int isCore, int *id)
+{
+ DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
+ int i;
+
+ if (physicalScreen < 0 || physicalScreen >= dmxNumScreens) return BadValue;
+ for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
+ dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
+ if (dmxInput->scrnIdx != -1 && dmxInput->scrnIdx == physicalScreen) {
+ /* Found match */
+ if (!dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess; /* Already attached */
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached backend input\n");
+ return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
+ }
+ }
+ /* No match found */
+ dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
+ if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
+ dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(dmxScreen->name, isCore);
+ dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new backend input\n");
+ return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
index 73580a215..d1c79f126 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
@@ -1,142 +1,142 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides functions similar to miPointerGetMotionEvents and
- * miPointerPutMotionEvents, with the exception that devices with more
- * than two axes are fully supported. These routines may be used only
- * for motion buffers for extension devices, and are \a not compatible
- * replacements for the mi routines. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "dmxcommon.h"
-#include "dmxmotion.h"
-
-#define OFFSET(offset,element) ((offset) * (numAxes + 1) + (element))
-
-/** Return size of motion buffer. \see DMX_MOTION_SIZE */
-int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(void)
-{
- return DMX_MOTION_SIZE;
-}
-
-/** This routine performs the same function as \a miPointerGetMotionEvents:
- * the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop
- * times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the
- * number of items so placed is returned. This routine is called from
- * dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents
- * events. This routine is called from \a Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large
- * enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length
- * extended \a xTimecoord structure. This provides sufficient data for the
- * \a XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to
- * \a miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core
- * pointers) if \a xTimecoord used 32bit integers.
- *
- * Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine
- * only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords.
- * Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible,
- * it is not provided. */
-int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
- xTimecoord *coords,
- unsigned long start,
- unsigned long stop,
- ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
- int numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
- unsigned long *c = (unsigned long *)coords;
- int count = 0;
- int i, j;
-
- if (!dmxLocal->history) return 0;
- for (i = dmxLocal->head; i != dmxLocal->tail;) {
- if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= stop) break;
- if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= start) {
- for (j = 0; j < numAxes + 1; j++)
- c[OFFSET(count,j)] = dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,j)];
- ++count;
- }
- if (++i >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) i = 0;
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-/** This routine adds an event to the motion history. A similar
- * function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these
- * routines. */
-void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
- int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v,
- unsigned long time)
-{
- GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
- int numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
- int i;
-
- if (!dmxLocal->history) {
- dmxLocal->history = xalloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->history)
- * (numAxes + 1)
- * DMX_MOTION_SIZE);
- dmxLocal->head = 0;
- dmxLocal->tail = 0;
- dmxLocal->valuators = calloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->valuators), numAxes);
- } else {
- if (++dmxLocal->tail >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->tail = 0;
- if (dmxLocal->head == dmxLocal->tail)
- if (++dmxLocal->head >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->head = 0;
- }
-
- dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,0)] = time;
-
- /* Initialize the data from the known
- * values (if Absolute) or to zero (if
- * Relative) */
- if (pDevice->valuator->mode == Absolute) {
- for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++)
- dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)]
- = dmxLocal->valuators[i];
- } else {
- for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++)
- dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)] = 0;
- }
-
- for (i = firstAxis; i < axesCount; i++) {
- dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+i)]
- = (unsigned long)v[i-firstAxis];
- dmxLocal->valuators[i] = v[i-firstAxis];
- }
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file provides functions similar to miPointerGetMotionEvents and
+ * miPointerPutMotionEvents, with the exception that devices with more
+ * than two axes are fully supported. These routines may be used only
+ * for motion buffers for extension devices, and are \a not compatible
+ * replacements for the mi routines. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "dmxcommon.h"
+#include "dmxmotion.h"
+
+#define OFFSET(offset,element) ((offset) * (numAxes + 1) + (element))
+
+/** Return size of motion buffer. \see DMX_MOTION_SIZE */
+int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(void)
+{
+ return DMX_MOTION_SIZE;
+}
+
+/** This routine performs the same function as \a miPointerGetMotionEvents:
+ * the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop
+ * times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the
+ * number of items so placed is returned. This routine is called from
+ * dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents
+ * events. This routine is called from \a Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large
+ * enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length
+ * extended \a xTimecoord structure. This provides sufficient data for the
+ * \a XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to
+ * \a miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core
+ * pointers) if \a xTimecoord used 32bit integers.
+ *
+ * Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine
+ * only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords.
+ * Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible,
+ * it is not provided. */
+int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+ xTimecoord *coords,
+ unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long stop,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
+ int numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
+ unsigned long *c = (unsigned long *)coords;
+ int count = 0;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (!dmxLocal->history) return 0;
+ for (i = dmxLocal->head; i != dmxLocal->tail;) {
+ if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= stop) break;
+ if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= start) {
+ for (j = 0; j < numAxes + 1; j++)
+ c[OFFSET(count,j)] = dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,j)];
+ ++count;
+ }
+ if (++i >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) i = 0;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+/** This routine adds an event to the motion history. A similar
+ * function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these
+ * routines. */
+void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
+ int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v,
+ unsigned long time)
+{
+ GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
+ int numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!dmxLocal->history) {
+ dmxLocal->history = malloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->history)
+ * (numAxes + 1)
+ * DMX_MOTION_SIZE);
+ dmxLocal->head = 0;
+ dmxLocal->tail = 0;
+ dmxLocal->valuators = calloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->valuators), numAxes);
+ } else {
+ if (++dmxLocal->tail >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->tail = 0;
+ if (dmxLocal->head == dmxLocal->tail)
+ if (++dmxLocal->head >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->head = 0;
+ }
+
+ dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,0)] = time;
+
+ /* Initialize the data from the known
+ * values (if Absolute) or to zero (if
+ * Relative) */
+ if (pDevice->valuator->mode == Absolute) {
+ for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++)
+ dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)]
+ = dmxLocal->valuators[i];
+ } else {
+ for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++)
+ dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)] = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = firstAxis; i < axesCount; i++) {
+ dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+i)]
+ = (unsigned long)v[i-firstAxis];
+ dmxLocal->valuators[i] = v[i-firstAxis];
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
index 939a32f07..11f21e25c 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
@@ -1,990 +1,990 @@
-/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
- *
- * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
- * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
- * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
- * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
- * Orest Zborowski.
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c
- *
- * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>
- * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
- * the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski
- * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this
- * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
- * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux
- * keyboard. The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest
- * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete
- * references). */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
-
-#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
- = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr
-#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
-#define MESSAGE "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."
-#define FINALMESSAGE "\033cDMX terminated."
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <sys/vt.h>
-#include <sys/kd.h>
-#include <termios.h>
-#include "atKeynames.h"
-#if 00
-#include "xf86Keymap.h"
-#endif
-#include <linux/keyboard.h>
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-
-#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))
-#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
-
-
-/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */
-typedef struct _myPrivate {
- int fd;
- int vtno;
- int vtcurrent;
- int kbdtrans;
- struct termios kbdtty;
- int kbdType;
- CARD32 kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];
- DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard;
- unsigned char prefix;
-
- int switched;
- SWITCHRETPROC switch_return;
- void *switch_return_data;
-
- /* For bell */
- int pitch;
- unsigned long duration;
-} myPrivate;
-
-static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;
-
-#undef SYSCALL
-#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
-
-static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
- return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
- if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
- else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
-}
-
-static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, XK_Linefeed, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_space, XK_exclam, XK_quotedbl, XK_numbersign,
- XK_dollar, XK_percent, XK_ampersand, XK_apostrophe,
- XK_parenleft, XK_parenright, XK_asterisk, XK_plus,
- XK_comma, XK_minus, XK_period, XK_slash,
- XK_0, XK_1, XK_2, XK_3,
- XK_4, XK_5, XK_6, XK_7,
- XK_8, XK_9, XK_colon, XK_semicolon,
- XK_less, XK_equal, XK_greater, XK_question,
- XK_at, XK_A, XK_B, XK_C,
- XK_D, XK_E, XK_F, XK_G,
- XK_H, XK_I, XK_J, XK_K,
- XK_L, XK_M, XK_N, XK_O,
- XK_P, XK_Q, XK_R, XK_S,
- XK_T, XK_U, XK_V, XK_W,
- XK_X, XK_Y, XK_Z, XK_bracketleft,
- XK_backslash, XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum, XK_underscore,
- XK_grave, XK_a, XK_b, XK_c,
- XK_d, XK_e, XK_f, XK_g,
- XK_h, XK_i, XK_j, XK_k,
- XK_l, XK_m, XK_n, XK_o,
- XK_p, XK_q, XK_r, XK_s,
- XK_t, XK_u, XK_v, XK_w,
- XK_x, XK_y, XK_z, XK_braceleft,
- XK_bar, XK_braceright, XK_asciitilde, XK_BackSpace,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown, XK_cent, XK_sterling,
- XK_currency, XK_yen, XK_brokenbar, XK_section,
- XK_diaeresis, XK_copyright, XK_ordfeminine, XK_guillemotleft,
- XK_notsign, XK_hyphen, XK_registered, XK_macron,
- XK_degree, XK_plusminus, XK_twosuperior, XK_threesuperior,
- XK_acute, XK_mu, XK_paragraph, XK_periodcentered,
- XK_cedilla, XK_onesuperior, XK_masculine, XK_guillemotright,
- XK_onequarter, XK_onehalf, XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,
- XK_Agrave, XK_Aacute, XK_Acircumflex, XK_Atilde,
- XK_Adiaeresis, XK_Aring, XK_AE, XK_Ccedilla,
- XK_Egrave, XK_Eacute, XK_Ecircumflex, XK_Ediaeresis,
- XK_Igrave, XK_Iacute, XK_Icircumflex, XK_Idiaeresis,
- XK_ETH, XK_Ntilde, XK_Ograve, XK_Oacute,
- XK_Ocircumflex, XK_Otilde, XK_Odiaeresis, XK_multiply,
- XK_Ooblique, XK_Ugrave, XK_Uacute, XK_Ucircumflex,
- XK_Udiaeresis, XK_Yacute, XK_THORN, XK_ssharp,
- XK_agrave, XK_aacute, XK_acircumflex, XK_atilde,
- XK_adiaeresis, XK_aring, XK_ae, XK_ccedilla,
- XK_egrave, XK_eacute, XK_ecircumflex, XK_ediaeresis,
- XK_igrave, XK_iacute, XK_icircumflex, XK_idiaeresis,
- XK_eth, XK_ntilde, XK_ograve, XK_oacute,
- XK_ocircumflex, XK_otilde, XK_odiaeresis, XK_division,
- XK_oslash, XK_ugrave, XK_uacute, XK_ucircumflex,
- XK_udiaeresis, XK_yacute, XK_thorn, XK_ydiaeresis
-};
-
-/*
- * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes
- */
-static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =
-{
- 0x01, /* KEY_Escape */ 0x02, /* KEY_1 */
- 0x03, /* KEY_2 */ 0x04, /* KEY_3 */
- 0x05, /* KEY_4 */ 0x06, /* KEY_5 */
- 0x07, /* KEY_6 */ 0x08, /* KEY_7 */
- 0x09, /* KEY_8 */ 0x0a, /* KEY_9 */
- 0x0b, /* KEY_0 */ 0x0c, /* KEY_Minus */
- 0x0d, /* KEY_Equal */ 0x0e, /* KEY_BackSpace */
- 0x0f, /* KEY_Tab */ 0x10, /* KEY_Q */
- 0x11, /* KEY_W */ 0x12, /* KEY_E */
- 0x13, /* KEY_R */ 0x14, /* KEY_T */
- 0x15, /* KEY_Y */ 0x16, /* KEY_U */
- 0x17, /* KEY_I */ 0x18, /* KEY_O */
- 0x19, /* KEY_P */ 0x1a, /* KEY_LBrace */
- 0x1b, /* KEY_RBrace */ 0x1c, /* KEY_Enter */
- 0x1d, /* KEY_LCtrl */ 0x1e, /* KEY_A */
- 0x1f, /* KEY_S */ 0x20, /* KEY_D */
- 0x21, /* KEY_F */ 0x22, /* KEY_G */
- 0x23, /* KEY_H */ 0x24, /* KEY_J */
- 0x25, /* KEY_K */ 0x26, /* KEY_L */
- 0x27, /* KEY_SemiColon */ 0x28, /* KEY_Quote */
- 0x29, /* KEY_Tilde */ 0x2a, /* KEY_ShiftL */
- 0x2b, /* KEY_BSlash */ 0x2c, /* KEY_Z */
- 0x2d, /* KEY_X */ 0x2e, /* KEY_C */
- 0x2f, /* KEY_V */ 0x30, /* KEY_B */
- 0x31, /* KEY_N */ 0x32, /* KEY_M */
- 0x33, /* KEY_Comma */ 0x34, /* KEY_Period */
- 0x35, /* KEY_Slash */ 0x36, /* KEY_ShiftR */
- 0x37, /* KEY_KP_Multiply */ 0x38, /* KEY_Alt */
- 0x39, /* KEY_Space */ 0x3a, /* KEY_CapsLock */
- 0x3b, /* KEY_F1 */ 0x3c, /* KEY_F2 */
- 0x3d, /* KEY_F3 */ 0x3e, /* KEY_F4 */
- 0x3f, /* KEY_F5 */ 0x40, /* KEY_F6 */
- 0x41, /* KEY_F7 */ 0x42, /* KEY_F8 */
- 0x43, /* KEY_F9 */ 0x44, /* KEY_F10 */
- 0x45, /* KEY_NumLock */ 0x46, /* KEY_ScrollLock */
- 0x47, /* KEY_KP_7 */ 0x48, /* KEY_KP_8 */
- 0x49, /* KEY_KP_9 */ 0x4a, /* KEY_KP_Minus */
- 0x4b, /* KEY_KP_4 */ 0x4c, /* KEY_KP_5 */
- 0x4d, /* KEY_KP_6 */ 0x4e, /* KEY_KP_Plus */
- 0x4f, /* KEY_KP_1 */ 0x50, /* KEY_KP_2 */
- 0x51, /* KEY_KP_3 */ 0x52, /* KEY_KP_0 */
- 0x53, /* KEY_KP_Decimal */ 0x54, /* KEY_SysReqest */
- 0x00, /* 0x55 */ 0x56, /* KEY_Less */
- 0x57, /* KEY_F11 */ 0x58, /* KEY_F12 */
- 0x66, /* KEY_Home */ 0x67, /* KEY_Up */
- 0x68, /* KEY_PgUp */ 0x69, /* KEY_Left */
- 0x5d, /* KEY_Begin */ 0x6a, /* KEY_Right */
- 0x6b, /* KEY_End */ 0x6c, /* KEY_Down */
- 0x6d, /* KEY_PgDown */ 0x6e, /* KEY_Insert */
- 0x6f, /* KEY_Delete */ 0x60, /* KEY_KP_Enter */
- 0x61, /* KEY_RCtrl */ 0x77, /* KEY_Pause */
- 0x63, /* KEY_Print */ 0x62, /* KEY_KP_Divide */
- 0x64, /* KEY_AltLang */ 0x65, /* KEY_Break */
- 0x00, /* KEY_LMeta */ 0x00, /* KEY_RMeta */
- 0x7A, /* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00, /* 0x6e */
- 0x7B, /* FOCUS_PF12 */ 0x00, /* 0x70 */
- 0x00, /* 0x71 */ 0x00, /* 0x72 */
- 0x59, /* FOCUS_PF2 */ 0x78, /* FOCUS_PF9 */
- 0x00, /* 0x75 */ 0x00, /* 0x76 */
- 0x5A, /* FOCUS_PF3 */ 0x5B, /* FOCUS_PF4 */
- 0x5C, /* FOCUS_PF5 */ 0x5D, /* FOCUS_PF6 */
- 0x5E, /* FOCUS_PF7 */ 0x5F, /* FOCUS_PF8 */
- 0x7C, /* JAP_86 */ 0x79, /* FOCUS_PF10 */
- 0x00, /* 0x7f */
-};
-
-/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
-pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
- priv->fd = -1;
- priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;
- return priv;
-}
-
-/** Destroy a private structure. */
-void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
-{
- if (priv) free(priv);
-}
-
-/** Ring the bell.
- *
- * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()
- * interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell
- * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and
- * the (base) volume.
- *
- * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the
- * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.
- * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume
- * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems
- * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the
- * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --
- * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll
- * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the
- * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */
-void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
- int volume, int pitch, int duration)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (duration && pitch) {
- ioctl(priv->fd,
- KDMKTONE,
- ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */
- | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */
- }
-}
-
-/** Set the LEDs. */
-void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)
-{
- int fd = -1;
- int vtno;
- int i;
- const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };
-
- for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)
- if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;
- if (fd < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",
- strerror(errno));
- if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)
- FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");
- return vtno;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)
-{
- int fd = -1;
- int i;
- const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/%d", "/dev/tty%d", NULL };
- char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
-
- for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {
- XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), vcs[i], vtno);
- if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;
- }
- if (fd < 0)
- FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",
- vtno, strerror(errno));
- return fd;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)
-{
- struct vt_stat vts;
-
- if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;
- return -1;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);
-
-/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt. The \a switch_return
- * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is
- * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX
- * session). */
-int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
- void (*switch_return)(pointer),
- pointer switch_return_data)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = p;
-
- if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");
- if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;
-
- PRIV = priv;
- priv->switched = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */
- priv->switch_return = switch_return;
- priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;
- kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */
-static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = PRIV;
-
- signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
- if (priv) {
- ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);
- priv->switched = !priv->switched;
- LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",
- sig, priv->switched);
- if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)
- priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);
- }
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)
-{
- int result;
- struct vt_mode VT;
-
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));
- if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));
- if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
- if (setSig) {
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));
- if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");
- VT.mode = VT_PROCESS;
- VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;
- VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
- if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))
- FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");
- signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- const char *msg = MESSAGE;
-
- if (priv->fd >= 0) return;
- priv->vtno = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();
- priv->fd = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);
- priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);
- LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",
- priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);
- kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */
- if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct vt_mode VT;
- const char *msg = FINALMESSAGE;
-
- if (priv->fd < 0) return;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);
- if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
- if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {
- VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
- ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);
- }
-
- LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);
- if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);
-
- close(priv->fd);
- priv->fd = -1;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */
-void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);
- if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
- /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */
- switch (*scanCode) {
- case KEY_KP_7: *scanCode = KEY_Home; break; /* curs home */
- case KEY_KP_8: *scanCode = KEY_Up; break; /* curs up */
- case KEY_KP_9: *scanCode = KEY_PgUp; break; /* curs pgup */
- case KEY_KP_4: *scanCode = KEY_Left; break; /* curs left */
- case KEY_KP_5: *scanCode = KEY_Begin; break; /* curs begin */
- case KEY_KP_6: *scanCode = KEY_Right; break; /* curs right */
- case KEY_KP_1: *scanCode = KEY_End; break; /* curs end */
- case KEY_KP_2: *scanCode = KEY_Down; break; /* curs down */
- case KEY_KP_3: *scanCode = KEY_PgDown; break; /* curs pgdown */
- case KEY_KP_0: *scanCode = KEY_Insert; break; /* curs insert */
- case KEY_KP_Decimal: *scanCode = KEY_Delete; break; /* curs delete */
- case KEY_Enter: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter; break; /* keypad enter */
- case KEY_LCtrl: *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl; break; /* right ctrl */
- case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print; break; /* print */
- case KEY_Slash: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */
- case KEY_Alt: *scanCode = KEY_AltLang; break; /* right alt */
- case KEY_ScrollLock: *scanCode = KEY_Break; break; /* curs break */
- case 0x5b: *scanCode = KEY_LMeta; break;
- case 0x5c: *scanCode = KEY_RMeta; break;
- case 0x5d: *scanCode = KEY_Menu; break;
- case KEY_F3: *scanCode = KEY_F13; break;
- case KEY_F4: *scanCode = KEY_F14; break;
- case KEY_F5: *scanCode = KEY_F15; break;
- case KEY_F6: *scanCode = KEY_F16; break;
- case KEY_F7: *scanCode = KEY_F17; break;
- case KEY_KP_Plus: *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC; break;
- /*
- * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)
- */
- case 0x2A:
- case 0x36:
- return 1;
- default:
- /*
- * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.
- * Let them pass. There is little consistency between them,
- * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.
- */
- scanCode += 0x78;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
- int pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;
- unsigned char code = *scanCode & 0x7f;
-
- /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */
- if (!priv->prefix) {
- switch (code) {
- case KEY_Prefix0:
- case KEY_Prefix1:
- priv->prefix = code;
- return 1;
- }
- return 0; /* No change */
- }
-
- /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */
- switch (priv->prefix) {
- case KEY_Prefix0:
- priv->prefix = 0;
- if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */
- break;
- case KEY_Prefix1:
- priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;
- return 1; /* Use new prefix */
- case KEY_LCtrl:
- priv->prefix = 0;
- if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1; /* Skip sequence*/
- code = KEY_Pause;
- break;
- }
-
- *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);
- return 0; /* Use old scanCode */
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
- unsigned char scanCode,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
- int type;
- KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
- int keyCode;
- int switching;
-
- /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */
- if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;
-
- type = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;
- keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;
-
- /* Handle repeats */
-
- if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
- keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
-
- int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
- &xkbi->state,
- scanCode);
- keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
-#if 0
- switch (keySym) {
- case XK_Num_Lock:
- case XK_Scroll_Lock:
- case XK_Shift_Lock:
- case XK_Caps_Lock:
- /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
- if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
- if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
- break;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
- if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
- KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;
-
- /* No auto-repeat? */
- if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
- || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
- || (feed
- && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
- & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
-
- /* Do auto-repeat */
- enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- type = KeyPress;
- }
-
- /* If key is already up, ignore */
- if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
- }
-
- switching = 0;
- if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
- switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
- if (!switching) {
- if (enqueue)
- enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
- }
-}
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
- * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
- * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
- * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
- * caller of this function. */
-void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
- MOTIONPROC motion,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- unsigned char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */
- unsigned char *pt;
- int n;
-
- while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
- for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)
- kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
-int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct termios nTty;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);
-
- nTty = priv->kbdtty;
- nTty.c_iflag = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);
- nTty.c_oflag = 0;
- nTty.c_cflag = CREAD | CS8;
- nTty.c_lflag = 0;
- nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
- nTty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
- cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);
- cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);
- if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
- return priv->fd;
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
-void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);
- tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);
- kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);
-}
-
-
-static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)
-{
- KeySym *k;
- int i;
- int maxkey;
- static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */
- 0, /* unshifted */
- 1, /* shifted */
- 0, /* modeswitch unshifted */
- 0 /* modeswitch shifted */
- };
-
- /*
- * Read the mapping from the kernel.
- * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping
- * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,
- * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.
- *
- * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns
- * above, from the XF86Config fields.
- */
- tbl[2] = 8; /* alt */
- tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
- k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
-#else
- ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");
- return;
-#endif
- maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;
-
- for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {
- struct kbentry kbe;
- int j;
-
- kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];
-
- for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {
- unsigned short kval;
-
- *k = NoSymbol;
-
- kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];
- if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;
-
- kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);
- switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {
- case KT_LATIN:
- case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;
- case KT_FN:
- if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;
- else switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_FIND: *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */ break;
- case K_INSERT: *k = XK_Insert; break;
- case K_REMOVE: *k = XK_Delete; break;
- case K_SELECT: *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */ break;
- case K_PGUP: *k = XK_Prior; break;
- case K_PGDN: *k = XK_Next; break;
- case K_HELP: *k = XK_Help; break;
- case K_DO: *k = XK_Execute; break;
- case K_PAUSE: *k = XK_Pause; break;
- case K_MACRO: *k = XK_Menu; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_SPEC:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_ENTER: *k = XK_Return; break;
- case K_BREAK: *k = XK_Break; break;
- case K_CAPS: *k = XK_Caps_Lock; break;
- case K_NUM: *k = XK_Num_Lock; break;
- case K_HOLD: *k = XK_Scroll_Lock; break;
- case K_COMPOSE: *k = XK_Multi_key; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_PAD:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_PPLUS: *k = XK_KP_Add; break;
- case K_PMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
- case K_PSTAR: *k = XK_KP_Multiply; break;
- case K_PSLASH: *k = XK_KP_Divide; break;
- case K_PENTER: *k = XK_KP_Enter; break;
- case K_PCOMMA: *k = XK_KP_Separator; break;
- case K_PDOT: *k = XK_KP_Decimal; break;
- case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
- default: if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_DEAD:
- /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_DGRAVE: *k = XK_dead_grave; break;
- case K_DACUTE: *k = XK_dead_acute; break;
- case K_DCIRCM: *k = XK_dead_circumflex; break;
- case K_DTILDE: *k = XK_dead_tilde; break;
- case K_DDIERE: *k = XK_dead_diaeresis; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_CUR:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_DOWN: *k = XK_Down; break;
- case K_LEFT: *k = XK_Left; break;
- case K_RIGHT: *k = XK_Right; break;
- case K_UP: *k = XK_Up; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_SHIFT:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_ALTGR: *k = XK_Alt_R; break;
- case K_ALT:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);
- break;
- case K_CTRL:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);
- break;
- case K_CTRLL: *k = XK_Control_L; break;
- case K_CTRLR: *k = XK_Control_R; break;
- case K_SHIFT:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);
- break;
- case K_SHIFTL: *k = XK_Shift_L; break;
- case K_SHIFTR: *k = XK_Shift_R; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_ASCII:
- /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that
- * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't
- * emulate that.
- */
- break;
- case KT_LOCK:
- if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;
- break;
- default: break;
- }
- }
-
- if (k[-1] == k[-2]) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-2] == k[-3]) k[-2] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-3] == k[-4]) k[-3] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]
- && k[-2] == NoSymbol) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- }
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
- char type;
- int i;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
- mapCopy = xalloc(sizeof(map));
- memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
-#else
- ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");
- return;
-#endif
-
- kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);
-
- /* compute the modifier map */
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
-
- for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
- i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
- i++, k += 4) {
- switch(*k) {
- case XK_Shift_L:
- case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
- case XK_Control_L:
- case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
- case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
- case XK_Alt_L:
- case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
- case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
- case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
- case XK_Kana_Lock:
- case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
- case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
- }
- }
-
- priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;
-
- pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
- pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
- pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
- pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
-}
-
-/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
- * pDev. */
-void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
-{
- info->keyboard = 1;
- info->keyClass = 1;
- kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
- info->focusClass = 1;
- info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
-}
+/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
+ *
+ * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
+ * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
+ * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
+ * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
+ * Orest Zborowski.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c
+ *
+ * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>
+ * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski
+ * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this
+ * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+ * implied warranty.
+ *
+ * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+ * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux
+ * keyboard. The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest
+ * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete
+ * references). */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
+ * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
+ * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
+
+#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
+ = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
+
+#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
+#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
+#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
+#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
+#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
+#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
+#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
+#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
+#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr
+#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
+#define MESSAGE "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."
+#define FINALMESSAGE "\033cDMX terminated."
+
+/* End of interface definitions. */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/vt.h>
+#include <sys/kd.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include "atKeynames.h"
+#if 00
+#include "xf86Keymap.h"
+#endif
+#include <linux/keyboard.h>
+#include <xkbsrv.h>
+
+#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))
+#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
+
+
+/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */
+typedef struct _myPrivate {
+ int fd;
+ int vtno;
+ int vtcurrent;
+ int kbdtrans;
+ struct termios kbdtty;
+ int kbdType;
+ CARD32 kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];
+ DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard;
+ unsigned char prefix;
+
+ int switched;
+ SWITCHRETPROC switch_return;
+ void *switch_return_data;
+
+ /* For bell */
+ int pitch;
+ unsigned long duration;
+} myPrivate;
+
+static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;
+
+#undef SYSCALL
+#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
+
+static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
+ return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
+ if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
+ else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
+}
+
+static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, XK_Linefeed, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_space, XK_exclam, XK_quotedbl, XK_numbersign,
+ XK_dollar, XK_percent, XK_ampersand, XK_apostrophe,
+ XK_parenleft, XK_parenright, XK_asterisk, XK_plus,
+ XK_comma, XK_minus, XK_period, XK_slash,
+ XK_0, XK_1, XK_2, XK_3,
+ XK_4, XK_5, XK_6, XK_7,
+ XK_8, XK_9, XK_colon, XK_semicolon,
+ XK_less, XK_equal, XK_greater, XK_question,
+ XK_at, XK_A, XK_B, XK_C,
+ XK_D, XK_E, XK_F, XK_G,
+ XK_H, XK_I, XK_J, XK_K,
+ XK_L, XK_M, XK_N, XK_O,
+ XK_P, XK_Q, XK_R, XK_S,
+ XK_T, XK_U, XK_V, XK_W,
+ XK_X, XK_Y, XK_Z, XK_bracketleft,
+ XK_backslash, XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum, XK_underscore,
+ XK_grave, XK_a, XK_b, XK_c,
+ XK_d, XK_e, XK_f, XK_g,
+ XK_h, XK_i, XK_j, XK_k,
+ XK_l, XK_m, XK_n, XK_o,
+ XK_p, XK_q, XK_r, XK_s,
+ XK_t, XK_u, XK_v, XK_w,
+ XK_x, XK_y, XK_z, XK_braceleft,
+ XK_bar, XK_braceright, XK_asciitilde, XK_BackSpace,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown, XK_cent, XK_sterling,
+ XK_currency, XK_yen, XK_brokenbar, XK_section,
+ XK_diaeresis, XK_copyright, XK_ordfeminine, XK_guillemotleft,
+ XK_notsign, XK_hyphen, XK_registered, XK_macron,
+ XK_degree, XK_plusminus, XK_twosuperior, XK_threesuperior,
+ XK_acute, XK_mu, XK_paragraph, XK_periodcentered,
+ XK_cedilla, XK_onesuperior, XK_masculine, XK_guillemotright,
+ XK_onequarter, XK_onehalf, XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,
+ XK_Agrave, XK_Aacute, XK_Acircumflex, XK_Atilde,
+ XK_Adiaeresis, XK_Aring, XK_AE, XK_Ccedilla,
+ XK_Egrave, XK_Eacute, XK_Ecircumflex, XK_Ediaeresis,
+ XK_Igrave, XK_Iacute, XK_Icircumflex, XK_Idiaeresis,
+ XK_ETH, XK_Ntilde, XK_Ograve, XK_Oacute,
+ XK_Ocircumflex, XK_Otilde, XK_Odiaeresis, XK_multiply,
+ XK_Ooblique, XK_Ugrave, XK_Uacute, XK_Ucircumflex,
+ XK_Udiaeresis, XK_Yacute, XK_THORN, XK_ssharp,
+ XK_agrave, XK_aacute, XK_acircumflex, XK_atilde,
+ XK_adiaeresis, XK_aring, XK_ae, XK_ccedilla,
+ XK_egrave, XK_eacute, XK_ecircumflex, XK_ediaeresis,
+ XK_igrave, XK_iacute, XK_icircumflex, XK_idiaeresis,
+ XK_eth, XK_ntilde, XK_ograve, XK_oacute,
+ XK_ocircumflex, XK_otilde, XK_odiaeresis, XK_division,
+ XK_oslash, XK_ugrave, XK_uacute, XK_ucircumflex,
+ XK_udiaeresis, XK_yacute, XK_thorn, XK_ydiaeresis
+};
+
+/*
+ * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes
+ */
+static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =
+{
+ 0x01, /* KEY_Escape */ 0x02, /* KEY_1 */
+ 0x03, /* KEY_2 */ 0x04, /* KEY_3 */
+ 0x05, /* KEY_4 */ 0x06, /* KEY_5 */
+ 0x07, /* KEY_6 */ 0x08, /* KEY_7 */
+ 0x09, /* KEY_8 */ 0x0a, /* KEY_9 */
+ 0x0b, /* KEY_0 */ 0x0c, /* KEY_Minus */
+ 0x0d, /* KEY_Equal */ 0x0e, /* KEY_BackSpace */
+ 0x0f, /* KEY_Tab */ 0x10, /* KEY_Q */
+ 0x11, /* KEY_W */ 0x12, /* KEY_E */
+ 0x13, /* KEY_R */ 0x14, /* KEY_T */
+ 0x15, /* KEY_Y */ 0x16, /* KEY_U */
+ 0x17, /* KEY_I */ 0x18, /* KEY_O */
+ 0x19, /* KEY_P */ 0x1a, /* KEY_LBrace */
+ 0x1b, /* KEY_RBrace */ 0x1c, /* KEY_Enter */
+ 0x1d, /* KEY_LCtrl */ 0x1e, /* KEY_A */
+ 0x1f, /* KEY_S */ 0x20, /* KEY_D */
+ 0x21, /* KEY_F */ 0x22, /* KEY_G */
+ 0x23, /* KEY_H */ 0x24, /* KEY_J */
+ 0x25, /* KEY_K */ 0x26, /* KEY_L */
+ 0x27, /* KEY_SemiColon */ 0x28, /* KEY_Quote */
+ 0x29, /* KEY_Tilde */ 0x2a, /* KEY_ShiftL */
+ 0x2b, /* KEY_BSlash */ 0x2c, /* KEY_Z */
+ 0x2d, /* KEY_X */ 0x2e, /* KEY_C */
+ 0x2f, /* KEY_V */ 0x30, /* KEY_B */
+ 0x31, /* KEY_N */ 0x32, /* KEY_M */
+ 0x33, /* KEY_Comma */ 0x34, /* KEY_Period */
+ 0x35, /* KEY_Slash */ 0x36, /* KEY_ShiftR */
+ 0x37, /* KEY_KP_Multiply */ 0x38, /* KEY_Alt */
+ 0x39, /* KEY_Space */ 0x3a, /* KEY_CapsLock */
+ 0x3b, /* KEY_F1 */ 0x3c, /* KEY_F2 */
+ 0x3d, /* KEY_F3 */ 0x3e, /* KEY_F4 */
+ 0x3f, /* KEY_F5 */ 0x40, /* KEY_F6 */
+ 0x41, /* KEY_F7 */ 0x42, /* KEY_F8 */
+ 0x43, /* KEY_F9 */ 0x44, /* KEY_F10 */
+ 0x45, /* KEY_NumLock */ 0x46, /* KEY_ScrollLock */
+ 0x47, /* KEY_KP_7 */ 0x48, /* KEY_KP_8 */
+ 0x49, /* KEY_KP_9 */ 0x4a, /* KEY_KP_Minus */
+ 0x4b, /* KEY_KP_4 */ 0x4c, /* KEY_KP_5 */
+ 0x4d, /* KEY_KP_6 */ 0x4e, /* KEY_KP_Plus */
+ 0x4f, /* KEY_KP_1 */ 0x50, /* KEY_KP_2 */
+ 0x51, /* KEY_KP_3 */ 0x52, /* KEY_KP_0 */
+ 0x53, /* KEY_KP_Decimal */ 0x54, /* KEY_SysReqest */
+ 0x00, /* 0x55 */ 0x56, /* KEY_Less */
+ 0x57, /* KEY_F11 */ 0x58, /* KEY_F12 */
+ 0x66, /* KEY_Home */ 0x67, /* KEY_Up */
+ 0x68, /* KEY_PgUp */ 0x69, /* KEY_Left */
+ 0x5d, /* KEY_Begin */ 0x6a, /* KEY_Right */
+ 0x6b, /* KEY_End */ 0x6c, /* KEY_Down */
+ 0x6d, /* KEY_PgDown */ 0x6e, /* KEY_Insert */
+ 0x6f, /* KEY_Delete */ 0x60, /* KEY_KP_Enter */
+ 0x61, /* KEY_RCtrl */ 0x77, /* KEY_Pause */
+ 0x63, /* KEY_Print */ 0x62, /* KEY_KP_Divide */
+ 0x64, /* KEY_AltLang */ 0x65, /* KEY_Break */
+ 0x00, /* KEY_LMeta */ 0x00, /* KEY_RMeta */
+ 0x7A, /* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00, /* 0x6e */
+ 0x7B, /* FOCUS_PF12 */ 0x00, /* 0x70 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x71 */ 0x00, /* 0x72 */
+ 0x59, /* FOCUS_PF2 */ 0x78, /* FOCUS_PF9 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x75 */ 0x00, /* 0x76 */
+ 0x5A, /* FOCUS_PF3 */ 0x5B, /* FOCUS_PF4 */
+ 0x5C, /* FOCUS_PF5 */ 0x5D, /* FOCUS_PF6 */
+ 0x5E, /* FOCUS_PF7 */ 0x5F, /* FOCUS_PF8 */
+ 0x7C, /* JAP_86 */ 0x79, /* FOCUS_PF10 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x7f */
+};
+
+/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
+pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
+ priv->fd = -1;
+ priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;
+ return priv;
+}
+
+/** Destroy a private structure. */
+void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
+{
+ if (priv) free(priv);
+}
+
+/** Ring the bell.
+ *
+ * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()
+ * interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell
+ * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and
+ * the (base) volume.
+ *
+ * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the
+ * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.
+ * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume
+ * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems
+ * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the
+ * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --
+ * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll
+ * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the
+ * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */
+void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
+ int volume, int pitch, int duration)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (duration && pitch) {
+ ioctl(priv->fd,
+ KDMKTONE,
+ ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */
+ | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */
+ }
+}
+
+/** Set the LEDs. */
+void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ int vtno;
+ int i;
+ const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };
+
+ for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)
+ if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;
+ if (fd < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",
+ strerror(errno));
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)
+ FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");
+ return vtno;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ int i;
+ const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/%d", "/dev/tty%d", NULL };
+ char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
+
+ for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {
+ XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), vcs[i], vtno);
+ if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;
+ }
+ if (fd < 0)
+ FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",
+ vtno, strerror(errno));
+ return fd;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)
+{
+ struct vt_stat vts;
+
+ if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);
+
+/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */
+void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)
+{
+}
+
+/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */
+void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)
+{
+}
+
+/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt. The \a switch_return
+ * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is
+ * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX
+ * session). */
+int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
+ void (*switch_return)(pointer),
+ pointer switch_return_data)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = p;
+
+ if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");
+ if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;
+
+ PRIV = priv;
+ priv->switched = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */
+ priv->switch_return = switch_return;
+ priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;
+ kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */
+static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = PRIV;
+
+ signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
+ if (priv) {
+ ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);
+ priv->switched = !priv->switched;
+ LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",
+ sig, priv->switched);
+ if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)
+ priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);
+ }
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)
+{
+ int result;
+ struct vt_mode VT;
+
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));
+ if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));
+ if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
+ if (setSig) {
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));
+ if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");
+ VT.mode = VT_PROCESS;
+ VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;
+ VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))
+ FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");
+ signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ const char *msg = MESSAGE;
+
+ if (priv->fd >= 0) return;
+ priv->vtno = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();
+ priv->fd = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);
+ priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);
+ LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",
+ priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);
+ kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */
+ if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct vt_mode VT;
+ const char *msg = FINALMESSAGE;
+
+ if (priv->fd < 0) return;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);
+ if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
+ if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {
+ VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
+ ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);
+ }
+
+ LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);
+ if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);
+
+ close(priv->fd);
+ priv->fd = -1;
+}
+
+/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */
+void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);
+ if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)
+{
+ /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */
+ switch (*scanCode) {
+ case KEY_KP_7: *scanCode = KEY_Home; break; /* curs home */
+ case KEY_KP_8: *scanCode = KEY_Up; break; /* curs up */
+ case KEY_KP_9: *scanCode = KEY_PgUp; break; /* curs pgup */
+ case KEY_KP_4: *scanCode = KEY_Left; break; /* curs left */
+ case KEY_KP_5: *scanCode = KEY_Begin; break; /* curs begin */
+ case KEY_KP_6: *scanCode = KEY_Right; break; /* curs right */
+ case KEY_KP_1: *scanCode = KEY_End; break; /* curs end */
+ case KEY_KP_2: *scanCode = KEY_Down; break; /* curs down */
+ case KEY_KP_3: *scanCode = KEY_PgDown; break; /* curs pgdown */
+ case KEY_KP_0: *scanCode = KEY_Insert; break; /* curs insert */
+ case KEY_KP_Decimal: *scanCode = KEY_Delete; break; /* curs delete */
+ case KEY_Enter: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter; break; /* keypad enter */
+ case KEY_LCtrl: *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl; break; /* right ctrl */
+ case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print; break; /* print */
+ case KEY_Slash: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */
+ case KEY_Alt: *scanCode = KEY_AltLang; break; /* right alt */
+ case KEY_ScrollLock: *scanCode = KEY_Break; break; /* curs break */
+ case 0x5b: *scanCode = KEY_LMeta; break;
+ case 0x5c: *scanCode = KEY_RMeta; break;
+ case 0x5d: *scanCode = KEY_Menu; break;
+ case KEY_F3: *scanCode = KEY_F13; break;
+ case KEY_F4: *scanCode = KEY_F14; break;
+ case KEY_F5: *scanCode = KEY_F15; break;
+ case KEY_F6: *scanCode = KEY_F16; break;
+ case KEY_F7: *scanCode = KEY_F17; break;
+ case KEY_KP_Plus: *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC; break;
+ /*
+ * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)
+ */
+ case 0x2A:
+ case 0x36:
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ /*
+ * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.
+ * Let them pass. There is little consistency between them,
+ * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.
+ */
+ scanCode += 0x78;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)
+{
+ int pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;
+ unsigned char code = *scanCode & 0x7f;
+
+ /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */
+ if (!priv->prefix) {
+ switch (code) {
+ case KEY_Prefix0:
+ case KEY_Prefix1:
+ priv->prefix = code;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0; /* No change */
+ }
+
+ /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */
+ switch (priv->prefix) {
+ case KEY_Prefix0:
+ priv->prefix = 0;
+ if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */
+ break;
+ case KEY_Prefix1:
+ priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;
+ return 1; /* Use new prefix */
+ case KEY_LCtrl:
+ priv->prefix = 0;
+ if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1; /* Skip sequence*/
+ code = KEY_Pause;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ return 0; /* Use old scanCode */
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
+ unsigned char scanCode,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
+ int type;
+ KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
+ int keyCode;
+ int switching;
+
+ /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */
+ if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;
+
+ type = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;
+ keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;
+
+ /* Handle repeats */
+
+ if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
+ keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
+
+ int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
+ &xkbi->state,
+ scanCode);
+ keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
+#if 0
+ switch (keySym) {
+ case XK_Num_Lock:
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock:
+ case XK_Shift_Lock:
+ case XK_Caps_Lock:
+ /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
+ if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
+ if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+ else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
+ if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
+ KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;
+
+ /* No auto-repeat? */
+ if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
+ || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
+ || (feed
+ && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
+ & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
+
+ /* Do auto-repeat */
+ enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ type = KeyPress;
+ }
+
+ /* If key is already up, ignore */
+ if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
+ }
+
+ switching = 0;
+ if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
+ switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
+ if (!switching) {
+ if (enqueue)
+ enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
+ }
+}
+
+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
+ * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
+ * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
+ * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
+ * caller of this function. */
+void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+ MOTIONPROC motion,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ unsigned char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */
+ unsigned char *pt;
+ int n;
+
+ while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+ for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)
+ kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
+int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct termios nTty;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);
+
+ nTty = priv->kbdtty;
+ nTty.c_iflag = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);
+ nTty.c_oflag = 0;
+ nTty.c_cflag = CREAD | CS8;
+ nTty.c_lflag = 0;
+ nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+ nTty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);
+ cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);
+ if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
+ return priv->fd;
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
+void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);
+ tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);
+ kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);
+}
+
+
+static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)
+{
+ KeySym *k;
+ int i;
+ int maxkey;
+ static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */
+ 0, /* unshifted */
+ 1, /* shifted */
+ 0, /* modeswitch unshifted */
+ 0 /* modeswitch shifted */
+ };
+
+ /*
+ * Read the mapping from the kernel.
+ * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping
+ * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,
+ * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.
+ *
+ * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns
+ * above, from the XF86Config fields.
+ */
+ tbl[2] = 8; /* alt */
+ tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;
+
+#if 00/*BP*/
+ k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
+#else
+ ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");
+ return;
+#endif
+ maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {
+ struct kbentry kbe;
+ int j;
+
+ kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];
+
+ for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {
+ unsigned short kval;
+
+ *k = NoSymbol;
+
+ kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];
+ if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;
+
+ kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);
+ switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {
+ case KT_LATIN:
+ case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;
+ case KT_FN:
+ if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;
+ else switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_FIND: *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */ break;
+ case K_INSERT: *k = XK_Insert; break;
+ case K_REMOVE: *k = XK_Delete; break;
+ case K_SELECT: *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */ break;
+ case K_PGUP: *k = XK_Prior; break;
+ case K_PGDN: *k = XK_Next; break;
+ case K_HELP: *k = XK_Help; break;
+ case K_DO: *k = XK_Execute; break;
+ case K_PAUSE: *k = XK_Pause; break;
+ case K_MACRO: *k = XK_Menu; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_SPEC:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_ENTER: *k = XK_Return; break;
+ case K_BREAK: *k = XK_Break; break;
+ case K_CAPS: *k = XK_Caps_Lock; break;
+ case K_NUM: *k = XK_Num_Lock; break;
+ case K_HOLD: *k = XK_Scroll_Lock; break;
+ case K_COMPOSE: *k = XK_Multi_key; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_PAD:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_PPLUS: *k = XK_KP_Add; break;
+ case K_PMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
+ case K_PSTAR: *k = XK_KP_Multiply; break;
+ case K_PSLASH: *k = XK_KP_Divide; break;
+ case K_PENTER: *k = XK_KP_Enter; break;
+ case K_PCOMMA: *k = XK_KP_Separator; break;
+ case K_PDOT: *k = XK_KP_Decimal; break;
+ case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
+ default: if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_DEAD:
+ /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_DGRAVE: *k = XK_dead_grave; break;
+ case K_DACUTE: *k = XK_dead_acute; break;
+ case K_DCIRCM: *k = XK_dead_circumflex; break;
+ case K_DTILDE: *k = XK_dead_tilde; break;
+ case K_DDIERE: *k = XK_dead_diaeresis; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_CUR:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_DOWN: *k = XK_Down; break;
+ case K_LEFT: *k = XK_Left; break;
+ case K_RIGHT: *k = XK_Right; break;
+ case K_UP: *k = XK_Up; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_SHIFT:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_ALTGR: *k = XK_Alt_R; break;
+ case K_ALT:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);
+ break;
+ case K_CTRL:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);
+ break;
+ case K_CTRLL: *k = XK_Control_L; break;
+ case K_CTRLR: *k = XK_Control_R; break;
+ case K_SHIFT:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);
+ break;
+ case K_SHIFTL: *k = XK_Shift_L; break;
+ case K_SHIFTR: *k = XK_Shift_R; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_ASCII:
+ /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that
+ * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't
+ * emulate that.
+ */
+ break;
+ case KT_LOCK:
+ if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;
+ break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (k[-1] == k[-2]) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-2] == k[-3]) k[-2] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-3] == k[-4]) k[-3] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]
+ && k[-2] == NoSymbol) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ }
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
+ char type;
+ int i;
+
+#if 00/*BP*/
+ mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));
+ memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
+#else
+ ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);
+
+ /* compute the modifier map */
+ for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
+
+ for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i++, k += 4) {
+ switch(*k) {
+ case XK_Shift_L:
+ case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
+ case XK_Control_L:
+ case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
+ case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
+ case XK_Alt_L:
+ case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
+ case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Kana_Lock:
+ case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
+ case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;
+
+ pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
+ pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
+ pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
+}
+
+/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
+ * pDev. */
+void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+{
+ info->keyboard = 1;
+ info->keyClass = 1;
+ kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
+ info->focusClass = 1;
+ info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
index c4667a3c3..fcbea47f9 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
@@ -1,444 +1,444 @@
-/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
- *
- * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
- * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
- * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
- * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
- * Orest Zborowski.
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB keyboard
- * under Linux. The keymap description is derived from code by Thomas
- * Roell, Orest Zborowski. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "atKeynames.h"
-#include "usb-private.h"
-
-#define USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG 0
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "usb-keyboard.h"
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-
-#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
- = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-#define GLYPHS_PER_KEY 4
-#define NUM_KEYCODES 248
-#define MIN_KEYCODE 8
-#define MAX_KEYCODE (NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE - 1)
-
-static KeySym map[NUM_KEYCODES * GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = {
-/* Table modified from xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Keymap.h */
- /* 0x00 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x01 */ XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x02 */ XK_1, XK_exclam, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x03 */ XK_2, XK_at, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x04 */ XK_3, XK_numbersign, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x05 */ XK_4, XK_dollar, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x06 */ XK_5, XK_percent, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x07 */ XK_6, XK_asciicircum, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x08 */ XK_7, XK_ampersand, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x09 */ XK_8, XK_asterisk, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0a */ XK_9, XK_parenleft, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0b */ XK_0, XK_parenright, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0c */ XK_minus, XK_underscore, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0d */ XK_equal, XK_plus, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0e */ XK_BackSpace, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x0f */ XK_Tab, XK_ISO_Left_Tab,NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x10 */ XK_Q, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x11 */ XK_W, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x12 */ XK_E, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x13 */ XK_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x14 */ XK_T, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x15 */ XK_Y, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x16 */ XK_U, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x17 */ XK_I, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x18 */ XK_O, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x19 */ XK_P, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1a */ XK_bracketleft, XK_braceleft, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1b */ XK_bracketright,XK_braceright, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1c */ XK_Return, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1d */ XK_Control_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1e */ XK_A, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x1f */ XK_S, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x20 */ XK_D, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x21 */ XK_F, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x22 */ XK_G, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x23 */ XK_H, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x24 */ XK_J, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x25 */ XK_K, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x26 */ XK_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x27 */ XK_semicolon, XK_colon, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x28 */ XK_quoteright, XK_quotedbl, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x29 */ XK_quoteleft, XK_asciitilde, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2a */ XK_Shift_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2b */ XK_backslash, XK_bar, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2c */ XK_Z, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2d */ XK_X, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2e */ XK_C, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x2f */ XK_V, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x30 */ XK_B, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x31 */ XK_N, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x32 */ XK_M, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x33 */ XK_comma, XK_less, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x34 */ XK_period, XK_greater, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x35 */ XK_slash, XK_question, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x36 */ XK_Shift_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x37 */ XK_KP_Multiply, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x38 */ XK_Alt_L, XK_Meta_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x39 */ XK_space, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3a */ XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3b */ XK_F1, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3c */ XK_F2, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3d */ XK_F3, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3e */ XK_F4, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x3f */ XK_F5, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x40 */ XK_F6, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x41 */ XK_F7, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x42 */ XK_F8, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x43 */ XK_F9, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x44 */ XK_F10, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x45 */ XK_Num_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x46 */ XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x47 */ XK_KP_Home, XK_KP_7, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x48 */ XK_KP_Up, XK_KP_8, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x49 */ XK_KP_Prior, XK_KP_9, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4a */ XK_KP_Subtract, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4b */ XK_KP_Left, XK_KP_4, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4c */ XK_KP_Begin, XK_KP_5, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4d */ XK_KP_Right, XK_KP_6, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4e */ XK_KP_Add, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x4f */ XK_KP_End, XK_KP_1, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x50 */ XK_KP_Down, XK_KP_2, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x51 */ XK_KP_Next, XK_KP_3, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x52 */ XK_KP_Insert, XK_KP_0, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x53 */ XK_KP_Delete, XK_KP_Decimal, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x54 */ XK_Sys_Req, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x55 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x56 */ XK_less, XK_greater, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x57 */ XK_F11, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x58 */ XK_F12, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x59 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5a */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5b */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5c */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5d */ XK_Begin, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5e */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x5f */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x60 */ XK_KP_Enter, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x61 */ XK_Control_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x62 */ XK_KP_Divide, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x63 */ XK_Print, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x64 */ XK_Alt_R, XK_Meta_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x65 */ XK_Break, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x66 */ XK_Home, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x67 */ XK_Up, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x68 */ XK_Prior, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x69 */ XK_Left, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6a */ XK_Right, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6b */ XK_End, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6c */ XK_Down, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6d */ XK_Next, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6e */ XK_Insert, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x6f */ XK_Delete, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x70 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x71 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x72 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x73 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x74 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x75 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x76 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x77 */ XK_Pause, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x78 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x79 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7a */ XK_Menu, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7b */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7c */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7d */ XK_Super_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7e */ XK_Super_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- /* 0x7f */ XK_Menu, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-};
-
-static int kbdUSBKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
- return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
- if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
- else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
-}
-
-/** Set the LEDs. */
-void kbdUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct timeval tv;
- struct input_event event;
- int i, led;
-
- gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
- for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
- event.time.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
- event.time.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
- event.type = EV_LED;
- if (i == 0) led = 1; /* LED_CAPSL == 0x01 */
- else if (i == 1) led = 0; /* LED_NUML == 0x00 */
- else led = i;
- event.code = led;
- event.value = !!(ctrl->leds & (1 << led));
- write(priv->fd, &event, sizeof(event));
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialize \a pDev using #usbInit. */
-void kbdUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- usbInit(pDev, usbKeyboard);
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
- unsigned int scanCode,
- int value,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
- int type;
- int keyCode;
- KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
- int switching;
-
- /* Set up xEvent information */
- type = value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease;
- keyCode = (scanCode & 0xff) + MIN_KEYCODE;
-
- /* Handle repeats */
-
- if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
- keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
-
- int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
- &xkbi->state,
- scanCode);
- keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
-#if 0
- switch (keySym) {
- case XK_Num_Lock:
- case XK_Scroll_Lock:
- case XK_Shift_Lock:
- case XK_Caps_Lock:
- /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
- if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
- if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
- break;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
- if (type == KeyPress && kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
- KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pDevice->kbdfeed;
-
- /* No auto-repeat? */
- if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
- || priv->pDevice->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
- || (feed
- && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
- & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
-
- /* Do auto-repeat */
- enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- type = KeyPress;
- }
-
- /* If key is already up, ignore */
- if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
- }
-
- switching = 0;
- if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
- switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
- if (!switching) {
- if (enqueue)
- enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- kbdUSBKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
- }
-}
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
- * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
- * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
- * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
- * caller of this function. */
-void kbdUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
- MOTIONPROC motion,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct input_event raw;
-
- while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {
-#if USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG
- LOG3("KBD: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",
- raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);
-#endif
- kbdUSBConvert(pDev, raw.code, raw.value, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
- }
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
-int kbdUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (priv->fd < 0) kbdUSBInit(pDev);
- return priv->fd;
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
-{
- KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
- int i;
-
- mapCopy = xalloc(sizeof(map));
- memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
-
- /* compute the modifier map */
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
-
- for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
- i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
- i++, k += 4) {
- switch(*k) {
- case XK_Shift_L:
- case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
- case XK_Control_L:
- case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
- case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
- case XK_Alt_L:
- case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
- case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
- case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
- case XK_Kana_Lock:
- case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
- case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
- }
- }
-
- pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
- pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
- pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
- pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
-}
-
-/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
- * pDev. */
-void kbdUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
-{
- info->keyboard = 1;
- info->keyClass = 1;
- kbdUSBGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
- info->focusClass = 1;
- info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
- info->names.keycodes = xstrdup("powerpcps2");
- info->force = 1;
-}
+/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
+ *
+ * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
+ * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
+ * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
+ * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
+ * Orest Zborowski.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB keyboard
+ * under Linux. The keymap description is derived from code by Thomas
+ * Roell, Orest Zborowski. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "atKeynames.h"
+#include "usb-private.h"
+
+#define USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG 0
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
+ * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
+ * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
+#include "usb-keyboard.h"
+#include <xkbsrv.h>
+
+#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
+ = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
+
+#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
+#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
+#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
+#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
+#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
+#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
+#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
+#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
+#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
+
+/* End of interface definitions. */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#define GLYPHS_PER_KEY 4
+#define NUM_KEYCODES 248
+#define MIN_KEYCODE 8
+#define MAX_KEYCODE (NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE - 1)
+
+static KeySym map[NUM_KEYCODES * GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = {
+/* Table modified from xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Keymap.h */
+ /* 0x00 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x01 */ XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x02 */ XK_1, XK_exclam, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x03 */ XK_2, XK_at, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x04 */ XK_3, XK_numbersign, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x05 */ XK_4, XK_dollar, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x06 */ XK_5, XK_percent, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x07 */ XK_6, XK_asciicircum, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x08 */ XK_7, XK_ampersand, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x09 */ XK_8, XK_asterisk, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0a */ XK_9, XK_parenleft, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0b */ XK_0, XK_parenright, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0c */ XK_minus, XK_underscore, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0d */ XK_equal, XK_plus, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0e */ XK_BackSpace, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x0f */ XK_Tab, XK_ISO_Left_Tab,NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x10 */ XK_Q, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x11 */ XK_W, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x12 */ XK_E, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x13 */ XK_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x14 */ XK_T, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x15 */ XK_Y, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x16 */ XK_U, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x17 */ XK_I, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x18 */ XK_O, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x19 */ XK_P, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1a */ XK_bracketleft, XK_braceleft, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1b */ XK_bracketright,XK_braceright, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1c */ XK_Return, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1d */ XK_Control_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1e */ XK_A, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x1f */ XK_S, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x20 */ XK_D, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x21 */ XK_F, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x22 */ XK_G, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x23 */ XK_H, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x24 */ XK_J, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x25 */ XK_K, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x26 */ XK_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x27 */ XK_semicolon, XK_colon, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x28 */ XK_quoteright, XK_quotedbl, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x29 */ XK_quoteleft, XK_asciitilde, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2a */ XK_Shift_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2b */ XK_backslash, XK_bar, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2c */ XK_Z, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2d */ XK_X, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2e */ XK_C, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x2f */ XK_V, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x30 */ XK_B, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x31 */ XK_N, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x32 */ XK_M, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x33 */ XK_comma, XK_less, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x34 */ XK_period, XK_greater, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x35 */ XK_slash, XK_question, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x36 */ XK_Shift_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x37 */ XK_KP_Multiply, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x38 */ XK_Alt_L, XK_Meta_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x39 */ XK_space, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3a */ XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3b */ XK_F1, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3c */ XK_F2, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3d */ XK_F3, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3e */ XK_F4, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x3f */ XK_F5, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x40 */ XK_F6, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x41 */ XK_F7, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x42 */ XK_F8, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x43 */ XK_F9, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x44 */ XK_F10, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x45 */ XK_Num_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x46 */ XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x47 */ XK_KP_Home, XK_KP_7, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x48 */ XK_KP_Up, XK_KP_8, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x49 */ XK_KP_Prior, XK_KP_9, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4a */ XK_KP_Subtract, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4b */ XK_KP_Left, XK_KP_4, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4c */ XK_KP_Begin, XK_KP_5, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4d */ XK_KP_Right, XK_KP_6, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4e */ XK_KP_Add, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x4f */ XK_KP_End, XK_KP_1, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x50 */ XK_KP_Down, XK_KP_2, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x51 */ XK_KP_Next, XK_KP_3, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x52 */ XK_KP_Insert, XK_KP_0, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x53 */ XK_KP_Delete, XK_KP_Decimal, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x54 */ XK_Sys_Req, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x55 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x56 */ XK_less, XK_greater, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x57 */ XK_F11, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x58 */ XK_F12, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x59 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5a */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5b */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5c */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5d */ XK_Begin, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5e */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x5f */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x60 */ XK_KP_Enter, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x61 */ XK_Control_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x62 */ XK_KP_Divide, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x63 */ XK_Print, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x64 */ XK_Alt_R, XK_Meta_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x65 */ XK_Break, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x66 */ XK_Home, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x67 */ XK_Up, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x68 */ XK_Prior, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x69 */ XK_Left, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6a */ XK_Right, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6b */ XK_End, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6c */ XK_Down, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6d */ XK_Next, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6e */ XK_Insert, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x6f */ XK_Delete, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x70 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x71 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x72 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x73 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x74 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x75 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x76 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x77 */ XK_Pause, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x78 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x79 */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7a */ XK_Menu, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7b */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7c */ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7d */ XK_Super_L, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7e */ XK_Super_R, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ /* 0x7f */ XK_Menu, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+};
+
+static int kbdUSBKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
+ return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
+}
+
+static void kbdUSBKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
+ if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
+ else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
+}
+
+/** Set the LEDs. */
+void kbdUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct timeval tv;
+ struct input_event event;
+ int i, led;
+
+ gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+ event.time.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
+ event.time.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
+ event.type = EV_LED;
+ if (i == 0) led = 1; /* LED_CAPSL == 0x01 */
+ else if (i == 1) led = 0; /* LED_NUML == 0x00 */
+ else led = i;
+ event.code = led;
+ event.value = !!(ctrl->leds & (1 << led));
+ write(priv->fd, &event, sizeof(event));
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialize \a pDev using #usbInit. */
+void kbdUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ usbInit(pDev, usbKeyboard);
+}
+
+static void kbdUSBConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
+ unsigned int scanCode,
+ int value,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
+ int type;
+ int keyCode;
+ KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
+ int switching;
+
+ /* Set up xEvent information */
+ type = value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease;
+ keyCode = (scanCode & 0xff) + MIN_KEYCODE;
+
+ /* Handle repeats */
+
+ if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
+ keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
+
+ int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
+ &xkbi->state,
+ scanCode);
+ keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
+#if 0
+ switch (keySym) {
+ case XK_Num_Lock:
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock:
+ case XK_Shift_Lock:
+ case XK_Caps_Lock:
+ /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
+ if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
+ if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+ else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
+ if (type == KeyPress && kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
+ KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pDevice->kbdfeed;
+
+ /* No auto-repeat? */
+ if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
+ || priv->pDevice->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
+ || (feed
+ && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
+ & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
+
+ /* Do auto-repeat */
+ enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ type = KeyPress;
+ }
+
+ /* If key is already up, ignore */
+ if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
+ }
+
+ switching = 0;
+ if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
+ switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
+ if (!switching) {
+ if (enqueue)
+ enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ kbdUSBKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
+ }
+}
+
+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
+ * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
+ * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
+ * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
+ * caller of this function. */
+void kbdUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+ MOTIONPROC motion,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct input_event raw;
+
+ while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {
+#if USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG
+ LOG3("KBD: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",
+ raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);
+#endif
+ kbdUSBConvert(pDev, raw.code, raw.value, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
+int kbdUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (priv->fd < 0) kbdUSBInit(pDev);
+ return priv->fd;
+}
+
+static void kbdUSBGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
+{
+ KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
+ int i;
+
+ mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));
+ memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
+
+ /* compute the modifier map */
+ for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
+
+ for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i++, k += 4) {
+ switch(*k) {
+ case XK_Shift_L:
+ case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
+ case XK_Control_L:
+ case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
+ case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
+ case XK_Alt_L:
+ case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
+ case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Kana_Lock:
+ case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
+ case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
+ pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
+ pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
+}
+
+/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
+ * pDev. */
+void kbdUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+{
+ info->keyboard = 1;
+ info->keyClass = 1;
+ kbdUSBGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
+ info->focusClass = 1;
+ info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
+ info->names.keycodes = xstrdup("powerpcps2");
+ info->force = 1;
+}
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-11-24 04:02:07 +0000